Access Control Product Catalogue - Issue 3.20

Access Control Product Catalogue - Issue 3.20
Access Control
Catalogue
Access Control Catalogue
Introduction
Contents
11/16
1
Access Control Catalogue
Introduction
Welcome to the latest edition of the Tyco Safety Product’s Access Control Catalogue of products available from
our distribution centre in Letchworth. We aim to make your product range as comprehensive as possible to ensure
you never need go anywhere else. To meet this goal, our product specialists, with your help, have selected the most
appropriate, cost effective product range available on the market.
In line with our ISO 9000 accreditation, only those products that meet the highest quality criteria have been included.
Our goal is to despatch product on the same day as we receive your order. Our warranty and service returns policy is
second to none. We recognise that your business is highly dependent on excellence in customer service and to help
achieve this we offer extended warranty from many of our suppliers. Full credit is also available
on a “No Question – No Fuss” basis for any new
in-warranty product returned to the distribution
centre. Our standard duration for warranty is a
minimum of 12 months credit.
We are positive that together we can help grow
your business and we look forward to working
with you in the future.
Tyco Safety Product’s Web site contains an endless supply of product related information available in multiple
languages - English, French, German, Spanish, Italian, Dutch and Polish. It is regularly updated and features many
aids to the selling process including presentation material, independent product test results and detailed technical
information.
Our web site can be found at www.tycoemea.com
NEW - We have posted all of the ADT/Tyco datasheets on the website.
To enhance customer specifications and quotations we also provide a series
of product datasheets which can give our clients an opportunity to read
more about the product. We are positive that together we can help grow
your business and we look forward to working with you in the future.
11/16
2
Access Control Catalogue
Contents
Section Title
Standalone
Non PC Based Network
Comlite
Kantech
Aperio
Software House
Cards and Readers
Nedap
Locking
Door Accessories
Cable
Card Bureau
ID Printers
Pre-Sales and Technical Support
11/16
3
Standalone
This chapter contains information about our range of Standalone
Access Control Solutions
Introduction
StrikeMaster ES
DG-180 Keypad
DG-25WP Keypad
Sentinel Standalone Two Reader Controller
ioPassTM Stand Alone Single Reader Controller
11/14
1
Standalone Solutions
Standalone Introduction
A standalone access control solution can be used at one
Which Technology
or multiple doors to meet the client’s needs. These do
however by nature of being ‘standalone’ require the system Standalone systems are generally split into PIN numeric
administrator to attend each location to add and / or delete keypads, Proximity or maybe biometric systems have their
users. Therefore these systems often become unmanaged benefits – PIN, no credential for the user to remember to
in that once set up – no administration takes place. When bring with them – but can be passed easily to someone
this involves a keypad solution. Very soon the keys used for else- or written on the wall adjacent to the keypad. By
the day to day common PIN soon wear and can easily be having individual PINs for each user it does cause general
identified. The end user must be aware that they will need wear over all of the keys BUT, the more PINs on a systemto keep a record of PIN tokens issued maybe with allocated the better opportunity to hit the keys and find a PIN.
memory ‘slots’ so that should the token be lost or the user Changing the common PIN code system on a regular basis
leave the PIN or taken can be deleted from the system.
has issues. Users forgetting the new code or not being
advised of the change before they next try to gain access.
Standalone systems are often seen as a simple ‘key’
Standalone Proximity readers overcome the PIN issues –
replacement. Whereas before a new lock or cylinder and but tags can be loaned or given to others for access to the
replacement keys for a controlled area would be provided secured area.
if a key was lost, stolen or not returned. Now the individual
users token or PIN can be deleted from the system as soon Many biometrics can also be used in a standalone mode.
as the issue is identified to the system administrator and
Instead of being connected to the networked controller and
they attend the system controller.
managed by the systems PC. The biometric instead makes
the access decision. Often with reduced access features
Some standalone products have either separate control
AND requiring the system administrator to carry a laptop
electronics (maybe included in an internal housing together with the readers management software and database.
with a PSU) or have all electronics in the keypad or reader
which is located on the unsecure side of the door. The later As with all access solutions. Two factor – card + PIN is better
introduces a level of threat to the system – as bit exposes than one.
the electronics the system to attack which may provide
access to the lock switching or egress button wiring.
Functionality
Often standalone systems allow any authorised user access
on a 24/7 basis, applying no time schedules to the access
rights to stop users entering the area out of hours. When
a controller can manage more than one access point, the
designer should also check that there is facility to provide
access groups – so that all users do not have access to all
areas simply by being added to the system.
Report/Audit trails
Standalone systems will often provide limited or no audit
trail of who went where or when. This may be acceptable to
the user as the benefits over a key only lock may be all that
is required.
Product Selection Guide
Product
# doors
Internal
External
Prox
PIN
StrikeMaster
2
Y
Y
N
Y
DG25 WP
1
Y
Y
N
Y
DG-180-SET
1
Y
Y
N
Y
SA-550
1
Y
Y*
Y
Y
Sentinel
2
Y
Y
Y
N
*SA-550 is suitable for external environments only with the addition of an ioProx reader in W26 format
11/14
2
Standalone Solutions
Standalone Door System
StrikeMaster ES
Features:
The new StrikeMaster ES is a robust and reliable Keypad
Access Control System for installations requiring
elevated security levels.
Constructed to survive in exposed, outdoor or
unsupervised environments these systems combine the
field proven durability of the StrikeMaster keypad with a
separate, remotely secured electronic control module. The
control module along with a dedicated high spec power
supply is contained within a tamper
alarmed steel enclosure.
This enclosure is located within
the secured building, protected
from criminal attempts to breach or
disable building security systems.
The control module supports both
IN and OUT functionality of either one or two keypads
(one or two doors). Available in vandal resistant or robust
illuminated versions.
Keypad controller with power supply for location in
secure area. Controller and keypads have tamper
monitoring
Choice of:
Vandal resistant, IP65 rated, secure keypad or
Backlight keypad for aesthetics and or ease of use
Audible and visual confirmation of code acceptance
and code denied (at the keypad).
Up to 100 programmable user codes can be stored for
either keypad.
4, 5 and 6 digit PINs can be programmed.
Door latched or door locked mode.
Entry under duress alarm feature with relay output.
Door contact monitoring for door forced or held event
output
Door bell feature with unique tone for each door.
Anti tamper switch on keypad to detect removal from
back box.
Back box suitable for surface fixing or mounting on UK
electrical flush installed back box
DXPS1W10-ADT
Order Codes:
DXPS1K10-ADT
11/14
StrikeMaster ES single door
kit. Comprises of 3 x 4 Keypad
(Metal) with back box and
fittings and Power supply with
controller electronics. Quick
Start guide included in kit. Full
installation manual on web site.
The controller can manage two
doors/keypads with egress
button, door monitor contacts
etc. Requires a 12 Vdc 7Ah
battery
DX1KT20-ADT
DX2KW20-ADT
STI-1KFS0201
StrikeMaster ES single door
kit. Comprises of 3 x 4 Keypad
((Illuminated) with back box
and fittings and Power supply
with controller electronics.
Quick Start guide included in
kit. Full installation manual on
web site. The controller can
manage two doors/keypads
with egress button, door
monitor contacts etc. Requires
a 12 Vdc 7Ah battery
StrikeMaster ES Metal keypad
only. For use with StrikeMaster
ES kit only - not as a standalone
keypad.
StrikeMaster ES Illuminated
keypad only. For use with
StrikeMaster ES kit only - not as
a standalone keypad.
StrikeMaster ES Keypad shield.
For use with StrikeMaster ES
keypads.
3
Standalone Solutions
Standalone Keypads
DG-180 Keypad
Features:
Split off controller and keypad for
high security
Epoxy sealed
Aluminum alloy casing design with vandal resistant
screws for enhanced safety and durability
Memory volume up to 1000+ PINs
Invalid PIN lock-out
2 LED indicator and buzzer for status indication, keypad
with beep sound
Additional input for anti tailgating function
Non-volatile memory
Dual relay outputs for multi-control
Touch panel
Extremely slim body and narrow faceplate suitable for
all types of door/frames
The DG-180 is a more aesthetically pleasing keypad with
the control electronics housed in the power supply
included in the kit. The pigtail lead from the keypad makes
for a more secure installation than the DG-25.
The power supply will require a 12Vdc 7Ah battery (not
included in the JDE kit part code) to support the system
under mains fail conditions.
Although the unit will support up to 1,000 PIN codes this
is NOT recommended due to the likelihood of someone
guessing a code.
11/14
Technical Specifications:
Height
150
Width
44
Depth
6.7
Order Code:
DG-180-SET
ICS DG-180-SET keypad kit.
Includes mullion style keypad
with separate PSU. PSU houses
control PCB with relay output.
PSU supports 12Vdc up to
500mA for locking. Requires a
12Vdc 7Ah battery
– not included (PS-1270)
4
Standalone Solutions
Standalone Keypads
DG25 Keypad
Features:
Stainless steal
Surface mount
5 digit codes programmable
Allows up to 100 PIN codes
Dual relays output for multi-control
Door reed switch input for anti-trailing
Fully programmable via keypad and master code
3 LED displays with audible indication
The DG-25 is a surface mounted stainless steel unit
Technical Specifications:
designed for both internal and external applications. The
unit is not IP rated but will withstand general wear and tear Height
Width
Depth
116
80
26
in both commercial and industrial applications.
The unit is programmed via the keypad and all wiring for
monitoring and locking is terminated in the keypad
Order Code:
enclosure (which means outside of the secure area).
ICS DG25WP stainless steel
DG25WP
The keypad will require a battery backed power Supply
keypad. Up to 100 users with
Unit capable of supporting
5 digit code. Keypad requires
12Vdc power supply (we
recommend with battery back
up)
11/14
5
Standalone Solutions
Standalone Proximity
Sentinel Standalone Two Reader Controller
Features:
2 Door stand alone controller
4 digit LED |programme & status display
16 Key keypad
Card entry & deletion via Master card or Keypad
4 user programmable inputs
4 user programmable 1A relay outputs
Up to a maximum of 1,000 users
Door open & door forced monitoring
The Sentinel is a feature rich 2 door stand alone controller Technical Specifications:
offering exceptional user benefits. Sentinel is easy to install
Processor:
Siemens type 164, 16 bit running
and maintenance friendly, housed in an aesthetically
@ 20MHz
appealing and durable housing for guaranteed quality and
Memory:
128K bytes of random access
appeal. Sentinel allows users to programme tokens for an
memory giving 1,000 cardholders
individual or both doors on the controller. The door group
capacity.
programming is simple and easy to implement.
Battery Backup:
NiCad cell RAM backup.
Power:
12Vdc ± 10%
Sentinel can be programmed via the password protected
Current:
240mA
controller keypad. Cards may be added or deleted via the
Physical
Specification
keypad or directly at a reader, using a Master card.
Wall mount housing: 150W X 110H X 32D (mm)
In every event the 4 digit LED display provided in each
Sentinel gives a clear, concise indication of controller
programme and operational status.
Order Codes:
101013ADT
ICLASSALONEKIT1
11/14
Morley Sentinel 2 reader
controller. Configured for ADT
to read HIDs 37bit tracked
format H10302 only.
Use iCLASS readers (including
Morley’s Mv-1 unit) and
H10302 format cards only.
Requires reader(s), credentials,
12Vdc power supply and
standby battery.
Morley Sentinel 2 reader
controller in H10302 format.
Supplied with 1 x R10
iCLASS reader, 50 x iCLASS
ISO cards in H10302 format,
Elmdene 12Vdc 2Amp
PSU and 12Vdc 7Ah battery.
Accessories
Readers
105068ADT
109018ADT
6100CKN0000ADT1
Morley Mv-1 iCLASS Vandal
Resistant Reader
Morley MV spacer for Mv-1
reader. Required when this
reader is to be mounted on to
metal surfaces
HID R10 iCLASS reader – ADT
branded.
Credentials
2000PGGMN-H10302 HID iCLASS 2K2 ISO card - 37
bit tracked format
2002PGGMN-H10302 HID iCLASS 16K16 ISO card 37 bit tracked format
2050PKNMN-H10302 HID iCLASS 2K2 Key - 37 bit
tracked format
2052PKNMN-H10302 HID iCLASS 16K16 Key - 37
bit tracked format
2060PSSMN-H10302 HID iCLASS 2k2 smart key –
37 bit tracked format
2062PSSMN-H10302 HID iCLASS 16k16 smart key 37 b tracked format
6
Standalone Solutions
Standalone Proximity
ioPassTM Stand Alone Door Controller
Features:
Stands Alone In The Field
Perfect for smaller applications such as convenience
stores, storage rooms or parking lots, the SA-550 is a fully
self-contained stand-alone controller with an integrated
ioProx 26-bit Wiegand proximity card reader. It can store
up to 1,000 users and is programmed directly from the
keypad.
The controller can define access levels, unlock schedules
and holidays. Audit trail with time stamp is also available
for up to 3,500 transactions. All commands are displayed
on the 16-character, 2-line LCD.
Simple and convenient
Save up to 8 configurations (door access schedule,
door unlock schedules, etc.) on a USB to load on other
ioPass SA-550 units
Use card, PIN or both
Program controller from the keypad
Integrates with an optional external ioProx reader
Store up to 1,000 users
Audit trail on last 3,500 transactions with time stamp
6 language selectable user interface: English, French,
Spanish, German, Dutch and Italian
Program 24 recurring holidays (January 1 and
December 25 pre-set) per controller
24 non-recurring holidays per controller
4 door access schedules and 1 door unlock schedule
per controller
TYPICAL MOUNTING DIAGRAM
SA-RM56
Door Relay
T.Rex Request to Exit
Detector
Upload, Download And Backup
The door configuration, card database and events can be
downloaded to a USB key for backup.
The SA-550 controllers can support up to 8 different door
configurations (door access schedules, door unlock
schedules, etc.). The door configuration data can be
transferred to any number of SA-550 controllers via a USB
key.
Optional External Reader
For added convenience and security, the SA-550 may be
integrated with an external ioProx reader. This will allow
the controller to remain on the secure side of door. Or it
allows the weather-resistant external reader to be used
outside, even in cold environments. Invalid Password
Lockout To prevent unauthorized persons from
gaining password entry by trial and error the system
activates an alarm relay and/or automatically deletes the
card number after five tries once the option is selected in
the system.
11/14
Proximity Reader
Proximity Reader
P225W26
IoProx Reader
SA-550
Controller
Door Strike
7
Standalone Solutions
Standalone Proximity
Technical Specifications:
Order Codes:
Typical Read Range:
Input Voltage:
Current DC Maximum:
Display:
SA-550
Up to 10 cm (4 in)
12 VDC
300mA
16 characters, 2 lines, LCD with
backlight
Languages Programmable:
from Keypad:
English, French, Spanish, German,
Dutch, Italian
Dimensions (H x W x D): 15 x 9.5 x 4 cm
Weight:
380 g
Colour:
Black
Case Material:
ABS (UL 94V-0)
LED Indicator:
Bicolour (green/red)
Sounder:
Piezoelectric
Operating Temperature: 0°C to 50°C
Operating Humidity:
5% to 95%
(relative humidity:
non-condensing)
Maximum Distance Between:
Controller and Proximity Reader:
150 m, 2 twisted pairs,
solid conductor #22AWG
unshielded
Controller and Relay Module:
150 m, 2 twisted pairs, solid
conductor #22AWG unshielded:
Relay Module and Power Supply:
150 m , 1 pair,
solid conductor #18AWG
unshielded
Recommended Power Supply:
12 VDC, 1A
Door Contact:
Input NO or NC selectable
Request-to-Exit Input: NO or NC selectable
Relay Output:
(Strike Relay, Alarm Relay, Relay-1)
Form C, NO and NC, 3A, 24 VDC
Strike Relay Timer:
1 to 255 sec
Alarm Relay Timer:
1 to 255 sec
Relay-1 Timer:
1 to 255 sec
Door Ajar Timer:
1 to 255 sec
Audit Trail:
Last 3,500 transactions with time
stamp
Compatible Cards:
ioProx cards P10SHL, P20DYE,
P30DMG, P40KEY and P50TAG
User Capacity:
Store up to 1,000 user records
Certifications:
CE, FCC, UL294 and ICES-003
11/14
P225W26
P225KPW26
P10SHL
P20DYE
P40KEY
Standalone controller with
integral ioProx reader and
separate relay module and 10
x P40KEY ioProx key fobs
ioProx mullion reader
ioProx combined reader and
PIN
ioProx dual format Clamshell
tag (priced each but must be
ordered in multiples of 50)
ioProx dual format ISO card
(priced each but must be
ordered in multiples of 50)
ioProx dualk format key fob
(priced each but must be
ordered in multiples of 10)
8
Non PC Based Networked
Access Control
This chapter contains information about the Dimension Non PC Based
Networked Access Control Solution
• Introduction
• Door Control Module
• Non PC Networked Access Control Solution
• Control Panels and Accociated Products
01/14
1
Non PC based Networked Access Control
Galaxy Dimension
Galaxy Dimension
Features:
For many sites, the administration burdon of standalone
solutions is not acceptable, but there is no specific need for
a PC based solution as regular reports etc are not required.
For these, the ability to add accesss control to their
intruder alarm panel either as a dedicated non PC based
but Network/centralised access control system or as
part of an integrated package is an ideal solution for their
requirements. Offering card holder administration, and
managment of access groups to controlled areas and
feaures such as on screen reporting for historical review of
events.
The Galaxy Dimension intruder panel with keyprox and
Door Control Modules providing a single credential for
both intruder and access control is a cost effective answer
to two security needs. Intruder for out of hours monitoring
of the premises, access control for open hours restriction
of who goes where and when.
• Up to 64 doors controlled.
• Area based integrated access and
intrusion control. No access if area is
set. Prevents false alarms.
• Up to 1000 users.
• Access event log with 1000 events recorded in panel
(separate intruder log).
• Fully customisable weekly schedules to control access,
autosetting and output functions.
• Up to 32 yearly holiday schedules each with 20
periods.
• User’s access controlled by access templates and group
set status.
• Area behind a door is unset automatically upon access
if user has authority. This prevents false alarms due to
failure to unset.
Additional Features
• Groups can be set by pressing the Menu Recall button
before card swipe, or by triple swipe.
• A system keypad can be linked to each reader for Menu
• Recall function control.
• Evacuation control will allow doors to unlock in the event
of fire.
• Wiegand compatibility - gives the flexibility to work with a
huge range of reader and card technologies up to 40
Bits.
• Allows compatibility to retrofit existing installations.
• Compatible with Wiegand keypads that use 8-bit Burst
mode.
• DCM modules available in compact plastic box or
combined with a PSU and RIO expansion module in a
Metal box for installation convenience.
Galaxy Dimension combines the best intrusion features
with advanced Access Control functions in a single,
integrated system. Installing and programming a full
security system becomes easier, quicker and more
efficient. With only one system to install and maintain, one
point of contact for Technical Support and one training
session for the complete system, there are savings in both
time and money.
New Innovative User Interface
The Galaxy colour TouchCentre facilitates easy user
operation. An intuitive menu gives clear options, and event
logs are displayed as a scroll list for easier comprehension.
Users can customise the screen background with their
own images and logos. Enhanced controls allow simple
centralised operation of electrical appliances such as
lights, heating or window blinds either manually using the
Offering the non PC based Access Control system for small touchscreen or automatically via timer control.
industrial and commercial premises provides a user
friendly system with upgrade facility to integrated Intruder Programming Software Compatibility
and Access Control at a later date. The combined Intrusion The new Remote Servicing Suite uses a common
database to communicate with all Galaxy panels from one
and Access System offers the end user a system which
program. A networked version of the Remote Servicing
retains maximum convenience whilst maintaining the
Suite is also available to allow access to up to date
highest level of security at all times.
records for all users. It guarantees secure management of
information in one central location.
01/14
2
Non PC based Networked Access Control
Galaxy Dimension
Galaxy Dimension Door Control Module
Features:
The Galaxy Dimension Door Control Module (DCM)
connects to the RS485 data line along with standard RIO
and MAX devices. The DCM is available with or without an
internal 12Vd.c. 2.75Amp PSU.
The DCM allows for two connection of two Wiegand
output access control card readers, and has the necessary
inputs and outputs for the door monitoring contact, egress
device and lock output. The Power DCM provides up to
750mA* at 12Vd.c. per lock output.
• Up to 64 doors controlled.
• Up to 1000 users.
• Access event log with 1000 events
recorded in panel (separate intruder
log).
• Fully customisable weekly schedules to control access,
auto-setting and output functions.
• Up to 32 yearly holiday schedules each with 20
periods.
• User’s access controlled by access templates and group
set status.
• Evacuation control will allow doors to unlock in the
event of fire.
• Wiegand compatiblilty - gives the flexibility to work with
a huge range of reader and card technologies up to 40
Bits.
• Allows compatibility to retrofit existing installations.
Compatible with Wiegand keypads that use 8-bit Burst
mode.
• DCM modules available in compact plastic box or
combined with a PSU and RIO expansion module in a
• Metal box for installation convenience.
Both versions of the DCM are provided in an enclosure.
The Power DCM also has a RIO and Smart PSU mounted
in the enclosure.
Each DCM (the number of DCMs per system is subject to
the panel type - see chart below) will provide a networked
Access Control solution that integrates into the Intruder
panel and can be used for secure Access Control and/or
alarm set/unset subject to local Intruder policies.
Whilst on line the DCM will support via the control panel
up to 1,000 users and in off-line/standalone mode up to
100 individual user tokens.
* Subject to devices-Reader & Rio intruder intems etc.
01/14
3
Non PC based Networked Access Control
Galaxy Dimension
Galaxy Dimension TouchCenter
Features:
Colour graphical touch screen for Galaxy Dimension.
Highly practical state of the art technology at your finger
tips. With its large, customisable colour touch screen,
Honeywell’s Galaxy Dimension TouchCenter is a new and
modern user interface offering end-users the simplest
operation and providing installers with a key differentiator
to help retain and grow their business. Installers can
increase their advertising exposure by displaying their
company name or logo on the home screen and add value
to an installation by putting a picture and name of the enduser’s company on a bright colourful interface.
• Customisable homescreen via external
SD card slot
• Large, bright colourful display
• Intuitive touch-screen display with icons
and menu driven prompts
• Simple setting and unsetting feature for systems with
multiple areas
• Entry/Exit Delay countdown displayed
• Add, delete or edit users and codes
• View entire zone list with status of each zone
• Overview of system status display
• Event log display
• Engineer console mode with full MK7 keypad display
emulator for programming
• Building control feature allows the user to control
outputs to operate systems such as lighting and
airconditioning.
The Galaxy Dimension TouchCenter makes it easier than
ever for end-users to take advantage of their security
system features. Even the most advanced functions are
simple, with graphics and menu driven prompts guiding
the user every step of the way.
There is no reader integrated into the TouchCenter. To
provide set/unset capability by either card reader or
biometric a Door Control Module (DCM) should be
provided and a reader sited next to the TouchCenter.
The schematics below show typical solutions.
01/14
4
Non PC based Networked Access Control
Galaxy Dimension
Typical Solution Schematic HID 125kHz Proximity
Using Keyprox with integral HID Reader
Dimension Panel
C080 or C081
CP038-36-H
6005BGB00
1346LSSM-H10302
1346LSSM-H10302.1
TouchCentre plus door control module
Dimension Panel
DCM Image
CO80 or C081
CP038-36-H
6005BGB00
346LSSM-H10302
1346LSSM-H10302.1
01/14
5
Non PC based Networked Access Control
Galaxy Dimension Panels & Peripherals
Control Panels
Description
Order Codes
C048-D-C1
Galaxy Dimension 48 UK - intruder panel with integral 2.5Amp PSU. 16 zones
and 8 trigger outputs on-board. Can be expanded by RIO to 48 zones. Will
support 4 DCMs - 8 Wiegand card readers
C096-D-C1
Galaxy Dimension 96 UK - intruder panel with integral 2.5Amp PSU. 16 zones
and 8 trigger outputs on-board. Can be expanded by RIO to 96 zones. Will
support 16 DCMs - 32 Wiegand card readers
C264-D-C1
Galaxy Dimension 264 UK - intruder panel with integral 2.5Amp PSU. 16 zones
and 8 trigger outputs on-board. Can be expanded by RIO to 264 zones. Will
support 16 DCMs - 32 Wiegand card readers
C520-D-C1
Galaxy Dimension 520 UK - intruder panel with integral 2.5Amp PSU. 16 zones
and 8 trigger outputs on-board. Can be expanded by RIO to 520 zones. Will
support 32 DCMs - 64 Wiegand card readers
User Interface Modules
Description
Order Codes
CP038-36-H
Galaxy Keyprox ADT branded with integral HID reader. The Galaxy Keyprox is a
standard MK7 keypad and a proximity card reader combined into one housing.
This allows dual function setting/unsetting ability from the one unit without
the need for a separate card reader. It is primarily intended for use in situations
where a PIN and/or card are needed to set/unset the Intruder Alarm System.
It is not intended to be used for door control as it does not contain a door strike
relay. However, limited door function can be programmed using programming
links in the Galaxy Control Panels.
CP040-00
Galaxy TouchCentre - unbranded. For use with Dimension Control Panels only.
Simple to use graphical display for system administration and management.
CP040-36
Galaxy TouchCentre - ADT branded. For use with Dimension Control
Panels only. Simple to use graphical display for system administration and
management.
01/14
6
Non PC based Networked Access Control
Galaxy Dimension Panels & Peripherals
Access Control
Description
Order Codes
C080
Honeywell Dimension Door Control Module DCM. Supports up to 2 x Wiegand
readers and necessary i/o for Access Control
C081
Honeywell Dimension Door Control Module DCM with integral PSU. Supports
up to 2 x Wiegand readers and necessary i/o for Access Control.
Card Readers & Tokens
Description
Order Codes
6005BGB00
HID Proxpoint Plus in grey with 18” (45.7cm) pigtail cable. Reader is configured
with Beep on, LED normally red, reader flashes green on card read
5365EGH00
HID Miniprox in grey with hazardous area backbox. Reader is configured with
Beep on, LED normally red, reader flashes green on card read. The hazardous
location MiniProx provides the same features and dimensions as the MiniProx
reader, with a junction box incorporated for use in hazardous locations.
5365EGP00
HID MiniProx in grey with 18” (45.7cm) pigtail cable. Reader is configured with
Beep on, LED normally red, reader flashes green on card read
Preferred 37bit Tracked Format
Description
Order Codes
1346LSSM-H10302
HID:1346LSSM Format: H10302 ProxKey II Keyfob programmed
for HIDs tracked 37bit Wiegand format. Supplied with HID logo on
the front, back is standard finish. Numbering is sequential internal &
external. Order in multiples of 100
1346LSSM-H10302.1
HID: 1346LSSM Format: H10302 ProxKey II Keyfob programmed
for HIDs tracked 37bit Wiegand format. Supplied with HID logo on
the front, back is standard finish. Numbering is sequential internal &
external. These can be ordered individually
01/14
7
Non PC based Networked Access Control
Galaxy Dimension Panels & Peripherals
Preferred 37bit Tracked Format
Description
Order Codes
1386LGGMN-H10302
HID: 1386LGGMN-H10302 ISO Prox II programmed for HIDs
tracked 37bit Wiegand format. Front & rear supplied in PVC plain
white gloss finish. Card numbering matching - internal & external.
NOT slot punched. Order in multiples of 100
1326LMSMV-H10302
HID: 1326LMSMV Format: H10302 ProxCard II programmed for
HID 37bit tracked format Wiegand. Plain white vinyl with matte
finish. Base with moulded HID logo. Sequentially numbered internal & external. With vertical slot punch Order in multiples of
100
As above, these can be ordered individually
1326LMSMV-H10302.1
26bit Format - Open Protocol
Description
Order Codes
1346LSSM-H10301
HID: 1346LSSM Format: H10301 ProxKey II keyfob programmed
for 26bit Wiegand. Supplied with HID logo on the front, back is
standard finish. Numbering is sequential internal & external. Order
in multiples of 100
1386LGGMN-H10301
HID: 1386LGGMN-H10301 ISO Prox II programmed for 26bit
Wiegand. Front & rear supplied in PVC plain white gloss finish. Card
numbering matching - internal & external. NOT slot punched. Order
in multiples of 100
1326LMSMV-H10301
HID: 1326LMSMV Format: H10301 ProxCard II programmed
for 26bit Wiegand. Plain white vinyl with matte finish. Base with
moulded HID logo. Sequentially numbered - internal & external.
With vertical slot punch
01/14
8
Non PC based Networked Access Control
Galaxy Dimension Panels & Peripherals
Technical Specifications:
Description
GD-48
GD-96
GD-264
GD-520
Zones On-board (max)
16 - (48)
16 - (96)
16 - (264)
16 - (520)
Outputs (400mA) On-board
8
8
8
8
Trigger Outputs on Flying Lead (10mA)
6
6
6
6
Integrated PSU
2.5A
2.5A
2.5A
2.5A
RS485 Databuses
1
2
2
4
Keypads (KeyProx)
8 (3)
16 (7)
16 (7)
32 (24)
Graphics Keypad Galaxy TouchCentre
1
2
2
4
Bus Mounted Prox Readers (MAX)
4
16
16
32
DCMs with 2 x Wiegand Interfaces
4
16
16
32
DCM Controlled Doors
8
32
32
64
Wireless
5800H Series via RF RIOs
Users
100
250
1000
1000
7 Day Timer Schedules
19
35
67
67
Zone Types
52
52
52
52
O/P Types
81
81
81
81
Library
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Event Log
1000
1500
1500
1500
Access Log
1000
1000
1000
1000
Multi-Users
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Autoset
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Pre-Check
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Timed Lockout
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Links
64
128
256
256
Part Set
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Silent Part Set
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
RS232
Built-in
Built-in
Built-in
Built-in
Integrated PSTN (V22)
Built-in
Built-in
Built-in
Built-in
Printer Output
Via RS232
Via RS232
Via RS232
Via RS232
Remote Servicing
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Ethernet Module
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Groups
8
16
32
32
SMS Text
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
ISDN
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
EN50131
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
01/14
9
Comelit
This chapter contains information about Comelit VIP Audio Video Entry Solution
Introduction
VIP Solution
10/15
1
Comelit VIP Audio Video Entry Solutions
Introduction- Comelit
Introduction
The Pc/Mac-Based Door Entry Monitor
This innovative Kit from Comelit, consisting of a
iKall colour external unit, a power supply unit and
software loaded onto a mini USB device, can be
used to fully manage video entry phone calls via
a computer. Simply plug the USB device into the
computer and install the software to receive calls
and communicate with the external unit.
10/15
2
Comelit VIP Audio Video Entry Solutions
Comelit
Virtual Monitor Kit
Order Codes:
IPVVIDKIT1
The kit can be used immediately, because all
elements are pre-programmed. The Kit comprises
Comelit ViP products and can be expanded with
any of the items that are com-patible with this
system (listed in the ViP general catalogue). The
ViP Manager configuration software (art. 1449) is
required to program additional products.
This software comes complete with a user license
and is available for both PC and MAC systems. The
key must always be plugged into the computer to
ensure correct operation.
10/15
IPSSVVIDKIT1
Comelit VIP surface mount
kit - made up of two
Comelit parts:
8501I PC Intercom kit with
Ikall panel 3316/1 Ikall/
Pcom 1 module surface box
This is a surface mounted
video entry system using
IP network to connect to a
virtual monitor - provided
on any PC on that network
by means of the USB
dongle. This kit will support
additional virtual, wall or
desk mounted monitors,
These is no limit to the
number of monitors or
door stations that can
be added to the system.
Comelit software (Part code
1449 - NSL) is required for
configuration.
Comelit VIP surface
mounted stainless steel
entrance panel kit - made
up of the following Comelit
parts: 8501I PC Intercom
kit with Ikall panel
1250IV Ikall holder for Video
unit SSV/1 Single button
stainless steel face plate
with name window SUR/2
Stainless steel surface
mount box - 254 x 140 x
85 mm This kit will support
additional virtual, wall or
desk mounted monitors.
There is no limit to the
number of monitors or door
stations that can be added
to the system. Comelit
software (Part code 1449 NSL) is required for system
configuration.
3
Comelit VIP Audio Video Entry Solutions
Comelit
8501I PC Intercom Kit with Ikall Entrance
Panel - Single User
Technical Specifications:
Vip system:
Intrastat code:
Single pack height:
Single pack width :
Single pack depth :
Yes
8517709000
205 mm
270 mm
255 mm
Order Code:
Single user colour video IP kit. This comes complete 8501I
with an Ikall entrance panel and 1454 Virtual monitor.
The kit can be used on a Dedicated Comelit
Network or any existing local area network. The
kit is fully compatible with all other ViP system
devices and comes pre-programmed as standard.
Compatible with Comelit’s Intercall App - available
on Android and IOS.
PC Intercom kit with Ikall
panel. Kit includes flush
mount Ikall panel and USB
dongle for virtual monitor
1454 PC Intercom
Technical Specifications:
Video door entry family:
Vip system:
EAN product code:
Intrastat code:
Single pack weight (g):
Software allowing for a PC or Mac to be used as a
video intercom. To be installed and used on a PC
or Mac connected to the system. Compatible from
Snow Leopard version 10.6 or higher.
Yes
Yes
8023903228342
85176910
25
Order Code:
1454
PC Intercom. This is for use
with the Ikall VIP door entry
solution and pro vides an
additional virtual monitor
1449 VIP System Configuration Software
CD-ROM software for PC installation, used to
program and configure all devices wired to the
system. Can also be used to program buttons and
manage names in external unit directories. Includes
a special cable for connecting switch 1440 to the
PC.
10/15
Order Code:
1449
VIP System Configuration
Software
4
Comelit VIP Audio Video Entry Solutions
Comelit
6304 Smart Series Vip System Hands-Free
Colour Monitor
Technical Specifications:
Colour monitor with 3.5? screen and Full-Duplex
hands-free audio. Allows audio volume adjustment,
ringtone volume adjustment with privacy activation
indicator light and brightness control.
Fitted with key button, audio enabling/disabling
button with corresponding indication LEDs
and 2 other buttons pre-set for self-ignition
and switchboard call (these can, however, be
programmed for various uses).
It is normally used for door bell management
and call repetition. Inclusion of the button card
part. 6332 enables access to On-Screen Display
functions. The monitor is compatible with all ViP
products. Dimensions 138 x 138 x 24 mm.
Backlighting colour:
LED Blue
Video door entry family:
Yes
Vip system:
Yes
Flush-mounted:
Yes
Wall-mounted:
Yes
Desk base-mounted:
Yes
Display size (inches):
3,5
B/W or colour display:
Colour
Display resolution
(H x V):
320x240 PIXEL
Audio/video system:
Yes
Type of display:
LCD
Additional buttons:
5
Total buttons:
9
IP assignment:
AUTO IP
Automatic gain control (AGC):
Yes
Order Code:
6304
Comelit smart VIP monitor
for use with kits IPVVID
KIT1 or IPSSVVIDKIT1
6312 Smart Desk Base for Smart Monitor
Technical Specifications:
Simplebus Top system:
Simplebus Colour system:
Order Code:
6312
10/15
Comelit Smart monitor desk
top base for use with 6304
Audio system:
Audio/video system:
Intrastat code:
Product height (mm):
Product width (mm):
Product depth (mm):
Product colour:
Single pack height:
Single pack width :
Single pack weight (g):
Single pack depth :
Single pack volume (dm3):
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
85176910
190
145
120
Grey RAL9006
155 mm
245 mm
826
160 mm
6,076
5
Comelit VIP Audio Video Entry Solutions
Comelit
1250IV Ikall Bracket for Video Units
Technical Specifications:
Accessory allowing the installation and use of Ikall
audio/video modules part. 4680, 4680C, 4680K,
4680KC, 4675 and 4673 on single-plate entrance
panels.
Fitted with a voltage reducer for powering festoon
lamps if used with power supply unit 1595 or 1207.
Vip system:
Yes
Traditional system: Yes
Couleur:
Blanc
Audio system:
No
Audio/video system: Yes
EAN product code: 8023903223620
Intrastat code:
85176920
Packaging
Single pack height : 95 mm
Single pack width : 111 mm
Single pack weight (g):
125
Single pack depth (mm):
50
Single pack volume (dm3):
0,527
Order Code:
1250IV
10/15
Ikall holder for video unit
6
Kantech
This chapter contains information about Kantech Access Control and
Security Management Solutions
Introduction
EntraPass Special Edition
EntraPass Corporate Edition
EntraPass Global Edition
EntraPass go
Kantech Advantage Program (KAP)
Intevo (Integration Evolution)
Communication Devices
Door Controllers
02/16
1
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Kantech Introduction
Kantech
Kantech offers a full suite of feature rich and cost
effective access control products that are reliable,
easy to install and fully scalable. This chapter covers
Kantech PC based solutions – EntraPass software
which is available in three versions – Special
Edition, Corporate Edition and Global Edition. Each
offering in addition to their access control features
ID badging, integration with American Dynamics
Video solutions and intruder integration from DSC
and Honeywell (Dimension) Kantech’s customers
include single site single door start up organisations
and multi site estates through to corporations
spanning the globe – such is the simplicity, power
and flexibility of EntraPass. With the latest product
releases of:
More than 1
workstation?
No
Intevo – a powerful integration solution for access
control and Video in one appliance PLUS the
capability of and EntraPass go - a solution for ios
and Android mobile devices allowing administration
and management to authorised users at any time
from any location.
Kantech’s range of door controllers are compatible
with all of the software Editions. From the cost
effective, small footprint single door KT-100, the
two readers KT-300 with integrated power supply of
standby battery compatibility and the 4 reader KT400 with network ready features.
Web access required?
Yes
Yes
IP Video only?
Existing Kantech
compatible Video on
site?
No
Mobile app or
Yes
No
No
Yes
02/16
2
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Kantech Introduction
Simplified System Management
EntraPass workspaces provide customized views
of the EntraPass system based on an operator’s
access privileges. Each workspace is created and
defined in terms of devices – gateways, sites,
doors, relays, etc. – and is configured to identify
what areas of the EntraPass system the operator
can access and view, such as desktop display, card
fields, etc. Workspaces let you create different
views of the EntraPass system that can be saved
and applied to any operator. An operator can
further create and refine views to filter additional
components that are not necessary for day-today
operation. The operator can create, save, and reuse
temporary workspaces. This is useful whenever a
recurring operation is needed on the system such
as creating reports.
With the SmartLink Task Builder, EntraPass reaches
new levels in task automation. A series of tasks,
similar to macros, can be created and triggered on
any event and component in the system. When an
event occurs, the tasks are then executed by the
system. You can manually activate these specific
tasks directly from the interactive floor plans in
EntraPass.
You can assign up to five cards to any employee
to avoid having to create five different entries in
EntraPass. Access levels can also be applied at this
time to ensure cardholders have access only to
authorized areas.
Kantech Advantage Program
An optional Kantech Advantage Program (KAP)
program provides 12 months of updates and end
user online training. As EntraPass continues to
deliver new features and enhancements, it is more
important than ever that you have the education
and tools necessary to effectively use this solution.
These optional KAP’s ensure that you receive new
functionalities and end user online training with
software updates. Purchase the number of tokens
required for your EntraPass installation and then
enter the token license in the EntraPass server
software. To access the end user online training
available through the Kantech Advantage Program,
simply complete the registration form available on
our web site, www.kantech.com.
Remote System Management Tools
EmtraPass web is a web application that allows
security administrators to access the EntraPass
system using a standard web browser. It offers
real-time administration of various security tasks
including telephone entry, card management, door
control, live video, maps, alarm management and
much more. EntraPass Web also enhances the
managed access control ecperience by ensuring
portability and ease of use through its user friendly,
intuitive, next generation interface. EntraPass Go
puts you in control of your security and enables you
to interact with the EntraPass security management
software using only a few taps on your mobile
device. The easy-to-use mobile app gives you
anytime, anywhere real-time management for over
20 security tasks. Manage/create cards, lock/unlock
doors, request reports and much more. Download
EntraPass Go from the App Store or Google Play to
get security on the go!
SmartLink for Advanced System Integration and
Automation The SmartLink application enables
operators to integrate EntraPass Corporate Edition
with most intelligent devices such as video
multiplexers, HVAC systems, LCD panels, video
matrix switchers, etc. SmartLink uses an RS-232
or network connection between the EntraPass
workstation and the external device.
02/16
Advanced system integration can be accomplished
by using the bi-directional SmartLink library to
communicate with software applications such as
time and attendance systems, badging systems,
human resource management systems, student
registration systems, etc. This allows complete and
real-time data exchanges between systems,
eliminating redundant data entry.
Video Integration
Real-time monitoring capability is a response to
the growing importance of video in access control
systems series, Intellex Digital Video Management
Systems and third party DVR/NVR sytems provides
real-time video monitoring as well as video playback.
Video can be linked to access events (such as
“door forced open”) and recorded from one to
sixteen cameras from different American Dynamics
recorders simultaneously. Presets, sequences,
dome control and 1x1, 2x2, 3x3, and 4x4 views
are available through the EntraPass software. All
cameras can be called up directly from a floor plan
simply by double-clicking on the camera or dome
icon. Operators can configure viewing parameters
for digital video applications through an EntraPass
user interface.
3
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Kantech Introduction
EntraPass Video Vault
EntraPass Video Vault offers an easy way for
preserving important video data for future
reference. Since video recordings require a
great amount of disk space, using an archive
management tool such as EntraPass Video Vault
enables organizations to better manage and easily
retrieve video contents. EntraPass Video Vault
enables all video clips from an Intellex alarm or an
EntraPass video alarm to be automatically stored as
Audio Video Interlaced format (.AVI) files or Kantech
Video Intellex (.KVI), Kantech VideoArchive (.KVA)
and American Dynamics Network Client video
format (.IMG) which can be password protected.
Each EntraPass Video Vault may be connected to
as many American Dynamics HDVR, TVR Series
and Intellex units as defined within the EntraPass
software. Video may be saved to up to 24 preprogrammed hard drive locations. A .bmp image
may be associated automatically with each video
clip, and a thumbnail image may be created on the
first frame of the video clip.
Alarm Panel Integration
Alarm panel integration can be accomplished with
the use of the Multi-Site Gateway in one of two
ways. The first way is to connect the Multi-Site
Gateway directly to the DSC PowerSeries, MAXSYS
or Honeywell Galaxy Dimension alarm panels.
Alternatively the KT-400 can be connected to the
Multi-Site Gateway which, in turn, is connected
to the DSC PowerSeries, MAXSYS or Honeywell
Galaxy Dimension alarm panels. Either connection
method allows the alarm panels to receive intrusion
events, view the status of zones, and manage
partitions and user codes. In addition the system
can be armed/ disarmed (single or
multiple partitions) via reader (KT-400 only) or
manual operation.
A variety of video products have been tested successfully using WebViews. For a
complete list, contact your local Tyco Security Products Regional Manager.
(3) Direct: using RS-232 or RS-485 with USB-485 or VC-485 converter, KT-100 using
RS-485 with converter
(4) IP using Kantech IP Link or KT-400 Ethernet controller
(5) Dial-up: KT-300 only, using RS-232 serial modem at remote site (KT-100 must be
connected to KT-300 or KT-400)
(6) See Integration Capabilities (in the “Specifications” section on the next page) for
more information
Printers
(optional)
Web-Browser
American Dynamics HDVR, TVR
Series and Intellex Digital Video
Management Systems2 (optional)
1 to 16 Cameras
or Domes
Webserver
Workstations
(up to 128)
DSC PowerSeries or
MAXSYS Honeywell Galaxy
2
Dimension Alarm Panels
Multi-Site
Gateway6
KT-100, KT-200, KT-300,
KT-400, and Kantech
Telephone Entry System
02/16
DSC PowerSeries
KT-400 Alarm or Honeywell
Galaxy Dimension
6
Panels
Global Gateway
or KT-NCC
Network
Communication
Controller
WebViews (IP Cameras
and DVR web pages)3
KT-100, KT-200,
KT-300
and KT-400
4
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Kantech Introduction
Choose the Access Control Software
EntraPass
Special Edition
Operator Workstations 1
# of Gateways
on System
# of Cards
Unlimited Database*
Maximum # Readers/ 128 (KT-100/KT-300),
Keypads
256 (KT-400)
EntraPass
Corporate Edition
2 + 1 (up to 20+1)
1 (up to 41)
Unlimited Database*
34,816 per Multi-Site
Gateway (KT-300)
69,632 per Multi-Site
Gateway (KT-400)
Maximum #
Controllers
64 per System
17,408 per Multi-Site
Gateway
Sites (loops) per
Gateway
64 (Serial, RS-485,
TCP/IP & Dial-up)
32 Local (Serial, RS485, TCP/IP) & 512
Remote (Dial-up,
Kantech IP Link or KT400)
EntraPass WebStation
No
Muster Reports
Roll Call Report
Video Integration
No
Yes
American Dynamics
victor, HDVR,
TVR Series and
Intellex Digital Video
Management Systems
Yes
64
Yes, 4 Concurrent
Connections
No
Yes
American Dynamics
VideoEdge, victor,
HDVR, TVR Series and
Intellex Digital Video
Management Systems
Yes
512 per Multi-Site
Gateway
Integrated Badging
Maximum # Remote
Dial-up Sites/IP-link/
KT-400
Maximum # Online
Local Sites/UDS-1100)
32
Elevator Floors per Car 64
Access Levels per Site 250
02/16
32 per Multi-Site
Gateway
64
250
EntraPass
Global Edition
4 + 1 (up to 128+1)
1 (up to 128)
Unlimited Database*
Per Global Gateway: 2,048
(KT-300), 4,096 (KT-400)
Per Multi-Site Gateway:
34,816 (KT-300), 69,632 (KT400)
4,096 per Global Gateway512
per KT-NCC, 69,932 per
Multi-Site Gateway
32 Local (Serial, RS-485, TCP/
IP) 7 with KT-NCC (3 local & 4
TCP/IP)
512 Remote (Dial-up, Kantech
IP Link or KT-400) per MultiSite Gateway
Yes, 21 Concurrent
Connections
Yes
Yes
American Dynamics
VideoEdge, victor, HDVR, TVR
Series and Intellex Digital
Video Management Systems
Yes
512 per Multi-Site Gateway
32 per Global Gateway, 32
per Multi-Site Gateway, 2 RS485, 1 RS-232, 4 UDS-10 per
KT-NCC
64
–
5
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Kantech Introduction
Schedules of 4
Time Zones (each)
100 System Schedules
System Operator
Passwords
Operator Security
Levels
Concurrent Operator
Languages per System
# of Report & Badging
Printers
Areas Management
Unlimited
Unlimited System
Schedules
100 Component
Schedules
Unlimited
Unlimited, Pre-defi ned
(3)
2
Unlimited, Pre-defi ned Unlimited, Pre-defi ned (3)
(3)
2
2
1 per System
1 per Workstation
1 per Workstation
No
No
Anti-Passback
Global Anti-Passback
Relay Activation * & #
via keypad
Export reports
(ASCII CSV, Sybase,
Dbase IV,
PDF, RTF, TXT, XLS)
Operating System
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes, 100 per Global Gateway
&
KT-NCC
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Windows 7 Pro/
Enterprise/Ultimate,
Window 8 and 8.1
Enterprise, Windows
Server 2008 R2
No
Windows 7 Pro/
Enterprise/Ultimate,
Window 8 and 8.1
Enterprise, Windows
Server 2008 R2
No
Windows 7 Pro/Enterprise/
Ultimate, Window 8 and 8.1
Enterprise, Windows Server
2008
Yes
Yes
PC1616, PC1832,
PC1864,
PC4020
PC1616, PC1832,
PC1864. PC4020
Using Multi-Site Gateway
Yes
Yes
Yes
Option
Option
Option
Virtual Alarm Systems
Arm/Disarm External
Alarms
DSC PowerSeries and
MAXSYS
Alarm Panel
Integration
Bentel Kyo 320 Alarm
Panel
Integration
Honeywell Galaxy
integration
02/16
Unlimited System Schedules
100 Component Schedules
Unlimited
Yes, 100 per Global Gateway
& KT-NCC
Yes, using Corporate Gateway
6
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Kantech Introduction
Panasonic Video
recorder integration
Uninterrupted Data
Backup Schedule
# of Guard Tours
No
Option
Option
Yes
Yes
Yes
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
SmartLink & SmartLink
Task Commander
Video Archive via
EntraPass Video Vault
Redundancy Server
Card Gateway
Multi Swipe function
No
Yes
100, per Global Gateway &
KT-NCC
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes (KT-400 only)
Yes
Yes
Yes (KT-400 only)
Yes
Yes
Yes (KT-400 only)
* In stand-alone mode: 6,144 (KT-100); 8,000 (KT-300/128k); 56,000 (KT-300/512k)
Note: All EntraPass features shown on this table are available with v5.02 of EntraPass software. Consult with Kantech sales or
Kantech Website for the complete compatibility chart.
Feature
Use Existing PC
Single PC
Multiple PC
Intruder Integration
Video Integration
IP Video
EntraPass Special
Edition
—
—
X
EntraPass Global
Edition
X
—
—
Intevo Compact
Intevo
X
—
—
X
—
—
Galaxy by addition
of E-SPE-GLY
—
Galaxy by addition
of E-GLO-GLY
—
Galaxy by addition
of E-COR-GLY
—
Galaxy by addition
of E-COR-GLY
—
—
—
ADTVR
—
—
—*
X
ADTVR
—
—
—*
X
Hybrid DVR (HDVR) Hybrid DVR (HDVR)
Analogue Video
Mobile app
Web Client
Fire Door release
Global Anti-PassBack
ADTVR
X
X
X
X
ADTVR
—
—
—
—
* Fire door release can be configured on site using
SmartLink
02/16
7
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
EntraPass Special Edition
Single Workstation Security Management Software
Features1:
Single Workstation System
EntraPass Special Edition is a single workstation
security software. It controls up to 64 Kantech door
controllers (consisting of the KT-100/KT-300, KT-400
and the KT-1 controller). The software is
comprehensive and menu-driven. It is easy to learn
and operate. Administrators can define or modify
parameters such as schedules or access levels,
generate reports and activate controlled devices
(i.e. locking/ unlocking doors, or activating relays for
lighting or air conditioning). EntraPass offers full
integration with Exacq video management systems,
American Dynamics DVRs/NVRs (HDVR, ADTVR
and Intellex), INTEVO integrated security platform,
and DSC PowerSeries, PowerSeries Neo and
MAXSYS intrusion alarm panels.
Express Setup
Express Setup allows you to configure system
components such as sites and controllers, as well as
devices associated with these components such as
doors and inputs. This utility reduces programming
to a minimum, allowing the installer to test the
installation and system components.
Site Architecture
A site within EntraPass represents a customer’s
building, campus etc and is composed of many
different connections, which have multiple door
controllers attached. EntraPass supports the use of
third party readers as well as Kantech’s renowned
ioProx card readers. ioProx readers feature a highly
secure 39 bit XSF format and can be connected
using existing CAT5e cabling for installation cost
savings. EntraPass software is highly scalable and
can seamlessly expand as the security requirements
of your business grow.Intellex units simultaneously.
All cameras can be called up directly from a floor
plan simply by double-clicking on the camera or
dome icon.
02/16
Fast/user-friendly installation/operation
Integrates with Kantech telephone entry systems
Built-in e-mail reporting capability
Integrates with Exacq video management
systems, American Dynamics DVRs/NVRs
(HDVR, ADTVR, and Intellex) and Kantech INTEVO
integrated security platform
Integrates with DSC PowerSeries, PowerSeries
NEO and MAXSYS intrusion alarm panels
Double and triple swipe card at reader (with KT-1
& KT-400 controller) to activate such features as:
activate relay, arm alarm system and lock/unlock
doors
Cost effective, yet feature rich access control
starter & expansion kits available
1 All of the features listed on this data sheet are available with the latest
build of EntraPass v6.03 and higher
Video Integration
Real-time monitoring capability is a response to the
growing importance of integrated access control &
security management systems. Integration with
Exacq video management systems and American
Dynamics DVRs/NVRs (HDVR, ADTVR, Intellex and
INTEVO) provides real-time video monitoring as well
as video playback. Video can be linked to access
events (such as “door forced open”) and recorded
from one to sixteen cameras from compatible
DVRs/NVRs simultaneously. All cameras can be
called up directly from a floor plan simply by doubleclicking on the camera or dome icon.
Telephone Entry Integration
Apartment, condominium and office buildings are
just a few of the applications where security and
communications are required for controlling resident
and visitor traffic. The Kantech Telephone Entry
System (KTES) delivers a fully integrated telephone
entry and access control solution. The KTES
provides visitor/resident entry, tracking andreporting.
It also features two-way built-in audio and a touchtone phone style keypad that offers both familiarity
and ease of use.
8
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
EntraPass Special Edition
Technical Specifications:
Minimum System Requirements
Processor (without video integration)
Intel® Core™ 2Duo 2.6 GHz
or more
Processor (with video integration)
Quad Core
RAM
2GB or more
(4GB with video integration)
Free Hard Disk Space for Software
50GB
Screen Resolution 1024 x 768
Graphic Adapter Card PCI Express graphics card
with 512MB
(1GB with video integration)
memory and DirectX 9.0
support
Colour Depth
24-bit (16 million colors),
required for video integration
Network Interface Card
10/100 Base-T network adapter
(Gigabit or greater with video
integration)
Operating System Compatibility
Windows 7 Pro/Enterprise/Ultimate, Window 8 and
8.1 Enterprise, Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard/
Enterprise, Windows Server 2012 Data Center. All
operating systems are supported in 32 and 64-bit
version. All operating systems should have their
latest Service Packs and updates. For integrations,
validate specifications of products used.
Virtual Environment Supported
VMware Workstation v7
& higher
System Capacities
Cards
Unlimited
Cards per Controller in Stand-Alone Mode
KT-100 (6,000), KT-200 (3,000), KT-300/128K
(8,000), KT-300/512K (56,000), KT-400 (100,000),
KT-1 (100,000)
Card Families or Site Codes
Unlimited
Number of Sites
Up to 64 (Max. 64 controllers)
Door Controllers per Site
32
02/16
Card Readers/Keypads
KT-1, KT-100/KT-300 (128 per system), KT-400 (256
per system)
Monitored Points (Input)
KT-1/KT-100 (128 per site), KT-300 (512 per site), KT400 (8,192 per site)
Card User Access Levels
250 per site
Access Level Combinations
Unlimited
Schedules
100
Time Intervals per Schedule
4
Holidays
366 per system
Holiday Types
4
System Operator Passwords
Unlimited
Operator Security Levels
Unlimited, pre-defined (3)
Concurrent System Languages
Two
Number of Printers One log printer; one report
printer; optional badging printer
Order Codes:
Software
E-SPE-EN-V6
E-SPE-FR-V6
E-SPE-V6-LIC
E-SPE-V6
E-SPE-UPG-V6-LIC
Optional Kantech
Advantage Program
(KAP) Token
E-SPE-KTK-1
User Manuals
E-SPE-MAN-EN
EntraPass Special Edition
software and English user
manual
EntraPass Special Edition
software and French user
manual
EntraPass Special Edition
software license
EntraPass Special Edition
software
EntraPass Special Edition
software upgrade license
1 Kantech token
EntraPass Special Edition
English user manual
9
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
EntraPass Special Edition
System Schematic
DSC
Alarm Panels
KTES
DSC Alarm Panels
Dial-Up
IP Module
KT-300 & KTES
KT-100/300
02/16
10
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
EntraPass Corporate Edition
Multiple Workstation Security Management
Software
Features1:
Network-Ready
EntraPass Corporate Edition is a proven platform
that offers the ultimate balance between power and
affordability in a network environment. EntraPass
offers the flexibility to securely connect controllers
directly on the network, as well over RS-485.
EntraPass software is compatible with Kantech
IP devices such as KT-400/KT-1 controllers and
Kantech IP Link (KT-IP) which all utilize highly
secure 128-bit AES encryption to ensure
communication is not compromised.
KT-IP is an RS-232 to TCP/ IP interface that connects
KT-100 or KT-300 door controllers to a network and
the KT-400 controller is a high proven IP controller
that supports up to 8 ioProx readers (4 doors IN/
OUT control using ioProx XSF readers). For the
utmost flexibility and as a truly plug & play IP device,
the new KT-1 controller from Kantech features a
direct Ethernet port, PoE/PoE+ capabilities and can
be easily surface mounted above the door, thus
reducing cabling and installation time.
With its innovative one-touch set-up and enrollment
process, KT-1 provides integrators with the ultimate
IP access control installation in minutes. Kantech’s
IP devices offer real-time access to security
information and integrate seamlessly into an
existing TCP/IP network; meaning no changes to
existing equipment, network, or related systems.
They also act as a polling device to ensure the
controllers communicate with EntraPass only as
required, reducing network traffic.
02/16
Supports up to 20 workstations and controls
hundreds of thousands of doors
Integrates with EntraPass Go mobile app –
interact with EntraPass with a few taps on your
mobile device
Integrates with EntraPass Web (remote user
platform) to manage access control, IP video,
telephone entry and/or intrusion security assets
Supports up to 50* concurrent logins of
EntraPass Web and/or EntraPass Go First login is
provided as standard
Integrates with Exacq video management
systems, American Dynamics DVRs/NVRs
(VideoEdge, HDVR, ADTVR and Intellex) and
Kantech INTEVO integrated security platform
Integrates with DSC PowerSeries, PowerSeries
NEO and MAXSYS intrusion alarm panels
Double and triple swipe card at reader (with KT-1/
KT-400 controller) to activate such features as:
activate relay, arm alarm system and lock/ unlock
doors
Assign 5 access levels per site to a user utilizing
KT-1/KT-400 controller
1 All of the features listed on this data sheet are
available with the latest build of EntraPass v6.03 and higher
Remote, mobile access
EntraPass Corporate Edition supports the intuitive,
state-of-the-art EntraPass Web and EntraPass
Go mobile applications which offer customers
an unparalleled feature rich security experience.
System administrators can securely connect via
the web or a dedicated app on their smart phone/
tablet and manage common access control, video
and intrusion functions wherever they are.
11
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
EntraPass Corporate Edition
Technical Specifications:
Processor (without video integration)
Intel® Core™ 2Duo 2.6 GHz or
more
Processor (with video integration)
Quad Core
RAM
2GB or more
(4GB with video integration)
Free Hard Disk Space for Software
50GB
Colour Depth
24-bit (16 million colours),
required for video integration
Screen Resolution 1024 x 768
Graphic Adapter Card
PCI Express graphics card with
512MB (1GB with video
integration) memory and
DirectX 9.0 support
Network Interface Card
10/100 Base-T network adaptor
(Gigabit or Greater with Video
Integration)
Operating System Compatibility
Windows 7 Pro/Enterprise/Ultimate, Window 8 and
8.1 Enterprise, Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard/
Enterprise, Windows Server 2012 R2 Data Center.
All operating systems are supported in 32 and 64-bit
version. All operating systems should have their
latest Service Packs and updates. For integrations,
validate specifications of products used.
Virtual Environment Supported
VMware Workstation v7 &
higher
System Capacities
Cards
Unlimited
Card Families or Site Codes
Unlimited
Card Readers/Keypad per Mult-Site Gateway
KT-400, KT-1, KT-300
Up to 10,000
Monitored Points (Inputs) per Mult-Site Gateway
KT-400, KT-1, KT-300
Up to 100,000
Auxiliary Outputs for Reader
LEDs and Door Alarms per Mult-Site Gateway
KT-400, KT-1, KT-300
Up to 100,000
Elevator Floors per Cab 64
Card User Access Levels
250 per site
02/16
Access levels per cardholder
KT-300(1) KT-400/KT-1 (5) per
site
Access Level Combinations
Unlimited
Schedules 100/site
Time Intervals per Schedule
KT-300 (4), KT-400/KT-1 (20)
Holidays
366 per system
Operator Workstations
20 + 1 on the server
Concurrent EntraPass Web Logins
50
Multi-Site Gateways 41
System Operator Passwords
Unlimited
Operator Security Levels
Unlimited, pre-defined (3)
Concurrent System Languages
Two
Number of Printers One log printer, one report
printer, and one badge printer
per workstation
Connections per Multi-Site Gateway
Up to 2048 (IP, USB, Dial up
Integration Capabilities
Intrusion
DSC PowerSeries (PC1616, PC1832, PC1864,
PC4020), PowerSeries NEO (HS2016, HS2032,
HS2064, HS2128) and MAXSYS (PC4020) Alarm
Panels
Video
Exacq video management systems (v7.2) and
American Dynamics DVRs/ NVRs (VideoEdge up to
v4.6), HDVR (v1.6), ADTVR (v2.20.05), Intellex (up
to v5.0) and the INTEVO platform. Intellex Ultra,
DVMS and IP all require EntraPass software v3.1
or higher, Intellex LT requires software v2.6 or
higher. Panasonic video recorders (requiring option
E-COR-DVR-1): WJ-HD309A/316A/616/716, WJND200/300/400.
12
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
EntraPass Corporate Edition
Each EntraPass Corporate Edition software package includes: two additional Workstation licenses, one
Server/Workstation license, one Multi-Site Gateway license and one WebStation
license.
Order Codes:
Software
E-COR-EN-V6
E-COR-FR-V6
E-COR-V6-LIC
E-COR-V6
E-COR-UPG-V6-EN
E-COR-UPG-V6-FR
E-COR-UPG-V6-LIC
EntraPass Corporate Edition
software and English user
manual
EntraPass Corporate Edition
software and French user
manual
EntraPass Corporate Edition
software license
EntraPass Corporate Edition
software
EntraPass Corporate Edition
software upgrade from
v3.xx to v6.xx and English
user manual
EntraPass Corporate Edition
software upgrade from
v3.xx to v6.xx and French
user manual
EntraPass Corporate Edition
software upgrade license
Options
E-COR-RDN
E-COR-SQL
E-COR-VVM
E-COR-WEB-1
E-COR-WEB-3
E-COR-WEB-10
E-COR-WEB-25
E-COR-DVR-1
Additional
Workstation and
Gateway Licenses
E-COR-WS1
E-COR-WS6
E-COR-COM
License for 1 Workstation
(v3.xx and higher)
License for 6 Workstations
(v3.xx and higher)
License for 40 Multi-Site
Gateways (v3.xx and higher)
Kantech Advantage
Program (KAP)
Tokens
E-COR-KTK-1
E-COR-KTK-2
E-COR-KTK-3
E-COR-KTK-5
E-COR-KTK-10
User Manuals
E-COR-MAN-EN
02/16
License for 1 Redundancy
Server (v3.xx and higher)
License for 1 Card Gateway
- MS SQL Database
Interface (v3.xx and higher)
License for 1 EntraPass
Video Vault (v3.xx and
higher)
License for 1 concurrent
WebStation login (v4.xx and
higher)
License for 3 concurrent
WebStation logins (v4.xx
and higher)
License for 10 concurrent
WebStation logins (v6.01
and higher)
License for 25 concurrent
WebStation logins (v6.01
and higher)
License for single 3rd party
DVR (v5.02 and higher)
1 Kantech Token
2 Kantech Tokens
3 Kantech Tokens
5 Kantech Tokens
10 Kantech Tokens
EntraPass Corporate Edition
English user manual
13
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
EntraPass Corporate Edition
Basic System Diagram
KTES
DSC Alarm Panels
DSC Alarm Panels
IP Module
Dial-Up
KT-100/400
KT-300 & KTES
KT-100/300 KT-300 & KTES
02/16
14
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
EntraPass Global Edition
Network-Ready Enterprise Level Security
Management Software
Features:
Enterprise Level
EntraPass Global Edition is a powerful, networkready enterprise level security management
software that accommodates widely-dispersed
applications with an unlimited number of users,
controls thousands of doors and allows you to
simultaneously access the system from up to 128
workstations connected to the network.
Remote, mobile access
EntraPass Global Edition supports the intuitive,
state-of-the-art EntraPass Web and EntraPass
Go mobile applications which offer customers
an unparalleled feature rich security experience.
System administrators can securely connect via
the web or a dedicated app on their smart phone/
tablet and manage common access control, video
and intrusion functions wherever they are.
Managing Controllers For Enterprise Solutions
The KT-NCC manages communication from the
EntraPass Global Edition security management
software to the door controllers. It also controls
features/functions such as areas, alarm systems,
global i/o, guard tours, and secondary access
levels. It makes the access control system easier to
manage, easier to expand, and much more reliable.
The KT-NCC is in control instead of relying on
a PC for controller-server communication.
02/16
Supports up to 128 workstations and controls
hundreds of thousands of doors
Global virtual alarm system, antipassback, guard
tours and muster reporting
Integrates with EntraPass Go mobile app –
interact with EntraPass with a few taps on your
mobile device
Integrates with EntraPass Web (remote user
platform) to manage access control, IP video,
telephone entry and/ or intrusion security assets
Supports up to 250* concurrent logins of
EntraPass Web and/or EntraPass Go First login is
provided as standard
Integrates with Exacq video management
systems, American Dynamics DVRs/NVRs
(VideoEdge, HDVR, ADTVR and Intellex), DSC
PowerSeries, PowerSeries Neo and MAXSYS
intrusion alarm panels, and Kantech INTEVO
integrated security platform
Double and triple swipe card at reader (with KT-1/
KT-400 controller) to activate such features as:
activate relay, arm alarm system and lock/ unlock
doors
Assign 5 access levels per site to a user utilizing
KT-1/KT-400 controller
Site Architecture
A site within EntraPass represents a customer’s
building, campus etc and is composed of many
different connections, which have multiple door
controllers attached. The system can manage up to
2048 local/secure IP connections (consisting of KT100, KT-200, KT-300, KT-1 or KT-400 door
controllers) per Multi-Site Gateway. Each KT-NCC
supports 3 local connections (32 controllers each)
and 4 remote connections (8 controllers each). The
KT-NCC provides advanced cross controller
communication giving customers higher flexibility
and functionality.
15
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
EntraPass Global Edition
Technical Specifications:
Processor (without video integration
Intel® Core™ 2Duo 2.6 GHz or more
Processor (with video integration)
Quad Core
RAM
2GB or more
(4GB with video integration)
Free Hard Disk Space for Software
50GB
Color Depth
24-bit (16 million colours),
required for video integration
Screen Resolution 1024 x 768
Graphic Adapter Card
PCI Express graphics card with
512MB (1GB with video
integration) memory and
DirectX 9.0 support
Network Interface Card
10/100 Base-T network adaptor
(Gigabit or Greater with Video
Integration)
Operating System Compatibility
Windows 7 Pro/Enterprise/Ultimate, Window 8 and
8.1 Enterprise, Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard/
Enterprise, Windows Server 2012 R2 Data Center.
All operating systems are supported in 32 and 64-bit
version. All operating systems should have their
latest Service Packs and updates. For integrations,
validate specifications of products used.
Virtual Environment Supported
VMware Workstation v7 &
higher
System Capacities
Cards per Gateway (Online)
Unlimited
Card Families or Site Codes
Unlimited
Global Gateways
128
Multi-Site Gateways 40
Elevator Floors per Cab
64 (KT-300 and KT-400)
Card User Access Levels
250 per site/gateway
Access Level Combination
Unlimited
Operator Workstations
128 workstations
Concurrent EntraPass Web Logins
200
02/16
System Operator Passwords
Unlimited
Operator Security Levels
Unlimited, pre-defined (3)
Concurrent System Languages
2
Per Global Gateway
Connections per Global Gateway
32
Door Controllers
1,024
Card Readers/Keypads
KT-1
2,048
KT-300
2,048
KT-400
4,096
Monitored Points (Inputs)
KT-1
Up to 5,120
KT-300
Up to 16,384
KT-400
Up to 262,144
Auxiliary Outputs for Reader
LEDs and Door Alarms
KT-1
Up to 4,096
KT-300
Up to 4,096
KT-400
Up to 8,192
Schedules
100/gateway
Time Intervals Per Schedule
20
Holidays
366/gateway
Access Level Per Card Holder
13
Integration Capabilities
Intrusion
DSC PowerSeries (PC1616, PC1832, PC1864,
PC4020), PowerSeries NEO (HS2016, HS2032,
HS2064, HS2128) and MAXSYS (PC4020) Alarm
Panels
Video
Exacq video management systems (v7.2) and
American Dynamics DVRs/ NVRs (VideoEdge up to
v4.6), HDVR (v1.6), ADTVR (v2.20.05), Intellex (up
to v5.0) and the INTEVO platform. Intellex Ultra,
DVMS and IP all require EntraPass software v3.1
or higher, Intellex LT requires software v2.6 or
higher. Panasonic video recorders (requiring option
E-CORDVR-1): WJ-HD309A/316A/616/716, WJND200/300/400.
16
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
EntraPass Global Edition
Each EntraPass Global Edition software package includes: four additional Workstation licenses, one Server/
Workstation license, one Global Gateway (Windows NCC) license and one
WebStation license..
Order Codes:
Software
E-GLO-EN-V6
E-GLO-FR-V6
E-GLO-V6-LIC
E-GLO-V6
E-GLO-UPG-V6-EN
E-GLO-UPG-V6-FR
E-GLO-UPG-V6-LIC
EntraPass Global Edition
software and English user
manual
EntraPass Global Edition
software and French user
manual
EntraPass Global Edition
software license
EntraPass Global Edition
software
EntraPass Global Edition
software upgrade from
v3.xx to 6.xx and English
user manual
EntraPass Global Edition
software upgrade from
v3.xx to v6.xx and French
user manual
EntraPass Global Edition
software upgrade license
Additional
Workstation and
Gateway Licenses
E-GLO-WS1
E-GLO-WS8
E-GLO-COM-WIN
E-GLO-CORCOM
E-GLO-SQL
E-GLO-VVM
02/16
E-GLO-WEB-3
E-GLO-WEB-10
E-GLO-WEB-25
E-GLO-WEB-50
E-GLO-INFVID
E-GLO-DVR-1
E-GLO-DVR-UNL
License for 1 Workstation
(v3.xx and higher)
License for 8 Workstations
(v3.xx and higher)
License for 16 Global
Gateways - Windows NCC (v3.xx and higher)
License for 40 Multi-Site
Gateways (v3.xx and higher)
Options
E-GLO-RDN
Options
E-GLO-WEB-1
License for 1 Redundancy
Server (v3.xx and higher)
License for 1 Card Gateway
- MS SQL Database
Interface (v3.xx and
higher)
License for 1 EntraPass
Video Vault (v3.xx and
higher)
License for 1 concurrent
WebStation login (v4.xx and
higher)
License for 3 concurrent
WebStation logins (v4.xx
and higher)
License for 10 concurrent
WebStation logins (v6.01
and higher)
License for 25 concurrent
WebStation logins (v6.01
and higher)
License for 50 concurrent
WebStation logins (v6.01
and higher)
License for EntraPass
InfiniView - 128 additional
video servers (v5.01
and higher)
License for single 3rd party
DVR (v5.02 and higher)
License for unlimited 3rd
party DVR (v5.02 and
higher)
Kantech Advantage
Program (KAP)
Tokens
E-GLO-KTK-1
E-GLO-KTK-2
E-GLO-KTK-3
E-GLO-KTK-5
E-GLO-KTK-10
E-GLO-KTK-20
1 Kantech Token
2 Kantech Tokens
3 Kantech Tokens
5 Kantech Tokens
10 Kantech Tokens
20 Kantech Tokens
User Manual
E-GLO-MAN-EN
EntraPass Global Edition
English user manual
17
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
EntraPass Global Edition
Basic System Diagram
DSC Alarm Panels
DSC Alarm Panels
KTES
KT-100/400
KT-1 and KT-100/300/400
DSC Alarm Panels
DSC Alarm Panels
02/16
IP Module
Dial-Up
KT-100/300
KT-300 & KTES
KT-100/400
KT-300 & KTES
18
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
EntraPass go
EntraPass go
Features:
Manage your EntraPass software on the move
Create card holders and upload their image from
your mobile device
Generate preconfigured reports when off site if
required
Have critical events reported through to your
mobile device
Use your EntraPass PC for configuration only
Additional Web client licenses available for
multiple mobile device access to the system*
Smartphone
For iPhone, iPod Touch and Android Powered
Phones. EntraPass go puts you in control of
your security. It enables you to interact with the
EntraPass† security management software using
only a few taps on your mobile device. The easy-touse mobile app gives you anytime, anywhere realtime management of over 20 security tasks.
*One web client supplied with original software license
Manage/create cards, lock/unlock doors, request
reports and much more. Our state-of-the-art
smartphone apps are designed specifically for each
operating system. Download EntraPass go from the
App Store or the Android Market to get security on
the go!
Executive Problem, Simple Solution
Imagine that your company President brings an
important client to the office on the weekend. He
just came from a golf game and does not have his
access card with him. Though the security system
administrator is at the beach, it is easy to open
the office door and grant the President access. It’s
simply a matter of starting the EntraPass go
application and unlocking the front door. Just long
enough for the President and client to get inside and
get down to business. While the administrator gets
back to the beach. It’s that easy and that fast.
Tablet For iPad and Android Powered Tablets.
The EntraPass go platform is designed with
scalability in mind. From 4 doors to multi-site
enterprise scale applications, EntraPass go grows
with your needs. And it goes where you go. It
gives you the tools to monitor and control the
EntraPass powered security system in realtime from
anywhere. Download EntraPass go from the App
Store or Android Market and put security in your
hands.
02/16
19
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Kantech Advantage Program (KAP)
Where do I find the information?
This is how to find the number of KAP tokens required for the system on the System Registration Page of
the EntraPass Software:
Order Codes:
EntraPass Special
Edition
E-SPE-KTK-1
EntraPass Corporate
Edition
E-COR-KTK-1
E-COR-KTK-2
E-COR-KTK-3
E-COR-KTK-5
E-COR-KTK-10
EntraPass Global
Edition
E-GLO-KTK-1
E-GLO-KTK-2
E-GLO-KTK-3
E-GLO-KTK-5
E-GLO-KTK-10
E-GLO-KTK-20
02/16
E/Pass SE License 1 tokens,
(Free of Charge)
E/Pass CE License 1 token
E/Pass CE License 2 tokens
E/Pass CE License 3 tokens
E/Pass CE License 5 tokens
E/Pass CE License 10
tokens
E/Pass GE License 1 tokens
E/Pass GE License 2 tokens
E/Pass GE License3 tokens
E/Pass GE License 5 tokens
E/Pass GE License 10
tokens
E/Pass GE License 20
tokens
20
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Kantech Advantage Program (KAP)
The Kantech Advantage Program provides system outside of their first 12month support with a means to
upgrade their software version – allowing for such instances as operating system changes etc. This also
gives users access to the latest features and interfaces developed since their product was installed.
From version 4 to 5 and for all future releases after the first 12 months KAP token(s) will need to be
purchased to license the system for software upgrade.
The table below provides detail on how the program works for EntraPass Special Edition, Corporate and
Global Edition giving the necessary steps to upgrade your EntraPass System.
EntraPass Special Edition Software:
Current Version
Upgrade to 6.0x
3.18
"$$%'<=>
Please contact the EMEA license Support team tspemealicense@tycoint.com
4.0 or 5.0
If the customer requires advice on what to do before upgrading:
=[\
""]^]$_`
free of charge upgrades.
The token will be provided at no extra charge.
If the customer is already performing the upgrade to 5.x, then the installation
software will require an upgrade code.
[
Please contact the EMEA license Support team tspemealicense@tycoint.com
EntraPass Corporate & Global Edition Software:
3.18
<
"`
`{
Kantech website.
E-COR-UPG-V6-LIC
E-GLO-UPG-V6-LIC
4.0 or 5.0
`_^]$|}~

"_{
€^]$_`
‚``
expiration date” and if expired, then the customer will have to check how many
tokens are required to purchase the KAP program (which includes software
upgrades).
[\
{|
`ƒ„ƒƒ†ƒ‡
„‡
available):
E-COR-KTK-1
E-GLO-KTK-1
(*) KAP 4.0 and 4.01, it was called SSA
02/16
21
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Intevo (Integration Evolution)
Intevo Advanced
Features:
Simple to confi gure, easy to deploy
Supports EntraPass Corporate Edition features
such as:
EntraPass Go mobile application
EntraPass Web client
EntraPass Workstation client
DSC PowerSeries alarm panel Integration
Bentel KYO alarm panel Integration
Alarm panel Integration
Compatible with all Kantech controllers
Connect up to 32 IP cameras
Separate Solid State Drive (SSD) for the operating
system and applications
3TB Drive for Video Storage
Optimised for use with American Dynamics
Illustra Series IP Cameras
Integration Evolution
Supports H.264, MPEG-4, MJPEGand a wide
Intevo is an easy to deploy integrated security
variety of IP cameras including Megapixel
platform that is quick and easy to install. It’s simple
Seamlessly integrate American Dynamics
to configure, 6 step wizard, built on Windows 7
VideoEdge NVR, Intellex, HDVR and ADTVR into
Embedded means you can be up and running within
one solution
minutes and includes a customised dashboard for
Remote management
easy system management. Intevo is preloaded
Security reports
with Kantech’s EntraPass Corporate Edition security
management software, American Dynamics IP video Active Maps
Email Notifi cation
software and an IP camera license included. This
Multi-Language Support
package delivers market-leading functionality and
proven reliability.
The intuitive Kantech Express set-up Wizard also
allows full testing of the system whilst at the same
time the client can browse an array of end user
functions using either EntraPass Web client or the
new EntraPass Go mobile app on their phone or
tablet.
Integrated Security Platform
Intevo provides an ideal platform for small to
medium businesses as well as the ability to grow
the system to meet organisational needs over
time. Its ability to integrate with intrusion panels,
monitor access control and link these events with
video information allows for quick, efficient incident
management of the cause of an alarm.
02/16
22
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Intevo (Integration Evolution)
Features:
Full-featured security system in a single appliance
Windows 7 Embedded
EntraPass Corporate Edition
EntraPass Webstation
EntraPass Mobile Go are pre-confi gured
AD IP Video management (HDVR)
Up to 32 IP Cameras (1 free IP Camera license
incl.)
Video gives the “who” to go along with the
“What”, “When” and “Where”
Events such as “door forced open” can be attached
to the associated video for quick playback. These
images and associated audio from up to 32 cameras
are recorded and stored on this single appliance.
Camera’s can be called up directly from a floor plan
simply by double-clicking on the camera or dome
icon and Intevo IP Video supports a long list of IP
cameras from many brands.
Intevo is also compatible with advanced EntraPass
features such as Video Vault and Redundant Server.
Integration with American Dynamics HDVR,
VideoEdge NVR, TVR Series and Intellex Digital
Video Management Systems further enhances the
video capabilities of the system and the clear IP
video user interface makes it easy to find your way
around so you will be confident during set-up, and
when training your staff.
Monitor, Arm, Disarm, programming, viewing
and one card does it all.
The integration of Intevo with a host of alarm panels
sets it apart. With the right permission, a card holder
can arm or disarm the connected alarm system
simply by presenting their card to a reader. The
level of security can be further enhanced with cards
being paired with partitioned areas within a building.
For ease of use a virtual alarm keypad makes it easy
for you to configure the alarm panel in the same
way as if it were an actual physical keypad. All this
can be done from a remote or local desktop. Virtual
keypad is easy to install and does not require any
special alarm setting.
02/16
Information when it’s needed how it’s needed.
With a built-in report generator, reports can be either
manually or automatically generated and can be
sent via e-mail to and administrator to view on their
desktop or on a mobile device. Even basic work
time registration reports can be sent on a scheduled
timeframe.
Simplifi ed access, from anywhere.
Webclient and Mobile Application access to Intevo
are pre-configured and ready to use. EntraPass
Web and Entrapass Go syncs to the EntraPass
software and enable users to monitor and control
the security system in real-time. It is an ideal
solution for situations where a security administrator
needs to manage the access control system after
business hours, during the weekend or traveling on
a business trip. When logging into the EntraPass
WebStation, the operator or end user depending
upon permission levels can have access to manual
operations such as elevator doors, doors, relays or
inputs in order to perform tasks manually.
Technical Specifications:
Intel i3 Processor
32 Gb SSD for applications
3TB HDD for archives
100 Gb for Kantech
2.9 TB for video storage
2 x Ethernet ports
128 Mbps throughput, 60Mbps inbound
6 x USB ports
1 x RS-232 serial port
HDMI, DVI and VGA Monitor outputs
Desktop, Wall mount and Rack mount
23
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Intevo (Integration Evolution)
Technical Specifications:
Physical
Cabinet Dimensions
(HxWxD)
5.4 x 30 x 29 cm
Cabinet Weight
3.7 kg
Environmental
Operating Temperature
0° to 60° C indoor use only
Humidity
Maximum 93% relative
humidity non-condensing
Electrical
Input
100-240 VAC, 50-50 Hz, 2.0 A
Output
12 VDC, 80 W maximum
Power Consumption 60 W
General Features
Processor
Intel Core i3-2330E
Processor
Memory
4GB, Non-ECC, 800MHz
DDR3 SODIMM
Video Card
Integrated Intel GMA HD
Graphics
Hard Drive
1 32GB SSD Boot Drive
Hard Drive 2
3TB 3.5in Audio-Video SATA
(3Gb/s)
Drive (24/7 DVR Grade)
Operating System Windows Embedded
Standard 7
Network
Dual gigabit Ethernet
10/100/1000 Base-T,
RJ45
USB
6 USB 2.0 connectivity ports,
two front/four rear
Serial Port
1 RS-232 serial port
eSATA
Dual eSATA storage
expansion port
Display
Dual high definition display
outputs (VGA, DVI and HDMI)
Video streaming
Throughput
128 Mbps (Input 50 Mbps)
Fans
Temperature controlled
Software
EntraPass Corporate Edition
and American Dynamics
HDVR (IP cameras only)
Monitoring
Watchdog timer, CPU
voltage monitoring,
CPU temperature monitoring,
Smart Fan control, System
power management
Warranty
3-year warranty
02/16
Mobile Device
Compatibility
iPhone, iPod Touch,iPad and
Android (phone and tablet)
Resolution CIF\2CIF\4CIF\1MP\720P\2MP\108
0P\3MP\5MP\10MP
Compression (Recording)
H.264, MPEG-4, MJPEG
Recommended System Capacities
Recommended maximum capacities for the Intevo
server:
Card Readers
256
Card Users
10,000
Card User Access Levels
250 (per site)
Access Level
Combinations
Unlimited
Schedules
100 (per site)
Holidays
366
System Operator
Passwords
Unlimited
Operator Security Levels
Unlimited (pre-defined)
Concurrent System
Languages
2
Multi-Site Gateways 1
Serial /USB Sites
32
Remote IP Sites
64
Concurrent EntraPass
Webstation Logins 4 (1 included with Intevo)
Concurrent EntraPass
Workstation Logins
(with live video capability)
10 (2 +1 included with Intevo)
IP Cameras
32
For more information on supported IP video devices,
visit: www.americandynamics.net/Products/Hybrid_
Digital_Video_Recorders.aspx
Integration Capabilities
Intrusion
DSC Alarm Panels (PC1616, PC1832, PC1864,
PC4020), Bentel Alarm Panels KYO 320
Honeywell Dimension by adding the software
module E/CORE/GLY and providing the Honeywell
Ethernet module Video American Dynamics HDVR.
VideoEdge
NVR, TVR Series, Intellex Digital Video Management
Systems and more.
24
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Intevo (Integration Evolution)
Order Codes:
INTEVO-ADV-3T-EU
INTEVO-IPCAM01
=‹[Œ=$>]‡‘
02/16
INTEVO Standard model
with Kantech EntraPass
Corporate Edition access
control and American
Dynamic IP video recorder.
1 free IP Cameras
maximum 32 IP Cameras
(subject to bandwidth
throughput). Windows 7
Embedded OS. Intel i3
Processor, 32 Gb SSD for
applications, 3TB HDD for
archives, 100 Gb for
Kantech, 2.9 TB for video
storage, 2 x Ethernet ports,
6 x USB ports, 1 x RS-232
serial port, HDMI, DVI
and VGA Monitor outputs.
Desktop, Wall mount and
Rack mount with optional
brackets. EntraPass
Webstation and EntraPass
go ready.
Additional IP Camera
License
for INTEVO. Provides one
additional IP Camera
License for a single
INTEVO.
Additional 4 IP Camera
License for INTEVO
for cameras other than
American Dynamics Illustra
range. Provides a single
license for 4 additional
IP Camera for a single
INTEVO. Licenses can
be ordered in multiple
quantities and are not linked
to the INTEVO until online
registered via Kantech
registration website
=‹[Œ=$>]‡
=‹[Œ=$>]'
INTEVO-ADV-RM
INTEVO-ADV-SSA
WWQ326616
Additional 8 IP Camera
License for INTEVO
for cameras other than
American Dynamics Illustra
range. Provides a single
license for 8 additional
IP Camera for a single
INTEVO. Licenses can
be ordered in multiple
quantities and are not linked
to the INTEVO until online
registered via Kantech
registration website.
Additional 16 IP Camera
License for INTEVO
for cameras other than
American Dynamics Illustra
range. Provides a single
license for 16 additional
IP Camera for a single
INTEVO. Licenses can
be ordered in multiple
quantities and are not linked
to the INTEVO until online
registered via Kantech
registration website.
INTEVO optional brackets
for 19” rack mount.
INTEVO one year Support
Software Agreement (SSA)
Freecom eSATA 3TB
external drive.
25
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Intevo (Integration Evolution)
Intevo Compact
Features:
Integration Evolution
Intevo is an easy to deploy integrated security
platform that is quick and easy to install. It’s simple
to configure, 6 step wizard, built on Windows 7
Embedded means you can be up and running within
minutes and includes a customised dashboard for
easy system management. Intevo is preloaded
with Kantech’s EntraPass Corporate Edition security
management software, American Dynamics IP video
software and an IP camera license included.
This package delivers market-leading functionality
and proven reliability. Intevo Compact comes
preloaded with Kantech’s EntraPass Corporate
Edition security management software, including
connectivity with the EntraPass Go mobile
application and EntraPass Web.
The Intevo Compact also seamlessly integrates
into a single solution the DSC PowerSeries and
other alarm panels as well as a full line of American
Dynamics video recording platforms, including the
VideoEdge NVR, Intellex digital video management
systems, HDVR and ADTVR
Video gives the “who” to go along with the
“What”, “Where” and “When”
Events such as “door forced open” can be attached
to the associated video for quick playback. These
images and associated audio from up to 16 cameras
are recorded and stored on this single appliance.
Camera’s can be called up directly from a floor plan
simply by double-clicking on the camera or dome
icon and Intevo IP Video supports a long list of IP
cameras from many brands.
Simple to configure, easy to deploy
Supports EntraPass Corporate Edition features
such as:
EntraPass Go mobile
application
EntraPass Web client
EntraPass Workstation client
DSC PowerSeries alarm panel Integration
DSC MAXSYS alarm panel Integration
Bentel KYO alarm panel Integration
Honeywell Dimension Intruder Alarm
integration with additional software module
Compatible with all Kantech controllers
Connect up to 16 IP cameras
Optimized for use with American
Dynamics Illustra Series IP Cameras
Supports H.264, MPEG-4, MJPEG and a wide
variety of IP cameras including Megapixel
Seamlessly integrate American
Dynamics VideoEdge NVR, Intellex,
HDVR and ADTVR into one solution
Video storage
Order Codes:
INTEVO-CMP-1T-EU
INTEVO-IPCAM01
INTEVO-IPCAM04
INTEVO-IPCAM08
INTEVO-IPCAM16
INTEVO-CMP-SSA
WWQ326616
02/16
Kantech INTEVO Integrated
Security Platform with
single
IP camera license included
Kantech INTEVO single IP
channel license
Additional 4 IP Camera
License for INTEVO
for cameras other than
American Dynamics Illustra
range.
Additional 8 IP Camera
License for INTEVO for
cameras
other than American
Dynamics Illustra range.
Additional 16 IP Camera
License for INTEVO for
cameras
other than American
Dynamics Illustra range.
INTEVO one year Support
Software Agreement (SSA)
Freecom 3TB eSATA
external drive
26
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Intevo (Integration Evolution)
Technical Specifications:
Recommended System Capacities
Recommended maximum capacities for the Intevo
server:
Card Readers
256
Card Users
10,000
Card User Access Levels
250 (per site)
Access Level
Combinations
Unlimited
Schedules
100 (per site)
Holidays
366
System Operator
Passwords
Unlimited
Operator Security Levels
Unlimited (pre-defined)
Concurrent System
Languages
2
Multi-Site Gateways 1
Serial /USB Sites
32
Remote IP Sites
64
Concurrent EntraPass
Webstation Logins 4 (1 included with Intevo)
Concurrent EntraPass
Workstation Logins
(with live video capability)
10 (2 +1 included with Intevo)
IP Cameras
16
For more information on supported IP video devices, visit:
www.americandynamics.net/Products/Hybrid_Digital_Video_
Recorders.aspx
Integration Capabilities
Intrusion
DSC Alarm Panels (PC1616,
PC1832, PC1864,
PC4020), Bentel Alarm
Panels KYO 320
Honeywell Dimension by adding the software
module E-COR/GLY and providing the honeywell
ethernet module
Video
02/16
American Dynamics HDVR,
VideoEdge NVR, TVR
Series, Intellex Digital Video
Management Systems
and more.
27
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Intevo (Integration Evolution)
Hard Drive Quattro 3.0
Features:
External, no nonsense hard drive for professional
and home use
4 interfaces in one drive, provides optimal
flexibility, connects to any computer!
FireWire800 and FireWire400, ideally suited for
Mac users, ideal for reliable external storage and
Audio/Video editing
eSATA – ideal for professional Audio/Video editing
and authoring of large, uncompressed files
USB 3.0 – the fastest available interface to date,
and thanks to the downwards compatibility you
can also connect it to USB 2.0, still the most
commonly used interface, connects to any
modern computer
High quality aluminium enclosure, recyclable
These days it’s all about speed, reliability and
material, puts less strain on the environment
flexibility. More and more people work with large
Optimal internal airflow management
files such as DTP/graphical files and uncompressed
No cooling fan – no noise!
video and audio. The need for an external hard drive Compact design, only 5.5 x14.8 x 4.3 cm, saves
with top speed and top reliability is more present
space on your desk
then ever. The new Freecom Hard Drive Quattro
Includes 2 rubber footstands for positioning the
provides it all. The new USB 3.0 interface provides
drive upright, taking up even less space on your
you with the fastest data transfer speed to date for a
desk
single external hard drive. Connected to eSATA, the
Two years manufacturer’s warranty and unlimited
Hard Drive Quattro performs up to 6x times faster
free helpdesk support
than a standard USB 2.0 hard drive.
The FireWire800 & FireWire400 interfaces have
been the standard for years in the Mac-world
when it comes to external storage, providing a
reliable and fast data transfer. Since USB 3.0 is
fully downwards compatible with USB 2.0 you have
the ultimate flexibility- you can connect the drive
to any modern computer that does not have an
eSATA or FireWire interface. The Hard Drive Quattro
comes in a stylish aluminium enclosure which will
compliment the design of your PC or Mac, with the
possibility to position it horizontally or vertically on
your desk. The Freecom Hard Drive Quattro is preformatted so you’re ready to use your drive seconds
after connecting it to your PC or Mac. At Freecom
we create storage solutions from a consumer’s
perspective, where convenience and quality are key
factors.
The Flexible Hard Drive For Professionals
The Hard Drive Quattro is Freecom’s most
versatile hard drive. With four interfaces (USB 3.0,
FireWire800, FireWire400, eSATA) this hard drive
connects to any computer or Mac.
02/16
The FireWire interface makes it the ideal hard drive
for Mac users who require a fast and reliable drive
for storing and editing large audio, video and or
graphical files.
Enjoy The Silence
The Hard Drive Quattro has been designed in such a
way that a noisy cooling fan is obsolete. The heatabsorbing aluminium enclosure always ensures
a silent operation. Quattro interfaces and Quattro
reasons to buy this hard drive: it’s silent, cool,
robust and recyclable.
Design
One of the most striking aspects of the Hard Drive
Quattro is its minimalistic, state of the art design.
Made from cool aluminium with a glossy black front
finished with the chrome Freecom logo, this drive
stands out from the crowd and looks stunning on
your desk.
28
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Intevo (Integration Evolution)
Minimum System Requirements
PC: Intel Pentium III / AMD Duron 900 MHz or
higher, 256MB RAM (Vista: 512MB RAM) or higher,
available USB 3.0, USB 2.0**, Fire-Wire800,
FireWire400 or eSATA port, Windows XP* / Vista /
7 / 8 MAC: PowerPC G3/G4/G5, Power Book G3/G4
or Intel Mac, 256MB RAM or higher, available USB
2.0**, FireWire800 or FireWire400 port, Mac OS X
v10.4.8 or higher
Package Includes
Freecom Hard Drive Quattro 3.0 (FAT-32 pre
formatted*)
Power adapter (EU, UK)
eSATA, FireWire800 & FireWire400 and USB
connection cable
Manual & Software preloaded on the drive
Quick Install Guide
“
{\
* The Hard Drive Quattro is pre-formatted in FAT32, for immediate use on both Windows and Mac
computers. Due to limitations of the FAT-32 file
format system, the 3TB version is NTFS formatted
(Windows). Mac users need to reformat the drive
to HFS+ file system (see addendum in retail box).
PLEASE NOTE: The 3TB version does not support
Windows XP.
Technical Specifications:
** When connected to USB 2.0, the data transfer speed will be
according to USB 2.0 specification.
HARD DRIVE QUATTRO
3.0
Art.-Nr.
EAN-Code
Colour
3TB
56068
4021801560681
Silver
Capacity:
Interface:
Hard Drive Type:
Power
1Tb, 2Tb, 3Tb*
Usb 3.0, Can Also Be
Connected To Usb 2.0
Port**, Esata, Firewire800 /
400
3.5” Sata, Low Noise, Low
Consumption
Data Transfer Speed: Max. 5000 Mbit/S (Usb 3.0),
Max. 3000
Mbit/S (Esata), Max. 800
Mbit/S
(Firewire800), Max. 400 Mbit/S
(Firewire400), Theoretical
Maximum Data
Transfer Speeds
Power Requirements:
Ac Adapter 12V / Min. 1.5A
Mtbf:
50.000 Poh
Enclosure:
Aluminium
Dimensions:
15.5 X 14.8 X 4.3 Cm / Weight:
1400 G
Environmental Specifications:
Operating Temperature:
10o C - 35o C /
Storage Temperature:
-20o C - 70o C
Order Code:
WWQ326616
02/16
Freecom 3TB eSATA
external drive
29
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Intevo (Integration Evolution)
INTEVO System Schematic
ENTRAPASS
Web Client
ILLUSTRA
IP Cameras &
More
ENTRAPASS
Go Mobile
Application
KANTECH
Door Controllers
AMERICAN
DYNAMICS HDVR,
TVR, VIDEO EDGE,
NVR INTELLEX &
More
DSC
Alarm Panels
ENTRAPASS
Workstation
System Diagram
02/16
30
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Intevo (Integration Evolution)
Frequently Asked Questions
Q. Which languages are supported by Intevo?
A. English, French, German, Spanish, Italian, Dutch,
Portuguese, Turkish
Q. Do I need to register the EntraPass software on
the Intevo?
A. The EntraPass portion of Intevo does not need to
be registered. It does a self registration at the end
of the first boot wizard.
Q. How do I add EntraPass Options?
A. EntraPass options, such as Video Vault, must be
registered in the same way as presently, through
the Kantech website.
Q. Can I access the Intevo with EntraPass Mobile
go?
A. EntraPass go Mobile is preconfigured and ready
to use, enter the IP address and the default login is:
intevo1 (username and password)
Q. How are SSAs handled with Intevo?
A. The SSA date in effect in IP Video will be reflected
in EntraPass so that the SSA renewals are at the
same time. IP video and EntraPass have a one year
SSA included and starts from the moment that IP
Channels are registered.
Q. Can I still add IP Channels to the Intevo unit
when my SSA is expired?
A. If the SSA expires, the Intevo will still allow the
user to add additional IP Channels without SSA
renewal. We however recommend to re new yearly
the Security Platform to make sure your equipment
is protected by latest security treats and you have
access to Kantech technical support center.
Q. What about warranty?
A. Intevo comes with a 3 year warranty, Tyco
Security Products EMEA warranty and replacement
policy.
Q. What if I want to use the Intevo only for CCTV as
an NVR?
A. The INTEVO can be used as an NVR only if
desired by simply not using the EntraPass software.
Q. Can I connect Intevo to other DVR’s and NVR’s
than the build-in IP video?
A. Intevo can be connected to other Video DVR’s
and NVR’s using EntraPass software integration
options
Q. Can I connect to other Intevo units if I need to
monitor more than 32 IP Channels?
A. Intevo can be connected to other Intevo IP Video
units using the Client workstation Setup on the
Intevo IP Video side.
Q. How can I connect Intrusion panels to the
Intevo?
A. Intevo’s EntraPass software have the DSC and
Bentel Kyo Intrusion panel’s support integrated
Q. Can I connect Intrusion panels other than DSC or
Bentel to the Intevo?
A. Intevo can be connected to the Honeywell Galaxy
Dimension panel range using EntraPass software
integration options (part code E-COR-GLY).
Q. Can I still provide a door release facility using
Corporate software?
A. Although this would not meet fire officer
requirements, as a local agreement with the end
user in addition to the correctly designed door
release facilities, the engineer can configure this
feature on site. It as always depends on the
Intevo being operational and the smartlink program
running.
A document explaining how the engineer configures
this operation is available on the secure side of our
website.
Q. Can I use external storage to expand the 3TB
storage on the Intevo Unit?
A. RAID is supported through external devices
(eSATA or Ethernet ports), ISCI is supported through
Ethernet ports (AD “Gen 2” RAIDs)
Q. Can I record audio from the cameras?
A. Yes, Intevo supports audio (mic and speakers)
through the analogue connections on rear or over IP,
through an IP camera
02/16
31
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Communication Devices
Network Communication Controller
Features:
Kantech™ KT-NCC-EU makes your access control
system easier to manage, easier to expand, and
much more reliable. Now, instead of relying on a
PC for communication between the controllers and
server, the dependable KT-NCC is in control. There
are fewer PCs to maintain, operating systems to
upgrade, and security emergencies to manage.
KT-NCC includes onboard TCP/IP, a great moneysaving feature, that eliminates the costs associated
with buying and maintaining a third party
communication device to link to the network.
Powerful panel architecture removes a layer of
PCs to improve reliability and save money
Onboard TCP/IP eliminates the need for an
external network communication device
Supports any combination of up to 128 controllers
(KT-300, KT-200, or KT-100)
Embedded redundancy ensures critical data is
always protected
Seven LED modes provide quick assessment of
system status
Flashable firmware enables fast, convenient
updates
Battery backup provides alternative for Universal
Power Supply (UPS)
Global functionality such as anti-passback, guard
tours, and alarm systems management is easier
than ever to implement
Technical Specifications:
Order Codes:
Physical
Cabinet Dimensions (H x W x D)
375.9 x 304.8 x125.7 mm
Communication Ports
2 x RS-485
1 x RS-232
2 x Ethernet 100Base-T
Electrical
AC Power
240Vac Mains input required
Battery Backup
PS-1270 12V/7Ah battery
required
Auxiliary Power Output
12 VDC, 250 mA,
Operational
Loops per Gateway Seven loops (2 x RS-485, 1 x
RS-232, 4 x IP)
Controllers per KT-NCC
128 Max
Controllers per Loop RS-485 (COM1 & COM2)
= 32 each RS-232 = 32 each
IP#1 to IP#4 = 8 each
Number of Cards per KT-NCC
56,000
Readers/Keypads per KT-NCC
256
Controller Groups 100
Access Level Groups 100
Regulatory
Compliance
FCC Part 15 Class A
CE C-Tick
KT-NCC-EU
02/16
KT-NCC-PCB
KT-NCC-ACC
PS-1270
Embedded Network
Communication Controller
(NCC), includes: black
metal cabinet (KT- NCCCAB) with transformer
(240VAC/50Hz,
16.5VAC/40VA) and fuse
block (315mA/240VAC) and
accessory kit (KT-NCC-EUACC) with lock (KT-LOCK)
and tamper switch (KTTAMPER); compatible with
EntraPass Global Edition
v3.18 and higher.
Embedded NCC PCB only,
includes: accessory kit
(KT-NCC-ACC), ground and
battery cables, hardware to
affix the wire, and the PCB
Accessory kit for KT-NCC,
includes: four 120 ohms
end-of-line resistors, RS-232
to VC-485 flat cable with RJ12 male connectors, and
screwdriver
12 Vdc 7Ah Battery
32
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Communication Devices
System Diagram
Ethernet
TCP/IP
EntraPass Global
Edition Server
Redundancy Server
(optional)
KT-NCC-EU
Expansion
Modules
KT-100, KT-300 or KT-400
Door Controllers
ioProx Readers
Request to Exit Detector
02/16
33
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Communication Devices
Kantech IP Control Module
Features:
KT-IP (IP controller module) completes the Kantech
line of products providing affordable Internet
connectivity for the KT-100, 200 & 300 ranges of
controllers.
In the present architecture, distant sites require the
installation of remote gateway computer to
manage the local loop of controller. While this
setup is perfect for large scale installation, smaller
customers consider this setup too complex and
expensive.
Currently, integrators overcome inadequately
this problem by installing Lantronix UDS-100.
The problem with this device is the bandwidth
generated by the combined solution (UDS-10
& EntraPass gateway); polling and flooding the
customer’s network with data request from the
gateway. The data traffic is also secured.
Secure communication via 128-bit AES encryption
Configured using either a static or dynamic IP
address
Communications over the network only as
required - minimal bandwidth usage
Up to 512 IP Links can be supported per
EntraPass Corporate Gateway
Supports up to 32 controllers per IP Link
Compatible with Entrapass Special Edition,
Corporate Edition and Global Edition with
Corporate Gateway
CE certified
Order Codes:
KT-IP
KT-IP-PCB
KT-IP-CAB
IP Link Module with Wall
mounted metal enclosure
and accessories (ground
wire, plastic stand off cable
and connector)
IP Link PCB only with
accessories (ground wire,
plastic stand off, cable and
connector)
Metal cabinet for KT-IP-PCB
Technical Specifications:
Weight
0.6 kg
DC Power
12 VDC
Dimensions
26.7 x 9.5 x 3.12 cm
Input Current Max: 175 mA
Typical :
125 mA
Communication Ports
RJ-45 Ethernet,
10/100Base-T & RS-232
Communication Speed
Up to 115200 baud for
serial communication
Compatibility
KT-100, KT-200 & KT-300
(KT-200 must always be
on its own Gateway and
never combined with KT-100
& KT-300 controllers)
Maximum units
Up to 512 IP Links per
Corporate Gateway / Up to 64 IP Links per
Special Edition
02/16
34
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Communication Devices
System Diagram
Readers
RS-485
Door Locking
Devices
Request to
Exit Detector
VC-485
EntraPass Software (Special, Corporate, and
Global Editions with Multi-Site Gateway)
RS-232
IP Link
02/16
KT-100
(up to 32)
35
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Communication Devices
RS-232 to RS-485 Converter
EntraPass Software communicates with the KT range of controllers via RS485. This is achieved via hard
wire, dial up or LAN/WAN connection.
Features:
Converts RS232 to RS485
Extends communication up to 1,200 m
Uses unshielded, twisted communication cable
Supports up to 32 Kantech controllers
Requires 5 VDC or 12 VDC power
The VC-485 Communication Interface is an RS232/RS-485 protocol converter primarily used to
connect a PC to a KT-100/KT-300 controller. The
maximum bus length is 5 km, when line repeater
is used and 1.2 km for EntraPassTM when using
Ethernet Grade 3, unshielded, two twisted pair
cable (Belden # 1227A recommended or CAT
5e UTP) Two VC- 485’s may be connected backto-back to be used as a line repeater in order to
extend the RS-485 communication bus.
Order Code:
VC-485
RS-232 / RS-485 protocol
converter
USB to RS-485 Converter
Features:
Converts USB to RS485
Extends communication up to 1,200 m
Uses unshielded, twisted communication cable
Supports up to 32 Kantech controllers
Powered by USB port
The USB-485 Communication Interface is a
protocol converter used to connect a PC’s
USB port to the RS-485 input on your Kantech
controller KT-100/KT-300. the Maximum bus
length is 1.2 km when using an ethernet Grade
3, unshielded, two twisted pair cable (Belden #
1227A recommended or CAT 5e UTP)
02/16
Order Code:
USB-485
USB / RS-485 protocol
converter
36
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Communication Devices
EntraPass SE CE GE Intevo - MULTISITE
GATEWAYS
RS485 Comm
LineMax 32
Controllers
USB 485
KT-1
KT-300
KT-400
KT-1 Head Controller
P Comm Line
RS485 KT Comm
lineMax 32
Controllers
KT-1
KT-1
KT-300
KT-400
KT-400 Head
ControllerIP
Comm LineRS485
KT Comm lineMax
32 Controllers
KT-400
KT-1
KT-300
KT-400
KT-1 MASTER
ControllerIP
Comm Line
KT-1
Primary
KT-1
Primary
MAX 31 Secondary
KT-1 IP Connected
Controllers.MUST
be on the same
LAN
02/16
37
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Communication Devices
EntraPass GE - GLOBAL GATEWAYS
RS485 Comm
LineMax 32
Controllers
USB 485
KT-1
KT-1
KT-400
KT-300
KT-400
KT-1
KT-300
KT-400
KT-1
KT-300
KT-400
Using KT-1 or KT-400 Head Controller IP Comm Line &
RS485 KT Comm line
Max 8 Controllers
It is Advisable to use the KT-NCC for remote site
Global Gateway functionality
02/16
38
02/16
KT-1
PRIMARY
KT-1
SECONDARY
KT-NCC
KT-NCC – 1* 232, 2* 485, 4* IP Comm LinesIP Comm Lines shown as
example methods
KT-1
PRIMARY
KT-1
SECONDARY
IPMAX 7 Secondary KT-1 IP Connected
Controllers.MUST be on the same LAN
KT-300
KT-300
VC485
KT-300
KT-1
KT-1
KT-1
KT-400
KT-1
KT-1
RS485 Comm
LineMax 32
Controllers
KT-400
RS485 Comm LineMax 32
Controllers
KT-300
KT-400
KT-400
KT-400
Using KT-1 or KT-400
Head Controller IP
Comm Line & RS485
KT Comm line
Max 8 Controllers
RS485 Comm LineMax 32
Controllers
KT-300
KT-300
KT-400
EntraPass GE - GLOBAL GATEWAYS Con’t
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Communication Devices
39
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Cables
Cable Schedule
The cables detailed, are the preferred cables specified by Kantech. Alternative cables should only be used
with the approval of Tyco Security Products
Please note:
There is a difference between a LSF (Low Smoke and Fume) cable and a proper low smoke zero halogen
cable (LSZH, LSNH or LS0H).
LSF cables can give off a large amount of smoke and dangerous fumes (including hydrogen chloride gas)
when burnt as they are made from a modified version of PVC.
Low Smoke Zero Halogen cables will not emit more that 0.5 percent of hydrogen chloride.
When required due to standards or regulations or specified in requirement documentation, LSF should not
be supplied.
For further advise or NSL quotations please contact our preferred partner:
Webro Cable and Connectors
Tel : +44 (0)115 9837207
02/16
40
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Cables
Bus and
communications
RS-485 bus from
VC-485 or USB-485
to 100/KT-300
Max
Length
1.2 km
Beldon Ref. No. JDE Ref. No.
Description
1227A
1.2 km
CAT5 UTP
610.001.043
N/A
N/A
Ethernet category 3 cable 2KT
twisted pairs, No. 22AWG
4pair UTP (unsheilded Twisted
Pair)
6 conductors, No. 22AWG,
modems stranded.flat
telephone cable
30 m
RS-232 from
computer to
KT-100/KT-300
modems
READERS AND KEYPADS
ioProxTM Readers
300 m
8742
50 m
150 m
CAT5 UTP
9554
610.001.043
NSL
150 m
9553
NSL
150 m
9553
NSL
KP-2500, ES150 m
KTP/103SN
AUXILIARY DEVICES
KT-100 inputs
600 m
(zones 1-4)
8466
NSL
9794 /7024Y
7026Y/7028Y
2045/2046
2047
KT-300 inputs
(zones 1 to 8)
9794/7024Y
7026Y/7028Y
BEQ9794
2045/2046 2047
POL-2, POL-2KP
SH-2KP, SH-Y/Y2/
Y4/X5, WEI-R20/
R30 readers
BC-301 readers
600 m
3 twisted pairs, solid No. 22
AWG, 4pair UTP (unsheilded
Twisted Pair)
4 pairs, stranded No. 18 AWG
shielded (foil), drawing wire
3 pairs stranded, No 18 AWG
shielded (foil), drain wire
3 pairs, stranded, No. 18AWG
shielded (foil), drain wire
12 conductors, stranded No
18AWG, unsheilded
4 conductors, solid No. 22
AWG unsheilded Intruder
alarm 4,6 or 8 cable 7/0.2 mm
4 conductors, solid No. 22
AWG unsheilded Intruder
alarm 4,6 or 8 cable 7/0.2 mm
4 conductors, solid No. 22
AWG unshielded
T.Rex or PB2 cable 600 m
to KT-100/KT-300
POWER AND GROUNDING
AC transformers to 8 m
Kantech products
9794
9571/7024Y
7026Y/7028Y
2045/2046/2047
Door lock power
from KT-100/KT300
150 m
9571/7024Y
7026Y/7028Y
2045/2046/2047
Door lock power
from KT-100/KT300
Door lock Power
150 m
9571/7024Y
7026Y/7028Y
2045/2046/2047
7024Y/7026Y
7028Y
2045/2046/2047
Intruder Alarm 4, 6 or 8 Core
Cable 7/0.2 mm
7024Y/7026Y
7028Y
N/A
2045/2046/2047
Intruder Alarm 4, 6 or 8 Core
Cable 7/0.2 mm
1 conductor, solid No. 18AWG
Door lock Power
KT-100/KT-300
grounding
02/16
8m
N/A
2 conductors solid, No.
18AWG unshielded intruder
alarm 4,5 or 8 core cable
7/0.2 mm
2 conductors solid, No.
18AWG unshielded intruder
alarm 4,5 or 8 core cable
7/0.2 mm
2 conductors solid No.
18AWG, unsheilded 7/0.2 mm
41
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Door Controllers
Door Controllers
Readers Port
Power Input
Battery Backup
Dimensions
Operating
Temperatures/
Humidity range
Inputs
supervision
Relays
KT-1
2 (in/out)
12 Vdc, PoE/PoE+, 2.2 A
1 x 12 Vdc 7Ah battery
(KT-1-M, KT-1-P only)
PCB = 13.8 x 12.1 x 4.8 cm
P enc = 30.9 x 27.7 x 5.2 cm
M enc = 29.9 x 28.8 x 7.7 cm
2 to 40°C
0% to 95% non-condensing
Single EOL or Double EOL
(independantly programable)
2 onboard form C 30Vdc, 3 A
max each
Lock Output
12 Vdc, typically 750 mA
supervised
Auxiliary Outputs
(LED,BUZZ)
Reader Power
Output
OUT3 & OUT4 (25 mA max
each, open collector)
12 Vdc Max 0.5 mA, typically
250 mA per reader
02/16
KT300-EU
2
16 VAC 100 VA,
transformer
1 battery 12 V, 7 Ah
KT400-EU
4
16 VAC 100 VA, transformer
390 x 340 x 90 mm
376 x 305 x 126 mm
From 2°C to 40°C
0-95% (non-condensing)
From 2°C to 40°C
0-95% (non-condensing)
9 NO/NC w or w/o EOL
supervision
2 relays output, 12 VDC,
25 mA max/each. Open
collector to ground
2 x 12 VDC 500mA max/
strike, supervised (Use
additional relays for
barrier/twisted)
4 outputs, open collector
25 mA, max each
12 VDC and 5 VDC @
175 mA total, protected
and supervised
16 NO/NC w or w/o EOL
supervision
2 relays output, 30 VDC,
34 mA max/each. Open
collector to ground
4 x 12 VDC 625 mA max/
strike, supervised (Use
additional relays for barrier/
twisted)
8 outputs, open collector
25 mA, max each
12 VDC and 5 VDC @
400 mA protected and
supervised
1 battery 12 V, 7 Ah
42
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Door Controllers
Communications
Firmware
RAM Memory
Tamper Switch
RS-485, Ethernet
10/100Base-T with RJ45
Up to 115.200 baud
(Auto detection over RS485); 10/100Base-T over
Ethernet
Downloadable flash
128 MB
Electronic
Expansion Module
RS-485 port
Addressable
Certification
Touch sensitive button
EN 60839-11-1 Grade 1,
EN50133-1, FCC, UL294,
CE
20,000 events
Communication
Speeds
Event Buffer
02/16
RS-232, RS 485 and
combus
Up to 115,200 baud
(automatic detection)
RS-232, RS 485 and
combus
Up to 115,200 baud
(automatic detection)
Downloadable flash
128K (512K unit available)
Optionally connected to
an input
COMBUS EXPANSION
4-relay and COMBUS
additional power supply
module, 16-input
module, 8-input module
and a LCD time/date
display module
With serial number
CE, FCC, UL294
Downloadable flash
128 K (64mb unit available)
Optionally connected to an
input
Expansion port 1 x SP1 6
pin Connector bidirectional
data exchange support
(5000 with the 128 K
version and 18000 with
the 512K
(5000 with the 128K version
and 18000 with the 512 K
version)
With serial number
CE, FCC, UL294
43
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Door Controllers
KT-1 Ethernet-Ready, One Door Controller
Features:
One Touch
The KT-1 controller features a touchsensitive button
for plug and play installation. Simply provide an IP
connection, push a single button and you’re done.
There is no need to manually enter MAC/Serial
numbers.
With its innovative single button programming, the
KT-1 is automatically detected and enrolled onto the
EntraPass security management software (v6.02
and higher).
Supports 2 readers (entry and exit)
Single touch-sensitive button for fast controller
enrollment
Plug & play installation
Interchangeable connections for easy install or
replacement
Flexible power input – Power over Ethernet (PoE),
PoE+ or 12 VDC
Compact and attractive design – install it
anywhere
Built-in electronic tamper
Choose from single gang mount (model KT-1) or
cabinet mount (KT-1-PCB) installation options
Compatible with existing Kantech controllers
including KT-300 and KT-400
Compatible with EntraPass Security Management
Software v6.02 or higher
// On-board IP (Ethernet) port
// RS-485 (COM1) port for communication between
the EntraPass Gateway/Kantech Network
Communication Controller (KT-NCC) and KT-300/KT400 door controllers
With its Ethernet port for direct network connection,
its Power over Ethernet capabilities and its unique
Combine the new KT-1 controller with EntraPass
single button programming, the KT-1 controller is up security management software and the EntraPass
and running in just a few simple steps.
Web and Go mobile applications to create an
innovative solution that installs quickly, can be
Head IP Controller Function
managed remotely and provides a superior user
A single KT-1 can act as a ‘head IP controller’, linking experience.
together 31 additional controllers under one IP
connection in EntraPass. This significantly reduces
the amount of IP connections required to EntraPass
and reduces programming time on the software.
Thus creating installation cost benefits and a highly
scalable solution.
Secure and Efficient
Network Communication
The KT-1 is compatible with EntraPass software
and uses 128-bit AES encryption to ensure secure
communication. It also acts as a polling device to
ensure the controllers communicate with EntraPass
only as required, reducing network traffic. Flexible
options allow KT-1 to connect to EntraPass via:
02/16
44
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Door Controllers
Technical Specifications:
Physical
Plastic Housing Dimensions
(H x W x D)
12.9 x 8.6 x 4.6 cm
Weight
305 g
KT-1-PCB
Dimensions (H x W x D)
13.8 x 12.1 x 4.8 cm
Weight
395 g
Environmental
Operating Temperature
2° to 40°C
Operating Humidity 0% to 95% non-condensing
Electrical
KT-1/KT-1-PCB Power Input
12 VDC / PoE / PoE+, 2.2 A
Reader Power Output
Maximum 0.5 A @
12 VDC, typical 250 mA per
reader, protected and
supervised Lock Device Power
12 VDC, typical 750 mA
supervised
Operational
One Button Enrollment
Capacitive touch-sensitive
button Reader Types Wiegand,
proximity, ABA clock and data,
bar code, magnetic, integrated
keypad, smart card, RS-485
(Kantech Protocol)
Number of Cards in
Stand-Alone Mode 100,000 (KT-1 and KT-1- PCB)
Monitored Points (Inputs)
4 monitored points, single
EOL, double EOL
(Independently programmable)
Reader Outputs
LED and buzzer (25 mA
maximum each, open collector
outputs)
Auxiliary Outputs
OUT3 and OUT4 (25 mA each,
open collector outputs)
KT-1 Controlled Output Relay
2 controlled output relays,
12 VDC, 25 mA each, open
collector (optional relay
KT-RM1 also available)
02/16
KT-1-PCB Controlled
Output Relay (R1, R2)
2 onboard form C controlled
outputsrelays, 30 VDC, 3 A max
each Communication Ports
RS-485, Ethernet 10/100Base-T
with RJ-45
Expansion Port
RS-485
Auxiliary Port
Auxiliary 12 VDC, 500 mA
maximum
Communication Speed
Up to 115,200 baud (automatic
detection over RS-485); 10/100
Base-T over Ethernet
Flash Memory
256 MB for application and
data storage (configuration and
events can reside for a
minimum of 10 years without
power)
RAM
128 MB for application loading
and running
Network Autonomy Distributed data and
processing
Regulatory
EN60839-11-1 Grade 1, EN50130-4:2011, EN55022,
EN60950,
FCC
UL, UL-294, UL-1076
IC, NMB-003, C-Tick
CE
45
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Door Controllers
Order Codes:
KT-1-EU-PC
KT-1-EU-MET
KT-1
KT-1-M
Accessories
KT-1-PCB
TSP-POE-INJ
BAQ35T12
KT-1-CVR
02/16
KT-1-PCB One door
controller PoE, PoE+ or
12 Vdc, including: Plastic
Housing and 13,8 Vdc 3 A
power Supply
KT-1-PCB One door
controller PoE, PoE+ or 12
Vdc, including: Metal
Housing and 13,8 Vdc 3 A
power Supply
One KT-1, IP Controller
Single gang flush Mount,
PoE, PoE+ or 12 Vdc,
(KT-1 only, no PSU)
Ethernet-ready one door
controller (KT-1-PCB) and
metal cabinet (KT-1-CAB-M)
One Door IP Controller PCB
including connector board
(Compatible with KT-1CAB-M or P)
PoE Injector Single port
without power cord
Switching power supply for
Controllers - Max Current
3 A @ 13,8 V
Black Replacement cover
for KT-1/ Including back box
46
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Door Controllers
KT-300EU
Features:
Controls two readers and easily links to a network
Update firmware directly from system
workstation
Interfaces with an external alarm system
Choice of 128K or 512K memory capacities
LEDs provide important controller status and
diagnostic information
Scalable Two-Reader Door Controller
The KT-300 is a two-reader networkable door
controller. One controller supports up to two
readers, installed on two separate doors or on a
single door controlling both entry and exit. Each
controller is linked to the others in the
system using an RS-485 communication bus
providing control for up to a million doors depending
on the EntraPass Edition.
Easy Firmware Updates
The KT-300 features flash memory for easy
firmware updates. The controller’s firmware can be
updated from any EntraPass workstation in just a
few minutes. Flash memory saves time by allowing
system updates from a PC without having to update
each controller individually.
Speed Selection and Trouble/Reporting
KT-300 detects the system’s communication speed
(set by EntraPass) and assigns the controller’s
address, eliminating the need to set up DIP
switches or jumpers. KT-300 also provides trouble
reporting, constantly supervising locking devices for
short and open circuits to detect lock failures.
It also monitors battery condition to alert the system
of low battery/no battery status. All power outputs
are individually protected against short circuits and
surges by a self-resetting PTC.
02/16
Expandable
The KT-300 can be expanded via Combus expansion
modules allowing for relay, input and output
modules, and an LCD time and date display.
Status Indicators
LEDs provide important controller status and
diagnostic information. The KT-300 has multiple
LED indicators for: communication status,
troubleshooting, network activity, power status and
outputs activity.
External Alarm Interface
The KT-300 can interface with an external intrusion
alarm system. An authorized individual can arm or
disarm the alarm system simply by presenting their
card to a reader.
Network Connectivity
The KT-IP (IP controller module) provides affordable
and secure LAN/WAN network connectivity for the
KT-300 door controller. In this setup, the
KT-300 is first connected to a VC-485 (RS-232/RS485 interface). Then the VC-485 is connected to the
KT-IP (and both devices are powered by the KT-300).
The KT-IP relays information between the KT-300
and the EntraPass Multi-Site Gateway.
47
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Door Controllers
Technical Specifications:
Physical
Dimensions
29.9 x 28.8 x 7.7 cm
Knock Out Dimensions
1.9 cm
Weight (with metal cabinet)
2.4 kg
Environmental
Operating Temperatures
2° to 40°C
Electrical
Input Power
16 VAC, 100 VA, Class 2
transformer
Battery Backup
One battery 12 V/7Ah,
supervised, provides
operation for up to 12 hours
Auxiliary Outputs (LED, BUZ)
Four outputs, 25 mA max.
each, open collector
Control Relay Outputs (R1, R2)
Two control relay outputs,
12 VDC, 25 mA totals each,
open collector (optional relay
KT-RM1 available)
Auxiliary Power Output
11.1 VDC to 13.8 VDC
@175 mA maximum,
protected and supervised
Reader Power Outputs
12 VDC and 5 VDC @125
mA total, protected and
supervised
Door Strike Power 12 VDC, 500 mA each,
supervised
02/16
Operational
Compatible Reader Types
Wiegand, proximity, bar
code, magnetic, integrated
keypad, and others Monitored
Points (Inputs)Eight monitored
points, NO/NC, with or
without end-of-line resistors
(expandable to 16)
Max. Wiring Distance.
600 m – (AWG #22)
Communication Ports
RS-232, RS-485, and
Combus
Communication Speed
Up to 115,200 baud
(automatic detection)
Firmware Flash Memory
128 K
RAM 128K or available
512 K, protected by a lithium
battery
Network Autonomy Distributed data and
processing Regulatory
Certifications
UL 294, CE, FCC
48
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Door Controllers
Item
Order Codes
KT-300EU-8K
2 door Door Controller (2readers) with 128kB memory, 8000
cards, 5000 events, including metal cabinet
KT-300EU-56K
2 Doors Controllers (2 readers) with 512kB memory, 56,000
cards, 18,000 events, including metal cabinet
808.012.510
External isolation relay SPDT for KT-300 output RL 1/RL2.
$
\
€†‡‡{]
KT-300PCB/128K
Door Controller with 128kB memory (PCB only) and accessory
kit KT-300ACC
KT-300PCB/512K
Door Controller with 512kB memory (PCB only) and accessory
kit KT-300ACC
02/16
KT-300EU black metal cabinet including PSU + transformer
TYCO-A-ACCESS
KT-300 Accessory kit including 1.0K OHM (2), 5.6K ohms (10),
120 ohms (2), PCB standoff, lock hole cover, ground wire
and screwdriver.
KT-300ACC
12 Volt DC, 7 Ah battery
PS-1270
49
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Door Controllers
Item
Order Codes
KT-300EU-8K
8-Zone Input Expansion Module for KT-300
KT-PC4204
4 -Relay and COMPUS additional Power Supply Module
for KT-300
KT-PC4216
16-Output Expansion Module for KT-300
KT-4051CAB
Standard metal cabinet for KT-PC4108, KT-PC4204 and
KT-PC4216 Expansion modules
02/16
50
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Door Controllers
KT-400-EU Powerful, Ethernet-Ready Four-Door
Controller
Features:
Supports four readers
Secure 128-bit AES encryption solution
100,000 cards per controller and 20,000 stored
events in stand-alone mode
Expansion flexibility - connect up to 256 inputs
and 256 outputs
Full integration with DSC PowerSeries and
MAXSYS alarm panels
LEDs provide important controller status and
diagnostic information
Ethernet-Ready Encrypted 4-Door Controller
The KT-400 is a 4-door Ethernet-ready controller
providing a secure (128-bit AES encryption) solution
for any enterprise looking for the highest available
security. It easily integrates into existing EntraPass
systems and with other Kantech controllers (KT-100,
KT-200 and KT-300). The KT-400 can also provide
the foundation - with the EntraPass system - for
a brand new highly scalable security installation.
An onboard Ethernet port ensures quick network
connectivity and eliminates the need for an external
Ethernet device.
Built-In Expansion
The KT-400 allows connection to expansion modules
in order to add inputs or to add outputs such as
relays and drain outputs. Combining input and
output expansion modules provides the flexibility to
connect up to 256 inputs and 256 outputs.
Removable Terminal Blocks
In order to expedite installation and facilitate
serviceability, KT-400 features removable terminal
blocks that are simple to connect and are colourcoded for quick identification.
Built-in Web Configuration
The web configuration page is accessible through
any browser. It can be used to verify and configure
the IP settings of the KT-400. For enhanced
security, once the KT-400 is configured, the web
configuration page can no longer be accessed. The
KT-400 can be reset to factory default in the case of
a configuration error and the web configuration page
will once again be accessible.
Status Indicators
LEDs provide important controller status and
diagnostic information. The KT-400 has multiple
LED status indicators for: troubleshooting, network
activity, power status and outputs activity.
Easy Network Connectivity
The auto-sensing 10/100Base-T onboard Ethernet
port automatically selects compatible Ethernet
speeds to provide faster network connectivity.
It eliminates the need to purchase an external
Ethernet device, saving time and money. The KT-400
uses secure 128-bit AES encryption to communicate
with the Gateway.
02/16
51
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Door Controllers
Technical Specifications
Physical
Cabinet Dimensions
(H x W x D)
37.6 x 30.5 x 12.6 cm
PCB Dimensions
23.1 x 14.0 x 3.4 cm
Cabinet Weight
4.0 kg
Environmental
Operating Temperature
2° to 49°C
Humidity Level
Maximum 85% relative
humidity noncondensing
Electrical
Power Input
KT-400
16.5 VAC or 24 VAC, 75 VA,
Class 2 transformer
Battery Backup
12 VDC/ 7 or 12 Ah battery
supervised;up to 12 hours of
operation
Reader Power Output
Maximum 1.0A @ 5 VDC or
12 VDC, typical 250 mA per
reader,protected and
supervised
Operational
Reader Types
Wiegand, proximity, ABA
clock and data, bar code,
magnetic, integrated keypad,
smart card Monitored Points
(Inputs) 16 monitored points,
single EOL, double EOL
Points Maximum Wiring
AWG #22 – 600 m
Door Strike Power 12 VDC, maximum 3.0A
typical 750mA per lock,
supervised
Reader Outputs
16 outputs, 25 mA
maximum each, open
collector outputs
Auxiliary Outputs
LEDs (door 1, door 2, door 3,
door 4, LED, OUT1 and
OUT2) and buzzers
(Buz,door1, door 2,
door 3, door 4) 25mA each,
open collector outputs
Controlled Output Relay
Four onboard Form C
controlled outputs relay,
30 VDC, 3 amp max each
Communication
Ports RS-232 with RJ-12,
RS- 485, Ethernet
10/100Base-T with RJ-45
02/16
Expansion Port
SPI 6-pin connector, bidirectional data exchange
supported. Supplies
12 VDC, 500 mA maximum
shared with 12VDCauxiliary
port
Auxiliary Port
Auxiliary 12 VDC, 500 mA
maximum shared SPI
expansion port
Communication Speed
Up to 115,200 baud
(automatic detection over
RS-232 and RS-485);
10/100Base-T over
Ethernet)
Flash Memory
16 MB for application
storage
RAM
64 MB for application
loading and running,
protected by a Lithium-Ion
battery for a minimum of 75
hours
Network Autonomy Distributed data and
processing
External Lock Power
12 or 24 VDC (up to
28 VDC) supply up to 750 mA
per lock for a total of 3 amp
Regulatory
EN61000-6-1, EN61000-6-2, EN55022, EN60950
FCC Class A, UL-294, UL-1076, RoHS, WEEE, CE
52
Kantech Access Control and Security Management System
Door Controllers
Order Codes:
KT-400-EU
KT-400-PCB
Expansion Modules
KT-MOD-INP16
KT-MOD-REL8
KT-MOD-OUT16
KT-MOD-CAB
KT-MOD-SPI-16
KT-MOD-SPI-36
Integration Modules
KT-IT100
KT-4401VK
CBLK-IT100
CBLK-4401VK
02/16
KT-400 four-door controller,
IP-ready, accessory kit (KT400-ACC), metal cabinet
(KT-400-CAB) with lock (KTLOCK)
KT-400 four-door controller
(PCB only), and IP-ready
accessory kit (KT-400-ACC)
16-zone input expansion
module with SPI cable (KTMOD-SPI-16)
Eight-relay expansion
module with SPI cable (KTMOD-SPI-16)
16-zone output expansion
module with SPI cable (KTMOD-SPI-16)
Expansion Module cabinet,
black, with 92 cm (36 in) SPI
cable (KT-MOD-SPI-36) and
lock (KT-LOCK)
SPI cable 41 cm
SPI cable 92 cm
Accessories
KT-400-ACC
KT-400-CABEU
KT-400-CON
KT-ACPW-LED
KT-3LED-PLATE
KT-TAMPER
KT-LOCK
Accessory Kit includes: Four
1.0 K ohm, 32/5.6 K ohm
resistors, ground wire, and
screwdriver
Black metal cabinet with
lock (KT-LOCK)
Removable terminal block
spare kit
UL AC power LED indicator
UL-listed alarm, three-colour
LED indicator mounted on
single gang plate
Tamper switch for KT-NCCCAB, KT-300CAB, and KT4051CAB metal cabinets
Lock (and two keys) for KTNCC-CAB, KT-300CAB, and
KT-4051CAB metal cabinets
Kantech/DSC PowerSeries
integration module.
Includes: DSCIT100
integration module and
CBLK-IT100 cable kit
Kantech/DSC MAXSYS
integration module, RS232
cable/connector, 1.8 m
Cable kit, RS-232 cable/
connector set, 3 m, for
integration between
DSCIT110 and either KT400 4-door controller or
EntraPass software
Cable kit, RS-232 cable/
connector, 1.8 m, and
EPROM set. Compatible
with PC-4401 DSC MAXSYS
integration module
53
Aperio
ASSA ABLOY Aperio
This chapter contains information about
Aperio:
Introduction
IP Hub
RS485 Hub
Euro profile Escutchean
PINpad Escutchean
C100 Cylinder
KS100 Server cabine lock
L2C25 / L2C21 Mortice Sash Locks
KUED KUOD
1000RRSo1 Door Handle
1000EE Euro Profile Escutcheon
10/16
1
Aperio
Aperio Introduction
Introduction
Aperio is the smart technology that enables mechanical locks to be wirelessly linked to a new or existing
Kantech, CEM or C.Cure access control systems*. Additional doors are integrated into access control
systems at a lower cost due to there being no cable installation required.
]
{
_{
`
ƒ
"
–“=—
>{
˜
™_]_
–“=—
–_{
{\|\~
–
{
`
š
_
˜
\_
_
site can be increased.
š{{
]_
›
{{
]
{
{}}
The open architecture of Aperio provides a convenient way of connecting with Kantech, CEM and C.Cure
9000 via RS485 or IP hub. The Aperio cylinders or escutcheons communicate via an encrypted wireless link
to a communication hub that is wired directly to the system.
}"˜
``
}}˜_{
10/16
2
Aperio
]š<\
–
]œ‘‡'=$>{{
œ
“
Connect up to 16 Aperio devices on a single hub
IP connectivity with AES 128bit encryption
Encrypted radio communication
Integrated antenna
LED status for visual indication
The AH40 Communication Hub is the link between
Aperio locks and the access control system. Up to
16 locks can be paired to one Hub and has a
ethernet connectivity, making it compatible with
most systems.
It communicates directly with Aperio enabled
locks via an encrypted 2.4GHz wireless link, and is
designed to be positioned above the door within a
_
`†„†{
Applications:
Internal doors only
Expand existing access control systems
New access control installations
Doors that cant be hard wired
The 1 to 16 Communication
Hub:
Connect up to 16 Aperio devices on a single hub
IP Interface
Encrypted radio communication
Integrated antenna
LED status for visual indication
Technical data - AH40 Aperio® IP communication hub
Approvals
Safety and Emissions
Dimensions
Power supply
Radio standard
_
|
{{
~
š
>™ƒ>ƒ>[\ƒ[<ƒ“>>ƒ=>ƒ=>]"]
“>>‘ž>“–$†™
>ƒ=>–""„‡ƒ‹["=‡
‘Ÿž„„ƒ‹["=‡‡„ƒ‹'‡Ÿ†‡„‡‡'›]„‡‡Ÿ›
]„„‡›]„‡‡›]>„‡ƒ<„Ÿ‘„‡‡
„{{„{{ž{{|œš—~
$=‡„`{
$|$—~ƒ
$
_[_{
{{†š[
_]
=‡„†‘|„‘‡‡ „‘ƒ†œ¡~ƒ'
|„'~
AES 128 bits
[_
`†„†{
{
Receiver sensitivity
‡‡™{
š
{
‡™{›œ¡
‹["=‡‡„{{
_
Internal antenna
Two port cross polarized patch antenna
Antenna external
One reverse polarity SMA external antenna connector.
Class of protection
IP 20
Operating temperature range
†¢>†¢>
Humidity
£Ÿ†¤|
~
Status
<—|›
›
~
Order Code:
†‡‡‡‡‡
10/16
1:16 communication
Connects up to 16 devices
TCP/IP interface
3
Aperio
]š<\
–
]œ‡"
]® RS485
communication hub
“
Connect up to 8 Aperio devices on a single hub
RS485 interface
Encrypted radio communication
Integrated antenna
LED status for visual indication
[]œ‡‡>{{
œ
\
between Aperio locks and the access control
system. Up to 8 locks can be paired to one Hub and
has a standard RS485 connection, making it
compatible with most systems on the market today.
It communicates directly with Aperio enabled
locks via an encrypted 2.4GHz wireless link, and is
designed to be positioned above the door within
{_†„†{`\
Applications:
Internal doors only
Expand existing access control systems
New access control installations
Doors that cant be hard wired
Live real time access & audit
Significantly reduces cost for integrated access
control doors
Reduced time and effort required for installation
Connects up to 8 Aperio devices
Operates on a transmission range of about 25
metres
Technical data - Aperio® RS485 communication hub
]|>–[=“=>][=‹¥~
Dimensions
>ƒ[<ƒ“>>ƒ=>ƒ>[\
“>>‘ž>“–$†™
>¦=>–""„‡¦‹["=‡
‘Ÿž„¦‹["=‡‡„ž¦‹'‡Ÿ†‡„„‡‡ž¦<„Ÿ‘
„‡‡¦>„„„
„{{„{{ž{{|œš—~
Power supply
„‘—>
Current
„†‡{]
{{‡{]„—>
Radio standard
_
|
{{
~
š
=‡„†‘|„‘%œ¡~'
|„'~
Receiver sensitivity
‡‡™{„‡¤$–
š
{
10 dBm/MHz
Internal antenna
Class of protection
2 cross polarized dipoles

_"]
[_|~
ƒŸ™
IP 20
Operating temperature range
†¢>†¢>
Humidity
£Ÿ†¤|
~
Status
<—|›
›
~
Safety and Emissions
External antenna
AES 128 bits
[_
`†„†{
{
Order Code:
†‡‡‘‡‡‡
10/16
Aperio wireless 1:8 RS485
hub
4
Aperio
]š<\
–
E100 Euro Profile Escutcheon
“
"{–“=—
"
mobile access
œ{{
†‡
Remote door opening/locking functions
"{`
_–“=—
technologies and Seos mobile access
Powerful new electronics with USB interface
Audit trails and time zones managed through
existing system
Additional Key Override
Emergency egress
Lock can store up to 10 override credentials
Store last 200 events and audit trails locally in the
lock
=
_`{
‘‡ƒ‡‡‡
operations
LED status
Battery low warning sent to EAC system
[‡‡"
>{
Union 2C25 nightlatch lock case and provide a
cost effective migration to an on line electronic
=
{`{
access the external side of the door provides
for key override entry, whilst the inside lever is
designed for emergency egress.
š\
`{ƒ
high frequency entrance door still operate for two
years on a standard battery , maintaining remote
opening functions of typically 5 seconds
communication time between Aperio lock and the
access control system through out the battery life.
š`
{
{`
electronics Aperio enables standard online access
control functionality at significantly reduced
costs to that of a hard wired door.
10/16
Function
External lever is always locked. To unlock
badge card and activate lever. Door automatically
re locks after set time. Can also be opened via Key
override.
Internal `
times.
Product description:
Communication from hub via RS485 bus to the

]>
"_{|~
access decision in the EAC system
>
|—=‹~{
\
ƒ
`{

|–“=—§~
_

`_
always engaged
Possibility to store up to 10 emergency cards
|
_
`
`{
~
LED for status visualisation
5
Aperio
]š<\
–
Techanical Specifications
Standard escutcheons
PIN code
[`
`
|$=‹
_ƒ>]–—
_ƒ$=‹¨>]–—
{
~
$=‹‘
]|>–[=“=>][=‹¥~
CE
Dimensions
„‘‡›„‡{{|œš—~
]
|–"=‹¥~
™¥
„
œ
|œ]‹—<¥~
<"ƒ"
`
|“=‹="œ¥~
"
|"[~
—
›"
|—="[]‹>¥~
—[\
|—–
[œ=>^‹""¥~
Backset
—
ž„{{ƒŸ„{{¦"
{{ƒŸ{{ƒ‡{{
Door leaf between 40 and 100 mm thick, in 10 mm increments
Battery
<{>–„]
Battery life
€‘‡ƒ‡‡‡_|`{_~
Radio standard
=‡„†‘|„‘%œ¡~
_
|{{
~
—
–“=—
Reader and hub
Class of protection
AES 128 bits
Typical range of 5 m or 25 m depending on the hub type and building
environments
IP 52
Operating temperature range
0°C to 60°C
Humidity
£†¤|
`~
Status
–“=—
<—|›
›
~
iCLASS®›="‘‘‘™¦=“]–ª¦=“]–ª¦=“]–ª
—"“ª¦‘‡
=—›"\›™\›]
›“
Scanning range
< 4 cm
Authentication
–“=—[
_
10/16
> 40 mm
6
Aperio
]š<\
–
Aperio® PINpad Escutcheon
“
š
Authorisation changes in real time
Audit trails and time zones managed through
existing system
2c25 compatible lockcase.
Cylinder can store up to 10 override credentials
Stores last 200 events and audit trails locally in
the cylinder
LED status indication
Battery powered 40,000 operations
Battery low warning sent to EAC system
Available in Stainless Steel Knob
The perfect solution for doors requiring multiple
euthentication levels.
š
]® escutcheon with PIN code,
ASSA ABLOY adds another innovation to its range of
products allowing Access Control Systems to be
extended to doors requiring increased security
at the door without the need for wiring: The
Aperio® PINpad device provides up to two factor
authentication door security.
The wireless Aperio® PINpad escutcheon
allows access to rooms simply by entering a PIN,
via a card reader or with a combination or both.
The user code to be entered can have four to eight
digits.
Depending on the integration in the Access Control
System, the escutcheon supports the integrated
Duress Code function to provide increased security.
Depending on the integration level of the device, a
{
_
centre if, in a dangerous situation, the user enters
the duress code instead of their own PIN.
The Aperio® PINpad escutcheon is available for
–“=—
><]""ƒ=“]–
›
=“]–—"“`
existing 125 kHz access control systems based on
EM410x
Applications
10/16
Internal doors only
Expand existing access control systems
New access control installations
Doors that cannot be hard wired
7
Aperio
]š<\
–
Techanical Specifications
Technical data
}"˜
``
}}˜_{
„‘‡›„‡{{|œš—~
]`–ƒ"š=""ƒ™<=‹—ƒ">]‹—
"ƒ<"
ƒ"
`
—
ž„{{›Ÿ„{{›ž‘{{›Ÿ‘{{ƒ"
ž{{ƒ{{ƒŸ{{
Door leaf between 40 and 100 mm thick, in 5 mm increments
Backset >40 mm
<{>–„]|
~
]€‘‡‡‡‡_|`{_~
=‡„†‘|„ƒ‘%œ¡~]"„™
_
Typical range of 5 m or 25 m depending on the hub type and building environments
=$†„|™
~›=$†‘}}|${{
~
„†¢>§'‡¢>ƒ{_£†¤|
`~
<—|›
›
~
UID / sector/block or application/file
< 4 cm scanning range
* * The certification for firerated door is only valid, if all other relevant door components are tested togetherwith the E100 Premium.
** ** The protection class IP54 and the temperature range is only valid for the outside part of the escutcheon.
Order Codes:
]‡‡œ“^_
‘‡†‡–ž„=›"™
]‡‡œ“^_
†‡‡Ÿ™'‡„„
†‡'‡–ž„=›"™
]‡‡œ“
†‡—ŸŸ^'‡„„
${{^_‘‡‘†
–ž„=›"™
]‡‡œ“
†‡—ŸŸ<'‡„„
${{^_‘††‡
–ž„=›"™
Special Tyco kits for the Aperio PINpad for Tyco
†‡‡Ÿ]'‡„„
‡‡^$^=[‘‡†‡
‡‡^_‘‡†‡
cut out includes lockase and
cylinder
‡‡^$^=[†‡'‡
Kit contains:
†‡‡Ÿ]'‡„„
¬<„>„†–""††
JKUES4010SC
‡‡^$^=[‘‡†‡‹>
Kit contains:
†‡‡Ÿ]'‡„„
¬<„>„†–""††
¬^"†‡">
10/16
]$–=‡‡œ“‘‡†‡
–ž„=›"™<=‹—
Union 2C25 Nightlatch
Lockcase
†‡
_
‡‡^$^=[†‡'‡
‡‡^_†‡'‡
cut out includes lockase and
cylinder
]$–=‡‡œ“†‡'‡
–ž„=›"™<=‹—
Union 2C25 Nightlatch
Lockcase
4010 single cylinder
‡‡^_‘‡†‡
out includes lockase no
cylinder
Kit contains:
†‡‡Ÿ]„„
¬<„>„†–""††
]$–=‡‡œ“
^­$]—‘‡†‡‹>­<
Union 2C25 Nightlatch
Lockcase
8
Aperio
]š<\
–
Order Codes:
]‡‡œ“‘‡†‡
ž„=›"™
]‡‡œ“
†‡‡Ÿ™'‡„„
${{†‡'‡–ž„
I/S Blind
]‡‡œ“
†‡™ŸŸ^'‡„„
${{‘‡‘†–ž„
I/S Blind
]‡‡œ“
†‡™ŸŸ<'‡„„
${{‘††‡–ž„
I/S Blind
Special Tyco kits for the E100
†‡‡Ÿ]'‡„„
‡‡^=[‘‡†‡
‡‡^‘‡†‡
out includes lockcase and
cylinder
Kit contains:
¬<„>„†–""††
¬^"†‡">
‡‡^=[†‡'‡
‡‡†‡'‡
includes lockcase and
cylinder
Kit contains:
†‡‡Ÿ™'‡„„
¬<„>„†–""††
JKUES4010SC
‡‡^=[‘‡†‡‹>
]$–=‡‡œ“‘‡†‡
–ž„=›"™<=‹—
Union 2C25 Nightlatch
Lockcase
4010 single cylinder
‡‡‘‡†‡
includes lockcase No
Cylinder
Kit contains:
Union 2C25 Nightlatch
Lockcase
†‡
_
†‡‡Ÿ]„„
¬<„>„†–""††
‡‡^$^=[†'‹>
]$–=‡‡œ“
^­$]—‘‡†‡‹>­<
Union 2C25 Nightlatch
Lockcase
‡‡†‡'‡
includes lockcase no
cylinder
Kit contains:
†‡‡Ÿ™„„
¬<„>„†–""††
10/16
]$–=‡‡œ“
^­$]—†‡'‡‹>­<
Union 2C25 Nightlatch
Lockcase
9
Aperio
]š<\
–
Aperio C100 Euro Profile Cylinder
“
š
Authorisation changes in real time
Audit trails and time zones managed through
existing system
Cylinder can store up to 10 override credentials
Stores last 200 events and audit trails locally in
the cylinder
LED status indication
Battery powered 40,000 operations
Battery low warning sent to EAC system
Available in Stainless Steel Knob
Compatible with Union 2c21 sashlock lockcase.
Product description:
The external housing contains a sophisticated
battery powered proximity reader that
communicates wirelessly to a hub. The hub is then
wired directly to the access control system and
enables standard on line access control features
at significantly reduced costs than that of
a hard wired door.
Communication from hub via RS485 bus to the

]>
"_{|~
access decision in the EAC system
Compatible with all DIN mortice locks, suitable
for locks on glass door wings and walls

|–“=—§~
\
_
“_
\{
Possibility to store up to 10 emergency cards
|
_
`
`{
~
LED for status visualisation
Applications
Internal doors only
Expand existing access control systems
New access control installations
Doors that cannot be hard wired
Heritage listed buildings
Accessories/Individual parts
Programming application tool
Battery
Knob Cover
Scope for delivery-Single
Suitable ASSA ABLOY products
]œ"
]® RS485
communication hub
]œ‡"
]® RS485
communication hub
]Ϡ"
š
]®š
interface communication hub
]œ„‡]
š
]®
š
`{{
AH40 Aperio® IP communication hub
\
_
_|<{>–„~
and installation instructions
Screws and fixing material
Scope for delivery-Double
\
_
_|<{
>–„~
Screws and fixing material
10/16
10
Aperio
]š<\
–
Techanical Specifications
Metal single and Double knob cylinder
]|>–[=“=>][=‹¥~
>¦`[Ÿ‡
^
|–"=‹¥~
“{
\
–“=—–
Knob dimensions
‘{{|<¯~
Knob surface
Stainless steel
>_
`
|“=‹="œ¥~
™_
`
\|‹$~
Length A
“
|">–š
<‹%[œ¥~
Battery
™
‡{{ƒ
†{{
{
'‡{{
Battery life
€‘‡ƒ‡‡‡_|`{_~
Radio standard
_
|
{{
~
—
–“=—
Reader and hub
Class of protection
=‡„†‘|„‘%œ¡~
Operating temperature range
0°C to 50°C
Status
–“=—
<—|›
›
~
iCLASS®›="‘‘‘™¦=“]–ª¦=“]–ª¦=“]–ª
—"“ª¦‘‡
=—›"\›™\›]
›“
Scanning range
< 4 cm
–“=—[
_
Order Codes:
†‡†„‡Ÿ‡‡‡‡
†‡†„‡Ÿ‡‡
†‡ž„‡Ÿ‡‡‡
†‡ž„‡Ÿ‡‡
10/16
60 or 85 mm
1 x Lithium CR2
AES 128 bits
Typical range of 5 m or 25 m depending on the hub type and building
environments
IP 55
]>‡‡œ“‡›‡
Euro 60 mm Screw
]>‡‡œ“†›†
Euro 60 mm Screw
]>‡‡œ“‡›
Single Euro 60 mm Screw
]>‡‡œ“†›
Single Euro 60 mm Screw
11
Aperio
]š<\
–
KS100 Server cabinet electronic lock with
–“=—–
“
The KS100 can store up to 10 emergency cards
|
_
`
`{~
Powered by PoE or external power supply
=
`—$
"
|`
{
~
<—`
|_
`_\
~

_|
`
{
_~
Easy to integrate and install with your new or
_{|˜
``
~
–{{{
system ensures easy management of access rights.
Designed for standard 25 mm x 150 mm server
lock cabinet door openings Ideal for collocation data
centers with multiple companies requiring access to
equipment.
Designed for use on left or right hand doors with
‚"
±
[
Aperio KS100 is simple to integrate because it
works with both new and existing access control
_{˜
``
hardware on site
Order Code:
^"‡‡'‘‡"
Union sashlock case
with mortice. Supplied in
stainless steel finish
Scope of delivery
KS100
Handle
Mounting plate
"“=>>{
Handling selector
>{|~
Mounting screws
—$"|—$
"
>ƒ„‘—>>~
Suitable ASSA ABLOY products
Suitable ASSA ABLOY products
]œ‡"
]® RS485
communication hub
]œ„‡|]
~š
]®
|]
~š
`{{
hub
]œ‘‡'=$]œ‘‡]® IP communication
hub
Server cabinet electronic lock with RFID-Reader
Approvals
>¦“>>$†
Dimensions
„„„‘„†{{|œš—~
‘—>$
|$~‡„`{
„‘—>$
Supply
2.4 GHz, IEEE 802.15.4, using AES 128bit encryption
Power supply
š
Operating temperature range
–“=—[
_
10/16
‡¢>†‡¢>
><]""ª›="="‘‘™¦><]""ª""ƒ><]""ª"ƒ=“]–ª
ƒ=“]–ªƒ—"“ªƒ
‹“>
12
Aperio
Aperio Locking Accessories
L2C21 Euro Profile Mortice Sash Lock
Application
Finish
“{
`]
`¨{`
"""
"
required.
$"$"
"
$™$™`
Specification
Modular case range
Standards
_
ž„{{
which accommodates most euro profile
[™"‹„„‡Ÿ„‡‡‘‡“„™]„‡
cylinders
‹'‘`
'‡{
{
—„‡{{
\_ fire doors
is turned twice
>>`
{‡„>$—'‡‘†
Easily reversible latch bolt
Assists in fulfilling duties required under the Equality
Pierced to accept bolt through furniture and
]|]~
security rose
"`{{
`™"‡‡
Suitable for unsprung lever furniture up to a
Approved
{{{`‡ž†\
—{
|]—~~
Easily reversible stainless steel latch bolt
Available with radiused or square forend and
Order Code:
strike
Union sashlock case
]$¬<„>„–""††
>"¡{{
with mortice. Supplied in
Backset: 55 mm
stainless steel finish
Case: Steel, black powder coat
“
"`
"\
$“
{`
Deadbolt: Stainless steel
Latch Bolt: Stainless steel
“²
ƒ{{
–^¬„>„–™|¨„†{{¡~
>_
[_`|
~
Available in SS finish as standard
Available in PS and PB finishes upon request
10/16
13
Aperio
Aperio Locking Accessories
L2C25 Euro Profile Deadlocking Mortice Night
Latch
Application
Finish
“{
`
]`¨{
fixings required.
"""
"
$"$"
"
$™$™`
Specification
Standards
Modular case range
_
ž„{{
which accommodates most euro profile
cylinders
Key operation from outside of the door and
single handle operation from inside
Pierced to accept bolt through furniture and
security rose
Latch bolt is automatically locked against end
_
Suitable for unsprung lever furniture up to a
{{{`‡ž†\
Easily reversible stainless steel latch bolt
Available with radiused or square forend and
strike
>"¡{{
Backset: 55 mm
Case: Steel, black powder coat
“
"`
"\
$“
{`
Deadbolt: n/a
Latch Bolt: Stainless steel
“
›
>_
[_`|
~
Available in SS finish as standard
Also available in PS and PB finishes upon
request
[™"‹„„‡Ÿ„‡‡
‘‡“™™„‡
‹'‘`
'‡{
{
fire doors
>>`
{‡„>$—'‡‘'
Assists in fulfilling duties required under the Equality
]|]~
"`{{
`™"‡‡
Approved
—{
|]—~
10/16
Order Code:
]$¬<„>„†–""††
Union deadlocking
nightlatch case
14
Aperio
Aperio Locking Accessories
KUED / KUOD KeyULTRA Double Cylinder Euro
or Oval
Application
Finish
KeyULTRA has a long patent providing peace of
mind that cylinder keys cannot be copied
KeyULTRA benefits from DuraPIN patented key
cutting, bump resistant technology, together with
\`
">"
>{
$<$™
Specification
Standards
Cycle tested to 500,000 cycles
™"‹‡„‡‡†
1 6 0 1 0 C 6 2*
}š
_
‹'‘`
'‡{
{
fire doors
Key operated to lock or unlock
$
„‡„|%™„‘†'„†
%™„‘†'„‘~
Suitable for fire doors
Bump resistant pin technology
Order Codes:
Drill resistant
]$¬^"†‡">
Plug extraction resistant
>
appropriate security escutcheon
]$¬^"‘‡‡">
Pick resistant: Paracentric keyway Mushroom
drivers Antipick notches in the differ pins
š
‹\``
{\_
_\_
differs in excess of half a million
Supplied with 2 oversized solid nickel silver keys
as standard
Extra keys available upon request
Manufactured in UK
10/16
_
†
{{|^~
{
finish
Union single cylinder 40
{{|^~
{
finish
15
Aperio
Aperio Locking Accessories
1000RRS01 Tubular Stainless Steel Door Handle
Application
Finish
"""
"
"
“
„†‡{{\
19 mm diameter handle
Sprung
"`
Concealed fixings
‹
Specification

``{%‡‘
Handle Length: 140 mm
œ
$˜
††{{
Rose Diameter: 54 mm
–$˜
{{
Please refer to separate page for accessories
"
]
10/16
Standards
™"‹'‘$„‡‡‡`
'‡
minute timber fire doors
Assists in fulfilling duties required under the Equality
]|]~
"`{{
`™"‡‡
]—{
|]—~˜
contrasting background
Cycle tested to 200,000 cycles
>
‘‡‹'ž‡%‘
Order Code:
]$¬‡‡‡––"‡""
Union lever handle in
stainless steel finish
16
Aperio
Aperio Locking Accessories
1000EE Euro Profile Escutcheon
Application
Finish
Suitable for use with euro profile locks
Concealed fixings
Sold as singles
"""
"
"
Specification
™"‹'‘$„‡‡‡`
'‡
minute timber fire doors
Standards

``{%‡‘
Diameter: 54 mm
$˜
{{
Order Code:
¬‡‡‡""
10/16
Union Escutcheon Ring
|"
~
`
17
Software House
This chapter contains information about C.Cure 9000 Software House Range
Introduction
C.Cure 9000 Software
C.Cure 9000 Migration Utility
C.Cure Software Support Agreements
C.Cure 9000 Software Enhancements
System Redundancy
C.Cure 9000 Site Server
Door Controllers & Power Centres - EMEA only
Door Controllers
Personality Modules and I/O Devices
05/16
1
Software House
Software House Introduction
=
—>>–ƒ>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
™\
`_{_
{
_ƒ>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
=[
__{
{
_
³=
{
{
{_
ƒ
_
{__
_
=
`{{
`
{
_
"`œ``{
ƒ
``
_
`
_{
{
``{
ƒ_
_
Seamless Integration
š
`{ƒ"`œ>>–
{
{_
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡`
_
_
ƒ
\—$>ƒƒ
`
`
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
š_
`_
""
{_{ƒ{
{
{ƒ
From Entry Level to Enterprise Level
"`œ_{
[
`
`
>>–
ƒ"`œ{
_`_`{
{ƒ{
_
{
`
"`
_{{]
`"`œ œ
{{{
{
_>>–Ÿ‡‡‡_
{
{
`{{ `{
_
`{
_
05/16
2
Software House
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"_

{
"_{
Features:
$`
“"_
{
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
`
_³{
`
`_{
{
_{
ƒ{
ƒ
ƒ__
{ƒ
{
_{_
_
_
`{_$>
`>>–
ƒ
ƒ
{>>–%
{
Information and Event Management at its Best
—
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
_{
{
{
[_
_{
>>–
Ÿ‡‡‡
Unified Access Control and Video Experience
]
ƒ_
\
`{
ƒƒ
_{
`_
[`_ƒ
_{³`ƒ{\
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
{`{{_
{
05/16
]>

_
{
_
`
\ƒ`
_
\
`
=
²
^_>{{
`
{
—_
{

`{
{¡_ƒ
_`
ƒ{
ƒ
\
`
`
`
=
™
"{>
{
–
`_
>
{ ƒƒ
]{
{
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡{_>>–
%{
]
—
`‘
|
ƒ`{\ƒ~
%[__
{
\
{
`{ƒ_
{
`
]
{
{
{
_
š>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
“_
¡
[\
``
_
˜
ƒƒ
`
]
_`
"
{
"%
{
³œ"$—„
{
`{`>
=
`|>œ=—~
"[š=>|[
š\
=
`
>
~`
"{{
_{
3
Software House
Mastering Scalability for Enterprise
Implementations
Independent Control
"]"{{
_]"
]"`
_{{
`
_{
`{
›
[
_{{
{
`
]"
š]‹
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
`
{
>_
=[{
_{ƒ
`_{
`
š_
¡
`
``_{
_
Central Alarm Monitoring and Management
ƒ
_
{
_
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
_{
_
{
{`{{
Industry’s Most Robust Integrations
\
"]"_``_
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
_{_

`{`{{{
ƒ
ƒ
{ƒ`
{_
_`{
{{
{
ƒ$"=
{[
``
{``
_
_
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
`
Global Reporting
Enterprise Architecture
š>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
³
[>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
`
_ƒ_
ƒ
`
ƒ
ƒ˜
ƒ
{`{
{
|]"~
„‡
`
¡
[
|"]"~`
_"]"{_
{
`
{
`{
` {
``]"
{
`{
`_{
]"
"´<_
¡
]"`
[]"
_`{
"]"ƒ
`{
™_
"]"<]‹
ƒ{{
\
ƒ`{
{¡
__{_
`{š]‹
<`{
`{¡
]"`{
"]"ƒ
"]"
_{
`
05/16
4
Software House
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"
"_{
>
1

„
3
µ`
%$
ƒ‡‡‡
‡ƒ‡‡‡
„†ƒ‡‡‡
–„
µ`"{
>
3
†›‡‡
†›‡‡
†›‡‡
µ`™
>
›‡‡
›‡‡
›‡‡
µ`
–
µ`
=
µ`

µ`
<
$
–
µ`"{
>
3
µ`™
>
‘
‡‡ƒ‡‡‡
5
„†‡ƒ‡‡‡
‡›‡‡
„›‡‡
‡›‡‡
„›‡‡
4
" " " "6
"6
"$6
5
5
5
<

‹
'
„
'‘
„
„†'
ƒ‡‡‡
ƒ‡‡‡
ƒ‡‡‡
ƒ‡‡‡
ƒ‡‡‡
žƒ‡‡‡
ƒ‡‡‡
ƒ‡‡‡
†ƒ‡‡‡›‡ƒ‡‡‡
†ƒ‡‡‡›‡ƒ‡‡‡
""6
„ƒ†‡‡
†ƒ‡‡‡›‡ƒ‡‡‡
†ƒ‡‡‡›‡ƒ‡‡‡
žƒ†‡‡›‡ƒ‡‡‡
†ƒ‡‡‡›‡ƒ‡‡‡
‡ƒ‡‡‡
‡ƒ‡‡‡
„ƒ‡‡‡ ‘‡ƒ‡‡‡ „†‡ƒ‡‡‡
„†‡ƒ‡‡‡
„†‡ƒ‡‡‡
†‡‡ƒ‡‡‡
‡›‡
‡›‡
‡›‡
„‡›„†'
‘‡›„†'
‡›„†'
‡‡›„†'
›‡
›‡
›‡
„›„†'
›„†'
†›„†'
‡›„†'
|~]
{__{
"{
_>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
]{
ƒ]{
ƒ
š>
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
`
{
[‡‡
_
{‡"_{`{
_
`
`
{`{{
›ƒ
›`
_ƒ
|„~%
{{{
{`"]"
|~>
<
"
{
ƒ{
|‘~]
{
ƒ
ƒ
›{__"{
_>>–Ÿ‡‡‡]{
ƒ]{
ƒ
š>
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
`
{
[„†'
_{‡‡"_{`{
_
`
`
{`
{{
›ƒ
›`
_ƒ
|†~[
`_{
`
`¡
`"´<
|'~|"´<
"´<~]"´<
__{`——\"$"`"´<
"„‡‡–„"
|„
'‘~
{__
05/16
5
Software House
!"
Recommended Hardware and Software
$
=
>†‘ž‡|'™ƒ„%œ¡~
œ—\—
†‡‡%™
—"
žƒ„‡‡–$
{_
‘%™
„"¦%™
'‘">>–Ÿ‡‡‡
‹\]>
=
%‹\$
———
–{{
>
%™‹=—=]´'‡‡

"_{|–{{
~ š
ž"$$`
|„
'‘~
š
"„‡„"
š
"„‡„–„
"
|'‘~

"_{|"~
š
$`
|„
'‘~š
ž"$$`
|„
'‘~
š
"„‡„"
š
"„‡„–„
"
|'‘~š
"„‡‡–„"$"
|'‘~
!#!!$%
%'
Recommended Hardware and Software
$
=
®%
>žžž‡|™ƒ‘%œ¡~
œ—\—
—{_¥„†‡%™|Ÿ‡‡‡–
{~¦
_¥
„†‡%™|\~
—"
žƒ„‡‡–$
{_
‘%™
„"¦%™
'‘">>–Ÿ‡‡‡
‹\]>
=
%‹\$
———
–{{
>
=
"_{|{{
\
~
—|
_~
"´<"„‡„"$|„
'‘~
"´<"„‡„"$"
|„
'‘~
"´<"„‡‡–„|„
'‘~
"´<"„‡‡–„"
|„
'‘~

"_{
š
ž"$$`
|„
'‘~
|–{{
~
š
"„‡„"
š
"„‡„–„"
|'‘~

"_{|"~ š
$`
|„
'‘~
š
ž"$$`
|„
'‘~
š
"„‡„"
š
"„‡„–„"
|'‘~š
"„‡‡–„"
|'‘~
š"
=="'‡`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡š>
ƒ>>–%ƒš
"ƒ
>>–
05/16
6
Software House
!#!!*%+%%2%!#!!$%
%'
Recommended Hardware and Software
$
=
¶
´>„‘‡|%œ¡~
œ—\—
—{_¥‡‡%™|Ÿ‡‡‡–
{~
_¥‡‡%™
|\~
—"
†ƒ‡‡‡–$
{_
'%™>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
‹\]>
=
%[´$]ƒ%
‹=>ƒ$>‘
———
–{{
>
=
_{|{{
\
~
—|
_~
"´<"„‡„"$"
|„
'‘~
"´<"„‡‡–„"
|„
'‘~

"_{
š
$`
|„
'‘~
š
ž"$$`
|„
'‘~
|{<‹"]"
_~š
"„‡„"
š
"„‡„–„"
|'‘~š
"„‡‡–„"$
"
|'‘~
š"
=="'‡`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡š>
ƒ>>–%ƒš
"ƒ
>>–
!#!!*%+%%2%
!#!
Recommended Hardware and Software
$
=
¶
´>†„‘†‡|„%œ¡~
œ—\—
—{_¥'‡‡%™|Ÿ‡‡‡–
{~
_¥'‡‡
%™|\~
—"
†ƒ‡‡‡–$
{_
'%™>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
‹\]>
=
%[´$]ƒ%
‹=>ƒ$>‘
———
–{{
>
=
"_{6
"]""$"—
"´<"„‡„"$"
|„
'‘~
|
_~
"´<"„‡‡–„"
|„
'‘~
]"—|
"´<"„‡„"$"
|'‘~
_~
"´<"„‡‡–„"
|'‘~

"_{
š
"„‡„"
š
"„‡„–„"
"]""$"
|'‘~š
"„‡„"
š
"„‡„–„
|–{{
~
"
|'‘~š
"„‡‡–„"$"
|„~
"]""$"|"~ |'‘~

"_{
š
"„‡„"
š
"„‡„–„"
]"
|'‘~š
"„‡‡–„"$"
|„~
|'‘~
š"
=="'‡`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡š>
ƒš"ƒ
>>–
05/16
7
Software House
[
"`

{{>
"]"]"
„‡
]
š
]
—{
[—{
"<
7
]ƒ™¡
$ƒ>¡ƒ—
ƒ
—ƒ
ƒ“
ƒ%{
ƒœ
ƒ
=
ƒ¬
ƒ^
ƒ$ƒ–
ƒ
"{`>
ƒ"
ƒ"ƒ
[
>
[\
'~“{
__
ƒ
|ž~<
"
\ƒ
"
'79!;;!!#<*<"!=>%;<?#!;<<!@
05/16
8
Software House
C·Cure 9000
9QZ<?![<!!#!
[`
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
_[`
—"‹[
__
——{=`_——{
ƒ>>Ÿ‡‡‡^=[
>>Ÿ‡‡‡^=["´<{__`{
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"`]
——
_
‹{
>>Ÿ‡‡‡"<
>>Ÿ‡‡‡"
>>Ÿ‡‡‡"‹
>>Ÿ‡‡‡"$
>>Ÿ‡‡‡"´
>>Ÿ‡‡‡"–
>>Ÿ‡‡‡"–$
>>Ÿ‡‡‡""
—
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"<"_{<

_
'ƒžƒ‡‡‡|——""_~
>·>–Ÿ‡‡‡""_{<

_
„ƒ„ƒ‡‡‡|——""_~
>·>–Ÿ‡‡‡"‹"_{<

_
'‘ƒ‘‡ƒ‡‡‡|——""_~
>·>–Ÿ‡‡‡"$"_{<

_
„ƒ‘†ƒ‡‡‡|——""_~
>·>–Ÿ‡‡‡"´"_{<

_
„†'ƒ„†‡ƒ‡‡‡|——""_~
>·>–Ÿ‡‡‡"–"_{<

_
†„ƒ„†‡ƒ‡‡‡|——""_~
>·>–Ÿ‡‡‡"–$"_{<

_
ƒ‡‡‡ƒ„†‡ƒ‡‡‡|——""_~
>·>–Ÿ‡‡‡"""_{<

_
„ƒ†‡‡ƒ†‡‡ƒ‡‡‡|——""_~
$
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"`
`"´<
_>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
_$
``"´<„‡‡"
–„"
`
_{|"$"~$
"´<
"„‡‡–„"
{_`
`
‹{
>>Ÿ‡‡‡^=[
05/16
—
>·>–Ÿ‡‡‡"`——ƒ´\"%
™=
`„‡‡"´<|>>–Ÿ‡‡‡<
"
"_~
9
Software House
C·Cure 9000
\!;;<\?
<!+$!#!]^]!
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"$"
{
{{`"´<"„‡‡–„"
—[
{
{
{
`"´<"
„‡‡ƒ"
ƒ`_
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
{
{
{`
|
"´<>]<
~[
`
_ƒ
{
`
‹{
>>Ÿ‡‡‡^=["´<
—
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"`——ƒ´\"%
™
`"´<"„‡‡–„"
"
$
<
|>>–Ÿ‡‡‡<
""_~
Note:
–`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡¨
_
=``>
_ƒ
|~`"´<"„‡‡{_
_`{`
`
‹]"`"{
_{
{ƒ=—ƒ{
`ƒ
{{`
[{
ƒ
{{
{
‹{
>>Ÿ‡‡‡<"
>>Ÿ‡‡‡‹"
>>Ÿ‡‡‡‹$"
>>Ÿ‡‡‡$´"
>>Ÿ‡‡‡´–"
>>Ÿ‡‡‡––$"
>>Ÿ‡‡‡–$""
05/16
—
"<"_{<
"=
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
_
""_{<
"‹=
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
_
"‹"_{<
"$=
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
_
"$"_{<
"´=
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
_
"´"_{<
"–=
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
_
"–"_{<
"–$=
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
_
"–$"_{<
""=
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
_
10
Software House
C·Cure 9000 Migration
>·>–®Ÿ‡‡‡
_
[{
_`{
` [{`{{
"$
>>–‡‡›‡‡‡_{ ¶<`{
{
{_>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
{›`_
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡>>–‡‡›‡‡‡>>–
Ÿ‡‡‡{
\
`
>>–‡‡›‡‡‡
Ÿ‘ –
`{>>–
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
‡‡›‡‡‡
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
„‡
``

[{
_``
={›`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡[={›
`
{
_{{>>–
Ÿ‡‡‡
^^_!`Z
[{
"[]–>|
{
"[]–>
>>{{$
>$
=
_!`Z
"
"[]–>

–

>–"[]––
—
>—"[]–—
%
]%
—%
%
%
“%
=
%
%
$
%
–%
—%
“
]
]
“
"[]–]
05/16
"[]–>
>>{{$
>>
>=
"[]–=
11
Software House
C·Cure 9000 Migration
^^_!`Z
=
²
>
|
{~
$
[_
$
=

>
$
›>
$
={|
~
"
|
~
™<_‹{|
~
]
^_>{{

=<
\|—“ƒ~
$
>>–=‹=|—"_{~
"_{
_!`Z
"[]–=
²
>
$
[_
$

>
$
›>
$
={
"
™<_‹{
]
={|
]
œ[~
^_>{{
™
[|]
={~
$
"_{
"_{
<!;!<Z!^^\<?
\`7
!"!
$
œ<
$
|
{ƒƒƒ
>>[~
]">==›™
–
œ_

05/16
$%
$
œ<

$
|
{ƒƒƒ
>>[~
]">==›™
–
œ_

12
Software House
C·Cure 9000 Migration
`{
_
š{{
`{
>>–‡‡›‡‡‡
__{
[
`
{{`_{>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
[
{
_
¡`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
ƒ
$`
`_¨
{_``
¨
{_
{
¸
"`œ"
$`
"{
>>‡‡Ÿ‡‡‡{
—
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
{"`œ
`
{
{{`$`
"_
`
[$`
`
`_`
Ĭ`
{
\_{
_{
=`_
ƒ_{_
{`
$`
"
'Q!
>>Ÿ‡‡‡[<
>>Ÿ‡‡‡[
>>Ÿ‡‡‡[‹
>>Ÿ‡‡‡[$
>>Ÿ‡‡‡[´
>>Ÿ‡‡‡[–
>>Ÿ‡‡‡[–$
>>Ÿ‡‡‡["
05/16
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
_"`ƒ
`"´<
_
=
\>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
`——
_""]
>>–‡‡>>–Ÿ‡‡‡{
`——`{
>>–‡‡_{
{
""]
<!;

`
>>–‡‡
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"<
|
[——
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"<——
=
~

`
>>–‡‡
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"
|
[——
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"——
=
~

`
>>–‡‡†
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"‹
|
[——
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"‹——
=
~

`
>>–‡‡‡
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"$
|
[——
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"$——
=
~

`
>>–‡‡„‡
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"´
|
[——
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"´——
=
~

`
>>–‡‡‡
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"–
|
[——
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"–——
=
~

`
>>–‡‡‘‡
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"–§
|
[——
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"–§——
=
~

`
>>–‡‡‡
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡""|
[——
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡""——
=
~
13
Software House
C·Cure 9000 Migration
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
_"`
“`"´<"„‡‡–„"
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"$"{
{{`"´<"„‡‡–„"
—
=`"´<"„‡‡–„
_
{>>Ÿ‡‡‡^=["´<
[
{
{
{
`"´<"„‡‡–„ƒ"
ƒ`_>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
{
{
{`
|
"´<>]<~[
`
_ƒ
{
'Q!
>>Ÿ‡‡‡^=["´<
<!;
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"`——ƒ´\"%
™
`"´<
"„‡‡–„"
"
$<
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡<
""_
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
_"`
“`"´<"„‡‡–„"
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"$"{
{{`"´<"„‡‡–„"
—
=`"´<"„‡‡–„
_
{>>Ÿ‡‡‡^=["´<
[
{
{
{
`"´<"„‡‡–„ƒ"
ƒ`_>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
{
{
{`
|
"´<>]<~[
`
_ƒ
{
'Q!
>>"––†
<!;
–
{
``ƒ†
>>"––‡„‡‡
–
{
``‡ƒ„‡ƒ‡
>>"––‘‡‡‡‡
–
{
``‘‡ƒ‡‡‡
$`
{
>>–‡‡
>>–
Ÿ‡‡‡`{[
{]\{`_
`
`{{
{
*!!#<!^^
`!
'Q!
>"–=>
—_
05/16
<!;
>"–=>
—_$`

""<ƒ
‹
14
Software House
Software Support Agreements
>>–"`"]{
|""]~`
]–
{\!;;!`!
]"`œ"`"
]{
``_
]¡=
‹\$
]—[[`{
\
``
_{`{
`
__{
_
Service
#!`*!z
"
""]
‚†„±ƒ[
"
>`[

“ƒŸ{†{>[
‚ž„‘±"
_
[
"
|{
_~
>`[
""]
9!\!
Maintenance
$#\!
<
or Enhancement
Release
;zz
]>>–
“
‹
“
$
|>~“{¨
"`–
—{
{ ""]ƒ
Notes:
}—
ƒ{_
{
{˜
}}“{
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡`
>>–‡‡›‡‡‡""]ƒ
`{
{
`""]
_`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
`>>–‡‡›‡‡‡
]"`œ``|„~``
_{`>>–"_{
[]"`œ"
""]
`
``
`>>–
[_"_$>>–[
"
"
{{\
`
ƒ
\¨ƒ
`
"_{ƒ
>>–
05/16
[]"`œ"`"
]{
{³
{`
_]¡=
`
"`œ[
""
__{{
ƒ
_{ƒƒ>>–
ƒ
=$
\
`
[
`
_
``
{
_
\
*!<
Coverage
“
`>·>–
‡‡›‡‡‡
>·>–Ÿ‡‡‡
[\
{
\
`
_
_{
|"<]~_
{
`_
{
_
`
¡
]
"`œ``
``$_
"`"]{
`>·>–
[$_]
`{
˜
_{
—
]{
ƒ]"`œ
_
`{{_`"_{
=
`–``
_[{
\
]"`œ`<
<„
_
{
<–
_<‘``
``{=`{
\
{
ƒ
{
{``
_
15
Software House
Software Support Agreements
&
]"`œ³
""]
{{`
{
{
{{
\„‘›ž{
""]``
``"
""]{
_
_
_
{ƒ
\
_]—[³
`
{_
{
_
{ƒ
{ƒ
{
_{_
{
|§|‡~‘ž††„ž„„~
{=`
_{
""]
{
_ƒ
``_
"
""]
\
{{
{
~"`
"$_`>>–
Ÿ‡‡‡
>>–‡‡›‡‡‡
`
``
`
\]`
_``{
]
_ƒ"`œ
`
\``{
`
``
{\
'(
()
“
`>>–
‡‡›‡‡‡
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
“>>–>
>>–
‡‡›‡‡‡_{
~]"`œ
`
`>>–
‡‡›‡‡‡
~
``
~
"
"]{
|""]~
~]—[‚`±`
_{
{_
„~=__{{
`>>–
‡‡›‡‡‡ƒ>>–Ÿ‡‡‡ƒ>>–>
`{]"`œ"`
`"$_
[
{
{
_{{
_
|`{~
For example:
~>>–‡‡›‡‡‡Ÿ
"{
„‡‡'
„~[
`>>–‡‡›‡‡‡

Ÿ
Ÿ‡
„‡‡ž‡Ÿ„
~>>–>
`{
{œƒ{
_``
`>>–
‡‡›‡‡‡_{`_“
>>–>
ƒ
\ƒ
ƒ
_
>>–‡‡›‡‡‡
{`
`]
`>>–>
‹\{
""]
For example:
~>>–>
‡
„~>>–>
„„
\
~>>–‡‡›‡‡‡„ƒ
_
`>>–‡‡›‡‡‡_>>–
>
„„ƒ{
{
“=
<
`>>–
‡‡›‡‡‡
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡ƒ"`œ
¡
`
>>–‡‡›‡‡‡
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
05/16
16
Software House
Software Support Agreements
*(+7
(%
"`œ``{_"`"
]{
""]`
[]—[_\
`
`
{
_³
__
[
{`
{
{
{
_
{
{_
`
`
_
|„{
`{
ƒ‘{
`{
~{`
*!<`
{
_
]>>–
<
{
_;Q
]
{
_
`
_
>>–
`
]=
>`
${
]—[
`
""]__
`{_{
³{
‹`
'‡_{
³
]—[
`
]
"`œ_{
`{
]
"`œ=[_"`_$_
``
`
\]
`
š
_""]
{{
¹_
{
$
§‘ž††„ž„„
Access to the Member Centre
[{>
]¨
|]¨~`
ƒ
[
]_™
|[]™~ƒ[
—
ƒ
ƒ
"$
[
\
{
`
05/16
17
Software House
C·Cure 9000 Software Enhancements
>·>–Ÿ‡‡‡š>
Features:
${>·>–®Ÿ‡‡‡`{
_
_{
=

ƒ__
{ƒ
{
_{_
<\›
\
{
"˜
_
_
`_
{
=
`
__{
"
_
_`
"{{
{
`{
„]"
_
""<`
{{
"
¡`š
]
{
_`=[_
†‡{
™
`
`{
>·>–®Ÿ‡‡‡š>
{_
_`_>·>–Ÿ‡‡‡"_

{
"_{_
_{
>·>–Ÿ‡‡‡
=
š>·>–Ÿ‡‡‡š>
_
{
ƒ__
{`ƒ
ƒ
›ƒ
ƒ
{
_{_`{
`_
_
­
`{
`
\
›{`_
{
{›
_`{_
\
=³{
__ƒ{
ƒ
>·>–Ÿ‡‡‡_{`{
_
™
`
`{ƒ
>·>–Ÿ‡‡‡š>
_{
_
ƒ
[
`
05/16
­
š>
{
›__`
>·>–Ÿ‡‡‡ƒ{
{
`
­
ƒƒ
{`_
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
`_ƒ
`_ƒ
[{
_
_
\ƒ_
{
{
{
{
ƒ
{
_`_
_{_[
{_{
`
_
_{
{
`{_>·>–Ÿ‡‡‡
š>
`
_ƒ
³
\
_
>·>–Ÿ‡‡‡
`{
_
_{
18
Software House
C·Cure 9000 Software Enhancements
[
"`

>
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡š>

{{"_{–{
"™`=
žƒ
Ÿ|„
'‘~
¡º“`º|„
'‘~
%ª>{|„
'‘~
">

"_{ š
ž|„
'‘~¦ š
¦
š
¶$"$„¦ _
"ª‘‡†‡
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"

{{"_{–{
""

"_{ š
"„‡‡
"
"$„ƒš
"„‡‡ƒš
"š"
"=="†‡ƒ'‡ƒž‡
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
Ÿ„
{{"{
>
>
"
†‡|>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
{
{
{`{
š>
~
{{‹{`
>
` {
>
"
_
""<ƒ„]"
]
"
"
š
]
][
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
—$
­
>>Ÿ‡‡‡]——><=
>>Ÿ‡‡‡]——†><=
>>Ÿ‡‡‡]——><=™
>>Ÿ‡‡‡]——=
>>Ÿ‡‡‡<]‹%[<
]
>
š\
]{
ƒ

š>
]
†>
š\
]{
ƒ

š>
]
>
`
>>–=—™
š\
]
`
›
=
{
`
„†'
>·>–Ÿ‡‡‡<
[
[]
``
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡%
=
`|%=~
Activity Viewer
*!
`
05/16
19
Software House
C·Cure 9000 Software Enhancements
=


`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
`—"
‹–_{{ƒ`ƒ
{
[
\
_
‚"`œ
>
±$`{=
${
`
`ƒ>>–Ÿ‡‡‡{_ƒ
"{_
"`œ
>
${>{_
››{››"šœ»>
»
>{_»
'Q!
‹›]
>>Ÿ‡‡‡–
<!;
]{
—_
{=
—
{
"_{
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡=
_`
_{¦
{`_
`
_{
]{
—_
{‹–
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
=
_`
_{¦
{`_
`
_{
]{
—_
{œ—–
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
`
"{
=

`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
`
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
{
{
–=$
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
>>Ÿ‡‡‡"‹­
>>Ÿ‡‡‡–=‹[
"
_‹"–
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
‹‹–†
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
>>Ÿ‡‡‡‹""=

""=
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
>>Ÿ‡‡‡%‹[>
>>Ÿ‡‡‡‹=>
>>Ÿ‡‡‡—[<
>>Ÿ‡‡‡"]<=‹[
>>Ÿ‡‡‡™">œ–
>>Ÿ‡‡‡‹—–]
>>Ÿ‡‡‡—“–[
>>Ÿ‡‡‡]=%=<‹
>>Ÿ‡‡‡$<>
>>Ÿ‡‡‡=—=´
>>Ÿ‡‡‡=<"[‹
>>Ÿ‡‡‡‹""=
>>Ÿ‡‡‡=<"[‹
%
{
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
‹‹
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
—[<<
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
"
"_{>{
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
™—–›‹–
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
$
—–›‹–
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
—`‹–
›
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡|"
_~
]
>
>
‹–
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
$
—–›‹–
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
=´
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡

¶$>
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡

""=
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡

>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
>>Ÿ‡‡‡—%
>>Ÿ‡‡‡œ—–
>>Ÿ‡‡‡=>[–
05/16
20
Software House
C·Cure 9000 Software Enhancements
]
=
'Q!
>>Ÿ‡‡‡™=—=
<!;
%
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡]
[>$›=$
>>Ÿ‡‡‡]–">[ ]"
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
>>Ÿ‡‡‡]=$œ‹
]
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
>>Ÿ‡‡‡]""]]™<­ ]]_
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡|"
_~
>>Ÿ‡‡‡>—™
>
˜
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
>>Ÿ‡‡‡>‹—
>{{
=
{
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
>>Ÿ‡‡‡<$]"
–{<
{
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
>>Ÿ‡‡‡%]–—–“=— %–“=—–{<
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
>>Ÿ‡‡‡<=%œ[œ
‹\œ<œ$"=
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡|"
_~
>>Ÿ‡‡‡‹=—
“
"`{
—
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
>>Ÿ‡‡‡[="
>{ª—
_
>>Ÿ‡‡‡=
=
]{
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
>>Ÿ‡‡‡‘‡‡
"{®‘‡‡`{
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
>>Ÿ‡‡‡²¶
[_“$
ƒ²¶[
_“{
`
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
>>Ÿ‡‡‡$–¶=¶
${"
‘‡
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
>>Ÿ‡‡‡—">
—">$"
{
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
|—">=[‡‡{`$"
~
>>Ÿ‡‡‡—$
—$¶–†‡‡ƒ¶–‡‡
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
>>Ÿ‡‡‡%¶­
œ
_%_—{
%—‘›Ÿ'›„'‘›†„‡
`
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
>>Ÿ‡‡‡œ=——%
œ=—
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
>>Ÿ‡‡‡$–¶"]“
—"`\_{
{
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
‹›]
´
{""]“
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡´
{"
={[
`_"`œ
‹[=
{
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
“{ƒ
>>Ÿ‡‡‡‘‡‡Ÿ{>>–Ÿ‡‡‡Ÿ>
"—^{_
{`››{››"šœ»>
»>{_»

‹[
""=
`
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡{
{{`
–{{
–
¶‡‡›††‡
–
œ—„‘‡‡$
‹[­
‚"`œ>
±${
>>–""
{ƒ`>>Ÿ‡‡‡œ=——%
05/16
21
Software House
C·Cure 9000 Software Enhancements
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡_
<—]$
{
_
`®]—_®`š
„‡‡
[
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
\{
[
`
__
`{
ƒ
ƒ
`{
{
`{
_
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
{`
"`
`
_
<—]$
`
`{
`¡
`]—_
­
_
\
_
=$‹{_
`{`_{
_
¡
{_{{
{_
_{
_
_
`{
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
=
ƒ_
ƒ_
ƒ
{
Order Code:
>>Ÿ‡‡‡<—]$
05/16
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡ƒ<—]$
22
Software House
C·Cure 9000 Software Enhancements
>·>–Ÿ‡‡‡²¶
“
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡`_
{
{
_{=[
[
{
{
{_
{
_
`{
__{
[
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡__{
`³‹[‘
_``_```ƒ``
ƒ
`
\
{
ƒ_
{_
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
ƒ
{
ƒ{
`{
{
>>–
Ÿ‡‡‡{_
{
{
[
_`
_{_ƒ
__
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡``
`_
{_`{
{
—
``
{
˜\`
¡
ƒ
`
_`ƒ{ƒ_
{
`_{_
`
[{`
{
š{
ƒ_
{
`ƒ
ƒ
{ƒ
ƒ
`{\
`{{
`
{={>]—|ƒ`~`|{ƒ
˜ƒ~
{`
__˜]
>]—_
{{_
`_
05/16
™]>
ƒ
_
{{
`
{
\
"{
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡ [_²¶–
`“$
“{
_
>>–
Ÿ‡‡‡

_
__{
`
˜
>]—{
\`
ƒ
¡
{
“{
]
`
`{
{
“
`
ƒ
{
ƒ
²¶“
{
ž]>
"{`
`
{{
`“
`
[>>[
``{

"_
{
$`{`“ƒ
™]{_{ƒ=
ƒ]
>
{
_{
]{
`˜ƒ`{
"{\
>
_ƒ
_
˜{ƒƒ
›
{__

\{
`
\
_{
_
`
“
˜ƒ_
_>]—
_
"
_
{
`
{
{
ƒ>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
`
{ƒ
\
]
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
{
[
{
>
>>Ÿ‡‡‡²¶
²¶[
_®“
$
`
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
23
Software House
C·Cure 9000 Software Enhancements
—``
`
`
`
[
`
{
`
`
=
``{
ƒ
{–
`
_
_
{_
{[
˜ƒ{
`
ƒ
_{˜ƒ
`
{`
|\
}~9!<
!<\!"€
[>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
²¶`
_{
_
`
ƒ
[
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
™]>
_{
{
_{_
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡_
`{
ƒ
\
"_{
{
_{
{\
{
{
"`œ
{
_
`_
“
{`
{
²
{ƒ
{`{`
‹{
]{
=
™_
“
—
²¶
`ƒ``{¡
‹{
]{
=
™_
“
—

`ƒ_{`
${
{
=
`¡
ƒ
ƒ–™
=›
—_{
]
`{
"
—{
`{²¶`
™]>
[
{
™]>
>
_ƒ
|
ƒ
{ƒ{ƒ~
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
[²¶`
`{
_
²¶`
`
ƒ`¡
ƒ

05/16
24
Software House
C·Cure 9000 Software Enhancements
²¶`
_{
{
¼¶"\³]
²¶™]>
{¶"\
{
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
`{
\`
_
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡\
[²¶
``
`
{
{
²¶™]>
`
`[
`
_
`ƒ
_
=$
ƒ>>–
Ÿ‡‡‡_˜`{
²¶™]>
“{
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡_
\
ƒ`
{
{
“{
`
_{{
>>[
ƒ‹–—–
[
"`

"_{"`–{
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"–{{
"`

"_{
"<‹
š
ž$`
|„
'‘~„
š
"„‡‡–„
|
'‘~„
š
"„‡‡
"
š
"„‡‡
"
"$„
š
"„‡‡
"$„
š
¶$$`
"$
05/16
Version Compatibility
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
„‡„ƒ"
]
`
ƒ"]"
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡—`²¶$
‡‘†‡
²¶$
$
¶"\ƒ
‘
†ƒ
¶‡‡‡ƒ¶‘‡‡‡ƒ[„‡‡‡ƒ
²¶ƒ²¶‘ƒ²¶„†ƒ
²¶„†‡ƒ²¶„†ƒ²¶„†„ƒ²¶„‡‡
²¶„„‡‡ƒ²¶„†‡
¶‘‡‡‡
²¶$
“{$
`{
‡
²¶>
_
Ÿ
²¶™]>
=
`
²¶™]>‹[—>ž‡[>ž‡
™]>
{
–=">{
{
`™]>
{{
]
²¶
_
>ž‡ƒ
{
™]>
`[<=‡‡
\
ƒ
„‡‡‡
ƒ
{{{
{{{'‡‡‡
"$"
š
"„‡‡–„
|'‘~„š
"
„‡‡"
š
"
„‡‡"
"$„
š
"„‡‡
"$„
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡>
š\
–{{
"`

"_{ š
ž$`
|„
'‘~„
š
™
"$
š
"$
š
¶$$`
"$
"„‡‡"
"$„
š
"„‡‡
"$„
|„~–`‚"`œ>
±>{_

{
`{
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
25
Software House
C·Cure 9000 Software Enhancements
"{
"
$
>
`
™]>
=
`
$
$
>
`
05/16
™]>
=
`
$
[<=‡‡‹
26
Software House
C·Cure 9000 Software Enhancements
"
<\®$™{“–
“
{{
ƒ
„ƒ‡‡‡`
]ƒ{
ƒ
{
_>>–Ÿ‡‡‡`_
"ƒ`{
_{
_{
{

Œ
\_
œ=—
><]""®"
š_`
{
=
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡`=
]>
`{
`=
_["
<\
$™{“–
`{
>{"]®
>>–
Ÿ‡‡‡_
{
{
|
„„‡
~"
<\$
{_
`
`{`
ƒ
`
ƒ_ƒ
`{
`
_
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
`ƒ_
"
<\$ƒ
ƒ
`{_`{
_"
<\$
\
ƒ˜
``
\
"
<\$ƒ{
Œ
\_
œ=—><]""®"ƒ
{
„ƒ‡‡‡`
[{
`
_
$=‹
³
[
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡ƒ
_
{
ƒ
{
{
ƒƒ
``
_
[=`_
ƒ
ƒ
`ƒ
{_ƒ`
ƒƒ
05/16
27
Software House
C·Cure 9000 Software Enhancements
["
<\®$=
`
]
{_`
_
œ`
]˜ƒ
ƒ`
`
<
ƒ{
`
`
"
<\®ƒ]
“]–›„†‡\|‡‡‡‡‘¤~
"
<\®${
{㠠
`
$_{ƒ`{
_
`
>_
`
"
<\®ƒ“
¸
„‡‡‡
'_
“
`{
œ½
{
¦
—
™›${<
"
<\®$
{{
™
\
\
{
`˜
=
{
`{`\ >{{›=
“
†
_
_
œ
<_{
›{{
$
ƒ_
"
<\®ƒ“
>
>>Ÿ‡‡‡"[<>^
"[<$–"š
"[<$–“$š
"[<$–š
05/16
>·>–Ÿ‡‡‡
`"
<\$
`–
"
<\$`ƒ
ƒ
{
ƒ
<\$`
_`
"
<\$`ƒ
ƒ"
\
28
Software House
System Redundancy eveRun MX

“[
"
`>>–
“
“
`{
\
"_{
{
"`
{
`
_{ƒ
`
]{_{{
{=[``
²
{
_{``
"
`
_
\
_`
]
`
_
_{`
>{>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
>>–
‡‡›‡‡‡
š
_{
ƒ_{
{
{
_³{_
"{{
`
[
³
–
®`
_
¦
`
¡
{

[
³–
¶
""_ƒ`
_
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
>>–‡‡›‡‡‡_{

³–
`
_
`{``
_
_
_`>>–
_{š{
_`{
_{
``ƒ
–
`{
{
{`–
"
`{
\`>>–
{
_`_{
™_\
{
ƒ
`_{_\
`_{{
`–
¶``ƒ
`
_{{
{
{
{
ƒ
``ƒ
_
{
_{`
8(
–
""`
_{
{_`
{
<]‹ƒ–
""
\__{
{`–
¶`=`
_{
ƒ>>–{
`_
™
_
{ƒ{
`
ƒ
`
_
""
`
{
`_{`
–
¶
_ƒ{
_`
š
ƒ
`
{
[{
_`
_
05/16
29
Software House
System Redundancy eveRun MX
™`

_
ƒ
>
"`œ
<¶<–%'
`
`
]
_$`
"
`
{
<¶—'
_
[
"§‘ž††„
ž„„‡‡‡‡>]<<[­>|‡‡‡‡„„††Ÿ„'~š
{`
`{
‚
–
¶
`{±
<¶"<'
=
{
_
{
ƒ
ƒ{ƒ
{
{
_
{
ƒ
ƒ{ƒ
{
$
>>–‡‡›‡‡‡
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡¾
>>–_{
{

–
¶<–%ƒ
>>‡‡{‘‡ƒ
‡‡‡
ƒ‡‡‡
>>Ÿ‡‡‡{–
"
–
¶
—ƒ>>‡‡{
„‡ƒ‡>>Ÿ‡‡‡
{´ƒ–

–
¶
"<ƒ>>‡‡{
ƒ†ƒ‡>>Ÿ‡‡‡
{<ƒƒ‹ƒ$
everRun MX Diagram
]_<
\
"
"
$
‹\

{
‹\
´{>{
´{>{
´{"|~
${_"
–{"
]_<
\
$
‹\

{
‹\

{
>
|~
05/16
‹

_

{
>
"›%_
]
\
´{
$
\
30
Software House
–_]>
]
“
>``
„
–
"
`
–_
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
`
¡`_
`
=
``ƒ
[>>–Ÿ‡‡‡""
``
ƒ
ƒ
˜
`
{"
{
_
{
{
>
|"]"~
™_{
`
$>
{
ƒ>>–Ÿ‡‡‡""
>{
`"`œ
``
`{
ƒ„ƒ
„‘‡%™|""—~
{
_{_
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡""
_
=
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡š>
{`
_
\_ƒ
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
`
]
=$
\
_
œ{
\
ƒ
`>>–Ÿ‡‡‡`®
{{_
{
_{`
_
=
ƒ¡®“`®ƒ%ª>{ [
<]‹`
_{`{_
_
`
\
`
“{
\ƒ{
ƒ
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡""`ƒ{{
Ÿ
\
``ƒ`ƒ
{
=
]{
—_
{
`
{
{
`
ƒ
ƒƒ
{ƒ
_{˜$
`
_
{
`
ƒ
ƒ
\]```
_
¡
ƒ
_{`
]„‘‡%™""—
{
ƒ{\
`
\
]{
_
{
_
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡""{
_`"`œ
{
]
_ƒ
_
\ƒ\
{
ƒ{
`
05/16
Order Codes3:
""–„‡>
""–„'>
""–„„>
""–„™–
""–„‡'$
""–„'„$
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡""ƒ
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡""ƒ
'
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡""ƒ
„
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡""
{
\ƒŸ
\{
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡""
„
%
"`ƒ
'
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡""
„
%
"`ƒ
'„
31
Software House
Customisable Monitoring Station
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡""``
`
_
{_`{
{¡
^_{{
¡
`
__{_
{ƒ
`{\_^_
{{
{_
`
›$=‹{{
Exceptionally Reliable Security
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡“=$"Ÿž
_{{
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡""|
~ƒ
"[]–
"[]–¶
`š
ƒ`
ƒ
`
`
[
{
ƒ{`
ƒ
`
{
—
``
{
{
ƒ"
_ƒœ=$]]ƒ
„>“–$
˜\
`_`
ƒ{ƒ_
{`
]
_ƒ>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"“
_{_ƒ
`
ƒ
%
{
³œ"$—„{ƒ
š
{\
_
%"]³$_]>
"_{|$]>"~
_[{``{
]$<`$]>"=
`[>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"
"`
`œ"$—„
{
{
`ƒ
ƒ
{ƒ
$=ƒ[š=>ƒ>]>ƒ
$==
ƒ
`{\
`
`{
{`>œ=—
`{{
`
{
|`?Z<!Q*!`
=
{
ƒ{{ƒ
{
_
_`
¡
`_{
_ ƒ
ƒ
[
`
`{
_
`{
`
Intuitive Badging
<
‚š­"š­%±
|š­"=š­%~
>>–=—`
`
_
{
`­
`
™_
{`_
{_
`__{{
`
`
]>
]
$\š
\ƒ
_
__
`{
\
­
`
`
_{{
{`
\
_
š{
{
ƒ_
›{{{`{
=“]–®|^¨‘^~ƒ><]""®ƒ
—"“®[
{{
`
`
_`_
›
ƒ\
ƒ–`
>>–=—
{
`{
`{
!}Z;
%
¡
_{›{{
\›
\`
`
]
`_
`{_{
¡
05/16
32
Software House
Q
Capabilities
–{
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
""``
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
š>
=
ƒ_
{
ƒ__
{`ƒ
ƒ
›ƒ
ƒ
{
_{_
_
_`{
_$>>>–Ÿ‡‡‡š
>
__`{\
ƒ
_
_{
=³{
__ƒ{
ƒ
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡_{`{
_
Robust Enterprise Solution
>_
¡`
_{
]"ƒ`_{
`
"]""]"
{{
_]"`
ƒ{
˜
ƒ
]"`{
_{{
`
_{
`{
›
]
`{
`{]"
_
"]"
{[
]"
_
"]"ƒ
`{
"_
¡
`{
_
_
{
`
\_
``
_
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡""
|"]"~{{
_
{
|]"~`
'\!"!<?<!
!"
$' $'
iSTAR eX
iSTAR PRO
Enterprise Architecture
!;<
=<>?["<
=<
'
'
$'
\]"<
$' $'
05/16
!;<
iSTAR eX
iSTAR PRO
!;<
33
Software House
SiteServer Model
µ`
–
µ`
=
µ`

µ`>
µ`"{
>
µ`"
™
>
]{
—_
{=
=
]{
—_
{=
=
‘
—">$"=
=
]‚^‚
„
„
žƒ‡‡‡
†›‡
ݠ
=
=
—
=
]‚ƒ„‚
'
„†'
„†'
žƒ‡‡‡
†›‡
ݠ
=
=
—
=
]‚…]‚
„
†„
†„
„ƒ‡‡‡
†›‡
ݠ
=
=
—
=
$^
_
<
!#!]
—{
|œš—~
Ÿ'„‡Ÿ‘Ÿ{
š
‘'\
> "
“{“
—\


Ÿ
\{
{
|\~
<—=
$ƒ"——ƒ
\›
`
=;!
>$
=
®>†‘
>
=
Ÿ†%
=
=>œ'
{_
'%™"—=——–„
‘‡‡›†
‹
"„†
"][]ƒ„‘‡%™
<>
‹\
[‡›‡‡›%™
ƒ
]>›‹=>
_
]"„†'ƒ“=$"Ÿž
—_=
` œ—=ƒ—=
%]
"™
05/16
“

„|„‡œ"{~
„|‡""{~
–
„|„‡œ"{~
„|‡""{~

"_{ š
"
ž |{~
—
`"´<
<
"
™¡
$ƒ
ƒ
“
ƒ%{
ƒ=
ƒ
"{`>
ƒ"
>
"
"[]–ƒ"[]–¶ƒ"[]–
$ƒ>›¶ƒ>›<
34
Software House
Environmental

[{
‡¢>†‡¢>
"[{
„‡¢>ž‡¢>
œ{_
‡ Ÿ†¤–œƒ
$
$–
{{
„‡›„‘‡]>
‡‡š
™[ž‡‡
(
{
“>>$†ƒ>]
>‹††‡„„ƒ>]
>‹'‡‡‡„
‹'‡‡‡
=>"‡‡›‹™‡‡ƒ>]
]"›‹²">="$–„„ƒ>]
={{
_>
‹†‡‡‘
"`_
<'‡Ÿ†‡|„
~
=>›‹'‡Ÿ†‡
>"]>„„„'‡Ÿ†‡
{
–œ"ƒš
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡š>

{{"_{
–{
™
`=
žƒƒŸ|„
'‘~
ƒ ¡®“`®|„
'‘~ƒ%ª>{|„
'‘~>

"_{š
ž|„
'‘~`"ª ‘‡†‡
|„~>>–Ÿ‡‡‡""
ƒ
_›\_›{
%]
"™
“
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
\
ƒ`
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡=
%`{
{{
``
|~"`
<—]$
"—^
|‘~“
ƒ
`{{
"›"`
—
05/16
35
Software House
iSTAR Power Centres
"[]–]
$>
“

^_\{
"šœ
\_
<{{
[``
__
–{
œ
{
–<]
_
`ž]|
`$"
`~
=
{
{
{
`
–
``
{
{
']„‘]
`
]
'„‘]
"[]–
]>
ƒ
>{
{{¡
_{
ƒ
¡
\_

`="[]–""[]–$|%>
„]>~„—>
$
|`~
|ž~]
_
_
[
_
`

`
"[]–
ƒ
™_
]\_
]`\
]{_
{|]ƒ„]~
™{_
`
`
__
<\`
`ƒ
\“
<—
`_
[
`
[
`{
`
„–<]_`ž]œ
"
`
`<\
_``$"
_`
{
_
>{„‘—><\$"
05/16
36
Software House
iSTAR Power Centres
[
"`

Environmental

{
‡¿>§‘‡¿>
"{
„‡¿>§†‡¿>
š
‹'‡†„Ÿ=$„‡
œ{_{{Ÿ†¤
Enclosure
—{
|šœ—~
†‘ž{{žž‡{{''{{
š
£„„^|`~

${
|–]<Ÿ‡'ƒš~
<!<‚;;<<

ž'„'‘]>‘ž'œ¡

>
£‘†‡]|`
>
_ ‡{{À
{
\
|†{{À„„†{{À~
“
™"'„]±
`
‡]œ–>„‡†{{`|–"
‘„'†ƒ–"†'†Ÿ„~

%
<—
Installed power supply units
>
›– <\
„
!!!*\!;;Z
Specifications
=;;<<
<„—>|ž~
<
]{{
<` „‡†{{]´\
`

%
<—

%
<—
–<]™_
ž—>`„–<]
_
–<]™_
„‡†{{‡]´\
`
{
>
_ $>™{
\|„†{{À~
>
_ $>™{
\|„†{{À~
05/16
Mains failure signalling contacts
>
`
"
“_ ‡£'‡
{{ ‡—>
{{
]
>
_ $>™{
\|„†{{À~
Battery low voltage signalling contacts
>
`
"
{{ ‡—>
{{
]
>
_ $>™{
\|„†{{À~
$<";\!;;Zƒ!]
=;;<<
<„—>|ž~
<
]{{
‡{
<` ]|„]{{
_~
„]|†]{{
_~
"`
`
“
§„—>“|§“~–
{
|§–~‡
{{
`
“
›$|~
`
=
$>™¬{
`
“
›$|~
§„|$>™˜{
› `
~

%
<—
–<]™_
ž—>`„–<]
_
–<]™_
„‡†{{‡]´\ `
{
>
_ $>™{
\|„†{{À
37
Software House
iSTAR Power Centres
=;;\!!``<<
>
`
"
“_ ‡£'‡
{{ ‡—>
{{
]
>
_ $>™{
\|„†{{À
Battery low voltage signalling contacts
>
`
"
{{ ‡—>
{{
]
>
_ $>™{
\|„†{{À~
Compliance
‹'‡‡‡„„‡‡'§]„„‡‡Ÿ
{
{_
|>~<{<{`
{
{
|{
£'
]~
‹'‡‡‡„‡ {
{_
|>~<{<{
` ƒ
`
`\
_
_{ƒ`{
d']
˜
‹'‡‡‡'„‡‡ž {
{_
|>~%
={{
_`
ƒ
{{
{
‹'‡‡‡'„‡‡ž§]„‡
{
{_
|>~%
{
`
ƒ{{
{
‹'„‡‘„‡‡ <ƒ
{
{_|>~
‹'„‡‘ž„‡‡' <ƒ
"`_
{
‹†‡†„‡„
[
{
`
{
`
`
¡
05/16
Order Codes :
—]‹"[]–']
"[]–‡‡$"
—]‹"[]–„‘]
"[]–‡'$"
[_']$>
`
"[]–
^"[]–
%>›]>
[_$
>
|—]‹"[]–']~
[_„‘]$>
`
"[]–'
^"[]–
%>›„]>
[_
$>
|—]‹
"[]–„‘]~
38
Software House
iSTAR Power Centres
"[]–"$–]
$>
“

^_\{
"šœ
\_
<{{
[``
__
–{
œ
{
–<]
_
`ž]|
`$"
`~
=
{
{
{
`
–
``
{
{
]
'„‘]
"[]–
']„‘]
`
ƒ
]>
_{
>{
{{¡
ƒ
¡
\_

`="[]–""[]–$|%>
$
|`~
„]>~„—>
_
|ž~]
_
[
_
`

`
"[]–
ƒ
™_
]
]{_
™{_
\_
]`\
__
{|]ƒ„]~
<\`
`ƒ
`
`[
\“
<—
`_
`
`{
`
[
"
`
`<\
„–<]_`ž]œ
_`
_``$"
{
_
>{„‘—><\$"
05/16
39
Software House
iSTAR Power Centres
[
"`

Environmental

{
‡¿>§‘‡¿>
"{
„‡¿>§†‡¿>
š
‹'‡†„Ÿ=$„‡
œ{_{{Ÿ†¤
Enclosure
—{
|šœ—~
†‘ž{{žž‡{{''{{
š
£„„^|`~

${
|–]<Ÿ‡'ƒš~
<!<‚;;<<

ž'„'‘]>‘ž'œ¡

>
£‘†‡]|`
>
_ {
\
|†{{À„„†{{À~
“
™"'„†]±
`
†]œ–>„‡†{{`

%
<—
Installed power supply units
>
›– <\
„
!!!*\!;;Z
Specifications
=;;<<
< „—>|ž~
<
]{{
<` „‡†{{]´\
`

%
<—

%
<—
–<]™_
ž—>`„–<]
_
–<]™_
„‡†{{‡]´\
`
{
>
_ $>™{
\|„†{{À~
05/16
Mains failure signalling contacts
>
`
"
“_ ‡£'‡
{{ ‡—>
{{
]
>
_ $>™{
\|„†{{À~
Battery low voltage signalling contacts
>
`
"
{{ ‡—>
{{
]
>
_ $>™{
\|„†{{À~
$<";\!;;Zƒ!]
=;;<<
<„—>|ž~
<
]{{
‡{
<` ]|„]{{
_~
„]|†]{{
_~"`
`
“
§„—>“|§“~–
{
|§–~‡
{{
`
“
›$|~
`
=
$>™¬{
`
“
›$|~
§„|$>™˜{
›
`
~

%
<—
–<]™_
ž—>`„–<]
_
–<]™_
„‡†{{‡]´\
`
{
>
_ $>™{
\|„†{{À~
40
Software House
iSTAR Power Centres
=;;\!!``<<
>
`
"
“_ ‡£'‡
{{ ‡—>
{{
]
>
_ $>™{
\|„†{{À~
Battery low voltage signalling contacts
>
`
"
{{ ‡—>
{{
]
>
_ $>™{
\|„†{{À~
Compliance
‹'‡‡‡„„‡‡'§]„„‡‡Ÿ
{
{_
>~<{<{`
{
{
|{
£'
]~
‹'‡‡‡„‡ {
{_
|>~<{<{
`
ƒ
`
`\
__{ƒ
`{
d']
˜
‹'‡‡‡'„‡‡ž {
{_
|>~%
={{
_`
ƒ
{{
{
‹'‡‡‡'„‡‡ž§]„‡
{
{_
|>~%
{
`
ƒ{{
{
‹'„‡‘„‡‡ <ƒ
{
{_|>~
‹'„‡‘ž„‡‡' <ƒ
"`_
{
‹†‡†„‡„
[
{
`
{
`
`
¡
05/16
Order Codes :
—]‹"[]–"']
"[]–‡‡"$"
—]‹"[]–"„‘]
"[]–‡'"$"
[_$>
`
"[]–"¨$
^"[]–
%>›]>
[_$
>
|—]‹"[]–"']~
[_$>
`
"[]–"¨$'
^"[]–
%>›„]>
[_
$>
|—]‹"[]–"„‘]~
41
Software House
iSTAR Power Centres
–\{
„‘]$>
“

=
{{
`ƒ{
_

`
{{
]˜\
[``
__
´\`
œ
{
–<]
_
`ž]|
`$"
`~
>ƒ
{
{
>{
{{¡
ƒ
¡
\_
$
|`~
_
]
ٱ\{
[
_
{
„—>
_

`
™_
]{_
[
„—>|ž~]
™{_
`
__
<\`
`ƒ
[
_
`
\“
<—
`_
ƒ
`{
`
]
"
`
`<\
\_
]`\
_`
{|]ƒ„]~
{
_
`
`[
„‘—><\$"
`
[
„–<]_`ž]œ_``
$""`"[]–
_{
05/16
42
Software House
iSTAR Power Centres
[
"`

Environmental

{
‡¿>§‘‡¿>
"{„‡¿>§†‡¿>
š
‹'‡†„Ÿ=$„‡
œ{_
{{Ÿ†¤
Enclosure
—{
|šœ—~‘‡{{|Ÿ±\~{{
|~‘‡{{
š£^|`~
${
|–]<Ÿ‡'ƒ\~
<!<‚;;<<

ž'„'‘]>‘ž'œ¡

>
£‘†‡]|`
>
_ {
\
|†{{À„„†{{À~
“
™"'„†]±
`
†]œ–>„‡†{{`

%
<—
Installed power supply units
>
›– <\
„
!!!*\!;;Z
Specifications
=;;<<
< „—>|ž~
<
]{{
<` „‡†{{]´\
`

%
<—

%
<—
–<]™_
ž—>`„–<]
_
–<]™_
„‡†{{‡]´\
`
{
>
_ $>™{
\|„†{{À~
05/16
Mains failure signalling contacts
>
`
"
“_ ‡£'‡
{{ ‡—>
{{
]
>
_ $>™{
\|„†{{À~
Battery low voltage signalling contacts
>
`
"
{{ ‡—>
{{
]
>
_ $>™{
\|„†{{À~
$<";\!;;Zƒ!]
=;;<<
<„—>|ž~
<
]{{
‡{
<` ]|„]{{
_~
„]|†]{{
_~"`
`
“
§„—>“|§“~–
{
|§–~‡
{{
`
“
›$|~
`
=
$>™¬{
`
“
›$|~
§„|$>™˜{
›
`
~

%
<—
–<]™_
ž—>`„–<]
_
–<]™_
„‡†{{‡]´\
`
{
>
_ $>™{
\|„†{{À~
=
\“"\
­
43
Software House
iSTAR Power Centres
=;;\!!``<<
>
`
"
“_ ‡£'‡
{{ ‡—>
{{
]
>
_ $>™{
\|„†{{À~
Battery low voltage signalling contacts
>
`
"
{{ ‡—>
{{
]
>
_ $>™{
\|„†{{À~
Compliance
‹'‡‡‡„„‡‡'§]„„‡‡Ÿ
{
{_
|>~<{<{`
{
{
|{
£'
]~
‹'‡‡‡„‡ {
{_
|>~<{<{
`
ƒ
`
`\
__{ƒ
`{
d']
˜
‹'‡‡‡'„‡‡ž {
{_
|>~%
={{
_`
ƒ
{{
{
‹'‡‡‡'„‡‡ž§]„‡
{
{_
|>~%
{
`
ƒ{{
{
‹'„‡‘„‡‡ <ƒ
{
{_|>~
‹'„‡‘ž„‡‡' <ƒ
"`_
{
‹†‡†„‡„
[
{
`
{
`
`
¡
05/16
Order Codes :
—]‹–]>^$"„‘]
—
ٱ\{
$
>
„—>„‘]
44
Software House
Door Controllers
"[]–]>
“
„–
“
"[]–`ƒ
\_
„[
`
{{
{
`
{
–\{
{
`_ƒ"[]–³
\{
{
{
`\
`
"[]–`
<
\
`
_{ƒ{
_
_`_{
;;!;…]!
"[]–
_{
`
`\ƒ
{
„_
"[]–ƒ`'{_{`{]
>
³|]>~=›
{`\
"[]–`{
_
{_
“{
ƒ"[]–
'–"‘†ƒ
"[]–%
>
|%>~
„%™–]
'%™"—`{{_ƒ
\`
\{{
[%>
]>ƒ]>
š
–ƒ
„‘
'
_
_
`
$`
\_
`
„
{\{
{
œ
<
{"`{
_
_
=
\
‹
¡
`
_
<>—{
`{

†‡‡ƒ‡‡‡
{{_
—
``{
\
\
`

„†']"
\
_
>{>>–Ÿ‡‡‡„‡
„
]\{{
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
`_
{
\
–\{
{`_
{
%
`
{
"[]–
{<>—
`{
—\
``
"—{{_]{
\_\\
`
'\!"Z
"[]–
\
`{_
_{{
]"„†'“=$"Ÿž
\
_
ƒ{\_{
{
ƒ
`{
\
"[]–
_
{
=$ƒ
—œ>$
—‹"{`_
\
=
ƒ`"[]–
>
`
_|=>~{_
_
ƒ
`
{ƒ
`{`{
`
|~']>
|„~"[]–
{>>–‡‡›‡‡‡
05/16
45
Software House
Door Controllers
Q$<"*\!
`
["[]–³]>``
ƒ
`{
{
\
`
[]>
_\
`
|
~
]>\`
[`
`
``
|„
„‘`{~
`_\
_\
{_
``_
<"‚
9QZ
"[]–
{\{
`
ƒ
{
"%>
]>{
\{¡_{
“{ƒ%>
{
`
``\ƒ]>
`
`\“
]>_
›
{`
ƒ]>
{
`
`
\
_
ƒ\ƒ\„ƒ
{
`_=
ƒ
\$[>`
`
¡ƒ
\
_`\`{
\
_
\\
`{
ƒ
{
``_{
Z;*!#?
Control
"[]–{\_{{
`__
>>–[{{
_
`{
{ƒ\
\
_
`{
–\_>{{
`
›
$=‹{{
^_
{{
{
{
¡
Ensure Reliable Communication with Clusters
"[]–{{
{
{{
>`
`'
__
_
`_
``
“{ƒ
\
$<†Q‚*Q<"
$``"_{š"_]
\
`{
\
%
\`
{{_
™
\
ƒ
\
>>–
[
ƒ`
ƒ
_`
>>–
{
;!#$Z
]
``{
{_
\
\\
``
[`
{_
ƒ
`{{
`
=
ƒ
`{
\_
ƒ
\
\
¡
`_
`{
`_
`
\_[\_
`
_
—=$
"[]–_
`
\{
{
05/16
46
Software House
Door Controllers
!9!?<<!Z
"[]–
`{`
„†'ƒ
{
`_
`
{`{"[]–
`„‡‡“]">‹`{`
{
"%
{
³“=$"„‡
ƒ„%=—`{`$==
[
`{
_
"[]–
{\
``
`{`{{
`
{ƒƒƒ
_ƒ
_ƒ_{ƒ`
{
`<
{
`{``
ƒ
_{
{‡
!?!9QZ
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡ƒ"[]–
{
`
`[{`
{
{
{
`
“
`_ƒ"[]–
„`{_{
`{ƒ
{[
_{_|
„'ƒžƒ>‡‡‡~
`{`{
05/16
>‚`<Z_
_!Q?
"[]–
<>—
ƒƒƒ
=
ƒ
\ƒ_
{
`
››
{›{
›››{{_
››
››`{
"
››|]>~
=$
››
9Z`!
`$<"
¡
"[]–ƒ]\`{
]""]]™<­{{
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡ƒ
`_
{
\
„]\
{
_
"[]–=
\ƒ]
\ƒ
_
`_
_{
\{{
]"„
_
_
]ƒ
"[]–
{–"‘†{{
{{
\
]_
{`{]
"[]–
>>–
Ÿ‡‡‡
{ƒ
`
_`
™
ƒ
{{
_ƒ{ƒ
{{
_{
47
Software House
Door Controllers
"[]–
š<\"_{<_
]
"3
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡>
–"‘†
šœ
<\
"[]–š
]š<\
šœ
<\
]š<\
[
œš—
'–
|~[>>–Ÿ‡‡‡"{
]
"
$^
_
<
*?Z<
—{
|œš—~
š
'††'‡„ž{{
–\
%> '‘‘†„†„{{
|„\~
–\
]> ž†‘‘†„†{{
|‘\~
%>™
'†„''„'{{
]>™
†Ÿž'{{
`?
š
„\
–\
%> ‘\
–\
]> ‘\
 '
ƒ
{
Environmental

[{
‡†‡¢>

–œ{_
†Ÿ†¤–œ
"[{
„‡'‡¢>
05/16
Electrical
$–{
ƒ%>
„—>§›„‡¤ƒ‡†]
†]–"‘†
$–{
ƒ
]>
]>„—>§›„‡¤ƒ
‡†]{
ƒ„]{
`
|ƒ
{ƒ$=–~]> \|
~ ‡‡—>ƒ„]{|
\
]>~
œ—
%>'™[›ƒ]>
„‡†™[›
{_
–[>™\
>–„‡„{_
–[>\¦
``
{{_
48
Software House
Door Controllers
$^
_
<
Z'\!"
>$
“¶'%œ¡
>]Ÿ
"_{{_ „%™–]
"—"
'%™"—
${_‹\$
‡›‡‡›‡‡‡ƒ`ƒ
"
_‹\$
‡›‡‡›‡‡‡ƒ`ƒ
‹\
_

]"„†'ƒ
{\_{
{
=
"
<>—`
ƒ<—`
ƒ<]‹_ƒ
_ƒƒ
_
{_>_‘
[
ƒ`›
ƒ‘‡ †‡‡ƒ‡‡‡
[
™``"¡
‡ƒ‡‡‡{
{{ƒ†‡‡ƒ‡‡‡
{{{
;=;%†
—=
>
{ƒ]>`ƒ
_
<%†
{
Specifications for Aperio Support5
%>–"‘†$
>
]œ
„
µ`]œ
–"‘†$
†
µ`]<\
–"‘†$
'
05/16
Specifications per ACM Board„
–
‹{`–"ƒ
]>™
[_`–"
š
–|–"‘†~
–[
"
[
_ƒ${_ƒ
"{>|
$===¨
[š=>~ƒš
ƒ

"|–
_~
{{—
—
–ƒ„Ÿ{
š
†‡{
–$]
|
_~
„—>ƒ†]{
|
–
~
–$"=

›``
ƒ
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
–™>{{
ƒ–"‘†`
ƒƒ
`
Inputs
‹{`%
$
=
]>
„‘ƒ
`
]
—=
{ƒ`{
\ƒ`{\_
|
~
=
„
={
–
49
Software House
Door Controllers
$^
_
<
Ordering Inforamtion
=;
‹{`–_
]>
'|`\
ƒ
`
~
$“[]>|<
<„~ƒ
‡‡—>ƒ„]{
``
_>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
$"
=
_
`
˜{
|ƒ<<„~ƒ_
_
$|š~‡ž†]\
`
`
`|<<„~
${_<\–
ƒ
—_>
‡‡]>›—>ƒ†]{
"
_–
ƒ
—_>
‡‡]>›—>ƒ]{
$
=
$[>`ƒ
ƒ
¡ƒ
_
|{_
\\
_~

„
_
–{
–
"[]–‡‡
"[]–‡'
"[]–%>„
"[]–]>‘
"[]–>]‹
"[]–%>
Regulatory
]>
"`_
=
>
_
<„Ÿ‘ƒ>"]>„„„‹„‡†
|>
~¦™]{<
‡ž'ƒ<‡ž'|>
~
>‹††‡„„ƒ‹††‡„‘ƒ‹
'‡Ÿ†‡
=>'‡Ÿ†‡
“>>$†>]ƒ‹
††‡„„ƒ=>"‡‡
|>
~ƒ>>=>]=[
|¬
~ƒ>[\|]"›‹²">="$–
„„]›‹²
~
‹††‡„‘ƒ‹†‡‡‘ƒ=>
'„†ŸŸ„ƒ‹'‡‡‡'
“=$"Ÿžƒ“=$"„‡
"[]–]>
"[]–>
`
ƒš{
%
>

]>

|š
–~
$"
"[]–>
`
'ƒš{
%
>

]>

'|š
–~
$"
"[]–%>ƒŸ±
„\{
"„]>
™–"‘†
`]\
|„{~
"[]–]>ƒŸ±
‘\{
"–
–š
"[]–š{
"[]–%
>
|%>~
"[]–]>
|]>~
|‘~{_
_
{
ƒ
ƒ
`
`{
|†~"[]–
„|]>
›~`'{_{`{
]>|'~]>"[]–
05/16
50
Software House
Door Controllers
"[]–$
“
[
"`œ®"[]–$„
–\
'
{_`š
–
>{
\
ƒ"[]–$–\

{
ƒ
{\
`=[`
[
\
{
_
{
‘=[\
„[\ƒ
š
„\
_{
{
ƒ
`\
`
{
`
=[{[{
{
`=[{
``
ƒ_
{
{
{
"[]–$–\
—_
{œ
>
`
$|—œ>$~{`_
“_ƒ
—{
‹{"|—‹"~ƒ
š
=
‹{
"|š=‹"~ƒ“_
´`—{
‹{
|“´—‹~ƒ
{
\{
{
]`
<>—_{_{
`\
<—
{
05/16
"
<
=[\
>
'
„
$
``
\
“
<>—
<—
\
=
_
œ
_
—
\<]‹`
\
>{>>–®‡‡›‡‡‡
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡

„\_
\
"{
{`{ƒ
“=$"„‡
`{ƒ`_ƒ`
š
ƒ
{
=[``
_
_{
[_`
`
_
\`_{
{
ƒ
{
ƒ_
`
`
`{
{_`{
_
_
`_
`
{
_
¡
š
_{{
ƒ
\
ƒ
\ƒ
_
{{
ƒ"[]–$–\
_
\
{
=[{
51
Software House
Door Controllers
Controller
Controller
;<Z„‡
> ;<Zƒ]^
>
‹{`
ƒ
›
ƒ †„†ƒ‡‡‡
ƒ„‡‡ƒ‡‡‡
‹{`
ƒ
›
„Ÿ†ƒ‡‡‡
'‡ƒ‡‡‡
ƒ
‹{`
ƒ`›
ž‡ƒ‡‡‡
ž†ƒ‡‡‡
ƒ
‹{`
ƒ`›
‡ƒ‡‡‡
„†‡ƒ‡‡‡
ƒ‘‡
$_
—{
|œš—~Ÿ‘†‘{
–\"–{
„|
\
~
{
‡¢†‡¢>
†Ÿ†¤{_ƒ
š
†\
œ[{]{
'‡¢§›'¢>
$–{
Ÿ‡›„'‘]>ƒ†‡›'‡œ¡
=
$
‘]›„†‡`
$|~
ž†š
œ—
|[_~
„‡™[›
{_
–[>™\

ƒ‹{œ
{
{{
„
`–]
–[>
‹\>{{
‡›™[
"
<]‹$ ‡›‡‡$>
>=]
\
=
"
<—`ƒ{
<>—`
"_{{_
'‘™–]
¦
„™
–_
[
`_[<]‹"=›<
„Ÿ‘„‡‡‘>
“>>$†>™
–œ"
05/16
$_`
>"]>„„„‹'‡Ÿ†‡ ‡
–ƒ=

–$
'
–"
––
{ƒš
–ƒ=

–$
'
–"
––
{ƒš
–[
"
[
_
${_
"{>
š

"
{{—
—
–ƒ„Ÿ{š

†‡{
–™>{{
–"‘†`ƒ ƒ
`
"=
„ƒ
=
„
=
{
–

'_
_
–
‡]>›—>ƒ„†]
ƒ
†‡]

„
“{>
–_
–
{
–
[{" [ƒ`
52
Software House
Door Controllers
>
"[]–‡‡„–
"[]–‡'„–
"[]–‡‡„š
"[]–‡'„š
05/16
"[]–$ƒŸ±„\
{
"
––
'‘™–]%>'
{=›$¨{›$
>
`
'ƒ{`
]>"
$<
"[]–$ƒŸ±„\
{
"
'––
'‘™–]%>„
{=›$¨'{›$
"
$<
"[]–$ƒŸ±„\
{
"
š
{
'‘™–]%>
'{=›$¨{›
$>
`
'ƒ{`
]>–
`
=›
"
$<
"[]–$ƒŸ±„\
{
"
'š
{
'‘™–]
%>„{=›$¨'
{›$„–`
=›"
$<
"[]–‡‡„–^
"[]–‡'„–^
"[]–‡‡„š^
"[]–‡'„š^
"[]–$ƒŸ±„\
{
"
––
'‘™–]%>'
{=›$¨{›$
>
`
'ƒ{`
]>"
^
$<
"[]–$ƒŸ±„\
{
"
'––
'‘™–]%>„
{=›$¨'{›$
"
^$<
"[]–$ƒŸ±„\
{
"
š
{
'‘™–]%>
'{=›$¨{›
$>
`
'ƒ{`
]>–`
=›"
^
$<
"[]–$ƒŸ±„\
{
"
'š
{
'‘™–]
%>„{=›$¨'
{›$„–`
=›"
^
$<
53
Software House
Door Controllers
"[]–¶=
‹\>
“
]"„†'
_

ƒ“=$"
Ÿž
_
—
™‡›‡‡[
$
“
{{
{`
™=
$"$```
`
>{^_
{
"
`ƒ`
`{
{³
`_
“_
"_{—
––ƒ
–‘
–‘{`
š
=›
_\"[]–¶ {
;`?!;!!!
`
"[]–¶`ƒ
_
{
`
_ š–
`]{
"[]–¶
'
¦=›
{
{
–›{
_
“
ƒ
]"„†'
_
ƒ
]
>
`
{
"[]–¶"%
{
³“=$"
>

—{
{
Ÿž
_
ƒ
_
{{
`
“=$"‘‡„
`_{"[]–
]
$\
>"
¶`
$
`
{
¡
"_|$"~ƒ
```
{_
`ƒ
{\`
$$š™—
_{
{`|>“~
{
¡
_
{{_```_
\{ƒš
\
"[]–¶=$
["[]–¶
=›``
{
_
_|'
ƒƒ‘
š
–~"[]–¶_
`
"™
[{{>>–
_\_]
–|†~
‡‡›‡‡‡
Ÿ‘
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
_
_\_
"™
Ÿ„={'‘™`
–]|
~
<>—_"[]–¶
{
_`
"[]–$`
"[]–¶"`œ³–
ƒ
–
_
`{ƒ{ƒƒ
š
`“—œ>$
`
_`
<]‹
`{\
{_=[`
_[
‡›‡‡[
`
<]‹`
{{
"[]–¶{
>>–‡‡›‡‡‡Ÿ
>>–
Ÿ‡‡‡
‡
05/16
54
Software House
Door Controllers
>
"[]–¶‡‡‘š'‘
"[]–¶‡‡‘'‘‹™
"[]–¶‡‡‘'‘‹$"
"[]–¶‡‡š'‘
"[]–¶‡‡'‘‹™
"[]–¶‡‡'‘‹$"
"[]–¶‡‡$%
"[]–¶ƒ'‘™–]
"`ƒ
_ƒ_ƒ
ƒ<
"[]–¶ƒ'‘™–]ƒ
™_"`
ƒ_ƒ
ƒ"<]
_ƒ<
"[]–¶ƒ'‘™–]ƒ
$"™_"
`ƒ
_ƒ"<]_ƒ
<
"[]–¶ƒ'‘™–]
"ƒ
_ƒ_ƒ
"[]–¶ƒ'‘™–]ƒ
™_"
ƒ_ƒ
"<]_ƒ
"[]–¶ƒ'‘™–]ƒ
$"™_"
ƒ
_ƒ"<]
_ƒ<
"[]–¶—
$`{`
"[]–¶
"[]–¶
9
"[]–¶%>
"[]–¶$™
"[]–¶>]‹
"[]–¶$"
"[]–¶™][
‡‡‘‡
"[]–¶%
>
|%>~=
<>—{_ƒ$™
–"‘†{{
"[]–¶$

{
™|$™~
"[]–¶
=
{
"[]–¶$"_
„‡›„‘‡]>
ƒ
„›žšƒ
—>
_
"[]–¶™_
„ƒž„›]œ"<]
_
"[]–¶<>—]{_
Notes:
"[]–¶{>>–‡‡›‡‡‡
Ÿ
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
‡
|
{>>–‡‡›‡‡‡
Ÿ‘ƒ
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
Ÿ„~"<]¥"<]_ž„‡]œ
05/16
55
Software House
Door Controllers
"[]–“–=$—
“
"[]–`
"[]–
`
`{``
=$
`
"[]–
ƒ
{{
ƒ
¡
\_
{{
ƒ
{ƒ
{
ƒ
\=
$
|$~{{`
ƒ
"[]–
\
`
"[]–
_{__
{\
`‘‡‡ƒ‡‡‡
{
``
{{
"[]–{{
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
"`œ
{{
_
š
`
{_ƒ
_
`{_ƒ
"[]–
{_
{{
"[]–
_
{\
{
{
ƒ
|~\
`
ƒ{
`
`
{_`
>{
{
ƒ_`
\
ƒ
<—ƒ"[]–
{
“{ƒ{
ƒ_
`
``{
`{
_
_
`_
05/16
>
{
{

$
|$~
{`$|‡„`~
$$
|‡„~
`
$`"[]–`
\
<
{\
`‘‡‡ƒ‡‡‡
“{{
`
›`
=›
{
“
`{_`{`
`
_
<<>—
<—
`{

„†']"
\
_
[{{>>–
‡‡›‡‡‡‡
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡“
{{>>–Ÿ‡‡‡Ÿ
["[]–
_`
›{ƒ
{
_
"_\
`
_
_
{{
`
\
ƒ{\
"[]–_
\ ``
{
=[{
Order Codes:
"[]–‡‡„
"[]–‡‡„$
"[]–‡‡„™
"[]–$
"[]–‡‡‘}
"[]–‡‡‘–}
"[]–„
"[]–„
$›$$<"{
"[]–„
$>™
_
"[]–$›$$<"
{
_
"[]–`
"[]–
"[]–`
"[]–
„–‘{
{
}‘"[]–{>>Ÿ‡‡‡Ÿ
_
¨‘
``>>‡‡
‡‡
56
Software House
Door Controllers
$^
_
<
)&
—{
|œš—~
‡†‡†‡{{
™
Ÿ‡‘'„†{{
 ƒ\
{
=
{
``
`
{|=ƒ=>"=–~
{
‡¢†‡¢>
†Ÿ†¤{_ƒ
š
‘„\
System Memory
'‘™–]ƒ„™`$–
>_

ƒ
›
ƒ
‘‡‡ƒ‡‡‡
[
ƒ
›
ƒ
„‡ƒ‡‡‡

ƒ`›
ƒ
‡ƒ‡‡‡
[
ƒ`›
ƒ‘‡
†ƒ‡‡‡
;+{_
_
{
ƒ
ƒ
`
`{
$–{
„›„‘—>ƒ
™
_
‘‡‡{]ƒ{]¹ „—>ƒ]¹„‘—>`
<=(((
‹{`–"
[“
[_`–"
š
–
–[
"
[
_${_
"{>ƒ
$===¨
[š=>š

"|–
_~
{{—
—
–ƒ„Ÿ{
05/16
š

†‡{
–$]„—>ƒ†]|
–~
–™>{{
[ƒ–"‘†
`ƒƒ
`
=(
"=
ƒ
]
=
[{ƒ`ƒ
_
=
„
=
{
–|'‘
‘{~
]_$]`=
„—>¦|†‡{]~
((

“ƒ
_
`˜{
|~ƒ_
_
$ƒš „„‘—>ƒ‡ž†]|=`
"[]–_ƒ
`
=`
$›$
$ƒ„
_~
$
ƒ$
$[>`ƒ‡ž†]ƒ
ƒ
¡
–
ƒ—_ ‡]>›—>ƒ]

„
“{>_
–
{
–|'‘
‘
{~
(
=>'‡Ÿ†‡ƒ<„Ÿ‘ƒ<‡ž'ƒ<„‡‘ƒ<„Ÿ‘ƒ
<‡ž'
<„Ÿ‘™|
``$
|$~
_{~
“>>$†>]|>™
~>ƒ
‹†‡
>[\
–œ"¨š
Compatibility
“_{>>–Ÿ‡‡‡Ÿ„
>>–‡‡›‡‡‡‡‡
57
Software House
Door Controllers
>ݦ]
$
>
“
“ƒ
`–
—
`'‡ƒ‡‡‡
㠠{{{
`{
ƒƒ
{
"`{
ƒš
ƒ
{_
>ƒ\_ƒ
\_
–_`
`{ƒƒ{
_ƒ
>]ƒ„
_
;`?!;!!!
>ݦ]
$
>
=
`
{{
\`
–{`_\
"`œ>>–‡‡›‡‡‡_
“{{_
{
{
_{
__`\ƒ
—_
{{{_
`{
{\>ݦ`
˜
"`
\
```
>›¶‘™–]
>{{
>ݦ
‘™$–
`–[
³
{
>"–]
{{
{`
‡
{{_
ƒ
{{_
``
[`–{\`{
"ƒƒ{
\
_
`
™_\`
>ݦ
{
ƒ
{\`
¶„†ƒ
ƒ[\
–
``
``{`_`
`
ƒ{{
ƒ
_
<„Ÿ‘ƒ<‡ž'<¦“>>™ƒ>ƒ

–œ"
`{
{>›¶ƒ{\
"\
`
>>–
`
{
‡‡›‡‡‡
```
_{[>ݦ
{
05/16
58
Software House
Door Controllers
Order Codes:
]"‡‡‡‡‡‘
]"‡‡‡‡‡
]"‡‡‡‡'
]"‡‡‡‡‡‘‹$"
]"‡‡‡‡‡‹$"
]"‡‡‡‡‡‘™
]"‡‡‡‡‡™
]"‡‡‡‡'™
>›¶ƒ
ƒ™{_
=
`–
_
>›¶ƒ
ƒ„™{_
=
`–
_
>›¶ƒ
ƒ‘™{_
=
`–
_
>¶ƒ
ƒ™{_
=
`
_
>¶ƒ
ƒ„™{_
=
`
_
>›¶™$
{
_
>›¶„™$
{
_
>›¶‘™$
{
_
"!>*%
"
"
"
"
"
"
“š]$>
“š]$>¶
>{_
"
"
"
>›¶`{„†'^
™
>›¶`{„†'^
„™
>›¶`{„†'^
‘™
>›¶`{„†'^
‘™
>›¶`{™
‘™
>›¶`{„™
‘™
“{^`
>>
`{
$–
“{^`
>ݦ>
`{
“
>{_„^
„†'^
>{_„^
™
>{_„†'^
™
Notes:
]`{
`{[
_
`{
ƒ
[
"
“{{_ƒ
>{"]{{_`_
_
05/16
59
Software House
Door Controllers
>ݦ
›"$
'Q!
">
]"‡‡„‡‡‡
]"‡‡„‡‡
]"‡‡†‘‡‡
]"‡‡†‘‡
]"‡‡‡>]‹
<!;
>›¶">
ƒ
›
>›¶
">
š
›{_">™|<~
“›`
<"š
\_
{
š
›{_">
|~
“›`
ƒ{_ƒ
š
\_
{
>ݦ

_ ‹$"_
'
[=
–{
–—
>ݦ
>"›
$
>ݦ
>"›
$
'Q!
]"‡‡‡>]™
]"‡‡'‡‡‡
]"‡‡„<>^
$<‡‘‡‡‡
05/16
<!;
>›¶$"_>¦>>$"_|~
>ݦ$"_>|~
>›"[]–
<\]{_^_
>>
^=
=›
ƒ{
|~
60
Software House
Door Controllers
>
>{
[
"`œ``
`
\
{
{
`{
\`
_>>–_{
{
_{
–
`_
`ƒ"`œ
\
{
{{
_
$
"[]–{ƒ
=$
\
`
\
`=`
$
|$~
{$|‡„`~
$$|‡„~
$$
`ƒ
\
"[]–
]"„†'
\
_
ƒ—œ>$ƒš=‹"ƒ—‹"ƒ
"‹$ƒ
'‘™{{_ƒ``
‘‡‡ƒ‡‡‡=
–`=
{
`–{["[]–
`{
$)
"[]–$
'
`
=`
ƒ
{{{{
ƒ`—œ>$
š=‹"ƒ
„
™{{_ƒ
ƒ‡‡‡ƒ‡‡‡"[]–$
`
ƒƒ
š
ƒ{{``
–
–\{
`"[]–$
\
`
{
{
ƒ
[‘"[]–$–\
{\ƒ]ƒ
`
ƒ„"[]–$–\``
`{
`
\_
$>
"[]–¶=`
„†']"
_
ƒ`
“=$"Ÿž
`
`_
{
"[]–¶`“=$"‘‡„ƒ"
{
³{
`
_=`
$"›
_\_{<\"[]–$ƒ"[]–¶
`
ƒ
ƒ
š
ƒ{{``
–
"!>
>ݦ
ƒ`
{
`š
–>›¶‘™
–]ƒ
'‡ƒ‡‡‡
05/16
61
Software House
Door Controllers
‹\
>{{
_
{_
–
=
›
$
›
"
–
>{{$
]
“
05/16
_`
{
$ƒ‡›‡‡[
—œ>$`
{_
=$
_*!_*!<"
{‡[
—œ>$`{_
=$"
{{
ƒ
|¡
–]"~ƒ
|
>>–‡‡
_~
${›
${›
|
|
"[]–›¶
_~<ƒƒ "[]–$
_~<ƒƒ
\| \|
>>–‡‡
_~]_
>>–‡‡
_~]_
{{
{{
]"„†'
_
ƒ“=$"Ÿžƒ –>‘
_
ƒ„
{\_{
{
`
'‘™–]
|
~ '‘™–]
“„™
_
—={
[`
'
‘‡
ƒ'
Ÿ„
|~ƒž'
|ž„
›ž'{
‘{~
„›„‘—>
$›$$

"_`
{
_\|{
_~
“\
|\{
_~
>
`
>
`
_<]‹
\ _<]‹
\
{<>—`
{<>—`
`
`
$>>=]
`
\ƒ{{ƒ
{
`
‹
]{`\
{{
`
\
¡
\_
¡
\_
{{
`{
{{
`{
>œ=——`
>œ=——`
‹]
{
‹]
{
62
Software House
Door Controllers
‹\
>{{
_
{_
–
=
›
$
›
"
–
>{{$
]
“
05/16
_~
{
$ƒ‡›‡‡[
—œ>$`{_
=$
;^~
{‡[
—œ>$`{_
=$
"
{{
ƒ|¡
–]"~ƒ
|
>>–‡‡
_~
${›
>
›
|
<
\|
"[]–¶›
_~<ƒƒ {
{>"_
\| {{
>>–‡‡
_~]_
{{
]"„†'
_
ƒ“=$"Ÿžƒ $_'‘
_
{\_{
{
`
`“=$"‘‡„
'‘™–]
|
~ ‘™–]{{{|`_
~
‘

|~ƒ‡
Ÿ'
|`ƒ
~ƒŸ'
™
$"‘` 
"_`
\{
_\
>
`
>
_<]‹
\ {{
{<>—`
`
]{`\
`
\
¡
\_
{{
`{
>œ=—
—`
‹]
{
‹{`\
{{
^_{{
=
²
>>–
‡‡
_
‹`
`{ƒ
„
{{
]
{
‹
63
Software House
Door Controllers
"[]–™>
`
œ>{|"~
[
<
{
{
>†›' [>$›$
[>$›$
>†›'
05/16
>†›'
>†›'
64
Software House
Door Controllers
05/16
65
Software House
Personailty Modules and i/o Boards
>·>$
_
=›—
>#<
–™–"‘†```
"[]–$ƒ
"[]–¶ƒ>›¶ƒ
>›<
–
`
ƒ
›
[–
`{{
ƒ
_
`„—>–
[–{_
_
`
ƒ
‚±
`
–\
_ƒ
{
`"
{
`
RM Series Modules
“
š
ƒ
–‘
–‘{``{
{
––
–—>„<
``–‘
[
–™ƒ
={`
ƒ=>"=
{
`
<
[
–{“{>_]
<—`\
=ƒ=
>"=ƒ
–{<`
–
>]‹
–—>„
Q!
#<;!!!7
"[]–
"[]–$
"[]–$'
"[]–¶
>ݦ
>›<
RM Readers
„‘
'
‘
^
‘
'
^
‘
'
„
‘
‘
Order Codes:
–‘^
–‘
–‘
]"‡‡ž‡‡‡
]"‡‡ž>"=
]"‡‡ž‘‡‡‡
05/16
"$
_
^_>]{_
{–
]–_`\
|Ÿ„~
–"$
_
{
`\_
š
{
–]–_`\
|Ÿ„~
–‘
_
„„‡{]{
|
\¨~
==
–™

=>"==
–
™$
`
––™

Housing and other
Accessories for
Reader interface
–—>„
–™][
–<>—
–‘‡™¶
‡Ÿ†]
„
Ÿ„
^[‡‡ž‡‡‡‡
—>

–‘
<„Ÿ‘
<
$_
{
=›

_„—>`
–—>„

<>—`–‘
=
`„–‘ƒ
=ƒ
œ\
`{
`–›–„„‡
"_`
–›–
]–__
{`–›–
–‘
\|\~
66
Access Control Cards and Readers
Access Control Cards and
Readers
This chapter contains information about Access Control
Cards and Readers:
Introduction
HID iCLASS 13.56MHz Cards & Readers
Mopho Sigma Biometrics
ioProx Cards & Readers (Kantech Only)
HID 125KHz Cards & Readers
Software House Cards & Readers
Stone Lock Biometrics
>>––">¨–
10/16
1
Access Control Cards and Readers
Card Readers Introduction
Introduction
Access control card readers are used in physical security systems to read a credential that allows access
through access control points, typically a door, turnstile, gate or barrier. There are many types of card reader
available in the market:
Magnetic Stripe
Bar Code
Wiegand
Proximity – 125kHz standard Prox
Proximity - 13.56MHz smart card
Contact smart card
Biometrics
In this introduction we cover the typical requirements for our customers and the stock coded range of
products.
Stock Coded Technologies
Proximity Cards
A proximity reader radiates an electrical field around
itself. When a card is presented to the reader, the
reader’s electrical field excites a coil in the card.
The coil charges a capacitor and in turn powers an
integrated circuit. The integrated circuit outputs the
card number to the coil, which transmits it to the
reader.
Smart Cards
There are two types of smart cards: contact
and contactless. Both have an embedded
microprocessor and memory. The smart card differs
from the proximity card in that the microchip in the
proximity card has only one function: to provide
the reader with the card’s identification number.
The processor on the smart card has an embedded
operating system and can handle multiple
applications such as cashless vending, storing
biometric templates etc
Our stock coded range provides contactless smart
cards. These cards use the same radio-based
technology as the proximity card, with the exception
of the frequency band used is higher frequency
(13.56 MHz instead of 125 kHz). This allows more
`™[¼_³
range compared to a standard proximity card.
Access control systems can read either the Card
Serial Number (CSN) or a number stored within
the cards memory. Card memory may be used for
storing biometric. An access badge is a credential
used to gain entry to an area having automated
_
_
{_
doors, turnstiles, parking gates or other barriers.
10/16
Biometrics
There are many different types of biometric reader
used in physical access control. Fingerprint, hand
geometry, vein, iris, facial recognition and voice
annunciation. Biometric technology is promoted for
its ability to significantly increase the security level
of systems and due to it eliminating such problems
as lost, stolen or loaned ID cards and forgotten
PINs. However it must be noted that biometrics can
be slow and cause issues in high throughput areas.
They can have issues with reading some peoples
characteristics and can be configured to such a
low level of security the systems objectives are
defeated.
Tyco Security Products are our preferred supplier of
biometrics. They have set up a range of fingerprint
readers from Morpho/L1 Bioscrypt and have also
introduced two units with their ioProx technology
built in.
All biometric enquiries for these technologies should
go direct to your local Security Products Regional

]
All biometric readers work similarly, by comparing
the template stored in memory of the reader or
credential to the scan provided by the user wishing
to gain entry Subject to the security settings of
the reader, if the reader is satisfied that the user
matches the stored template, the users ID number
is sent to the controller.
The access control system then checks that the
user has access to through that point by checking
the permissions (access groups, time schedules
etc). Most biometrics provide an industry standard
Wiegand output.
2
Access Control Cards and Readers
Card Readers Introduction
The method of administration must be considered.
Often there will be a need for the user to enrol onto
the biometric readers’ database and then again
using the Wiegand ID number associated to the
{`¼
³_{
This is not the case where the access system
manufacturer has integrated the enrolment process
into their administration software OR where the
template on card reader allows administration
through the readers’ enrolment features such as
with HIDs BioCLASS.
Wiegand formats
1-to-1 or 1-to-many are the two possible modes of
operation of a biometric reader:
]{{
š
`{¼
_
standard’ 26-bit. This format uses a site code,
sometimes also called a facility code. The site code
is a unique number common to all of the cards in
a particular set. The idea is that an organization will
have their own facility code and a set of numbered
cards incrementing from 1. Another organization
has a different facility code and their card set also
increments from 1. Thus different organizations can
have card sets with the same card numbers but
since the facility codes differ, the cards only work at
one organization.
In 1-to-1 mode a user must first either present
an ID card or enter a PIN. The reader then looks
up the template of the corresponding user in the
database and compares it with the live scan. The
1-to-1 method is considered more secure and is
generally faster as the reader needs to perform only
one comparison. Most 1-to-1 biometric readers are
“dual-technology” readers, ie. they either have a
built-in proximity, smart card or keypad reader, or
they have an input for connecting an external card
reader.
This idea worked early in the technology, but
as there is no governing body controlling card
numbers, different manufacturers can supply cards
with identical facility codes and identical card
numbers to different organizations. Thus there may
be duplicate cards that allow access to multiple
facilities in one area. When proposing a 26bit format
it must be considered very likely that the site code
and ID range proposed has been used many times
before and that the same credential is being carried
by multiple other users
In the 1-to-many mode a user presents biometric
data such as a fingerprint or retina scan and the
reader then compares the live scan to all the
templates stored in the memory. This method is
preferred by most end-users, because it eliminates
the need to carry ID cards or use PINs. On the other
hand, this method is slower, because the reader
may have to perform thousands of comparison
operations until it finds the match.
For this reason many National & Global companies
have implemented their own format or have
worked with manufacturers such as HID to have
a more secure credential. When being asked to
supply these formats, it is most likely that written
permission from the format owner is required. We
have stocked as standard HIDs 37bit tracked format
H10302 for this reason.
When using smart card technology and extra layer
of security is added by using the cards memory
slots and adding security keys. The read key must
be matched to the reader and therefore formats
such as 26bit may be used – with the installers or
clients read key adding the extra layer of security to
the card format.
SWH with the Flex version of the Multi-Technology
reader allow a user to define specific read keys
which are programmed into stock coded readers
when first installed on site.
10/16
3
Access Control Cards and Readers
Card Readers Introduction
Security of the Premises
In designing an access control system, the security
requirements of the premises during normal
working hours and out of hours needs must be
considered. Access control systems are primarily
installed to save money. They secure the property
of the company and the employees saving loss of
physical and intellectual property – from staff
handbags and wallets, petty cash to high value
goods, personal data and company design
information.
Assessing which access control solutions would be
appropriate for the site must take account of the
number of users, the fabric of the building, the
doors/entrances to be controlled, with additional
consideration to areas of the building where higher
security levels should be in operation. What would
be the impact of a lost or stolen card or a shared
PIN number? By deploying two or three factor
authentication at a secure door, an additional level of
security is being implemented. The basis for this
revised security grading takes account of the
number of authentication parameters in operation at
each door.
Authentication parameters are something you…
œ|~
^
|$=‹~
]|{~
Single Factor:
Option: Credential
Product: R10 iCLASS reader
Option: PIN only
Product: Keypad device such as the DG25 or DG180
Option: Biometric
Product: MORPHO/L1 4G
Two-Factor:
Option: Credential and PIN
Product: RK40 iCLASS reader with in-built keypad
Option: Credential and Biometric
Product: V-SMART-A-H, KT-4GFXS-IO-W26 or
KT-4GFXSIO-XSF
Option: Biometric and PIN
Product: V-PASSFX + K1-W26
Three Factor:
Option: Credential and PIN and Biometric
Product: V-PASSFX + RK40
Two Factor
Three Factor
Something you know
(PIN)
Something you have
(Token)
Something you are
(Biometrics)
10/16
The diagram above shows the authentication
options available. Doors with two or more
authentication parameters in operation are
inherently more secure than doors operating with a
single authentication parameter.
4
Access Control Cards and Readers
NSI Code of Practice for Design, Installation and
Maintenance of Access Control Systems NCP 109
]{{`‹"=ƒ]—[^‹>$
109 the code of practice for the design, installation
and maintenance of Access Control systems.
This code sets out some guidelines against which
Access Control systems are classified, thereby
determining how secure each installation is.
This new code replaced the NACOSS Code of
Practice - NACP 30 and was issued in July 2012
with several notable changes. For this section
of the product range the classification of each
access control point at the time of system design
rather than that of the overall system needs to be
highlighted. This requires that we identify and detail
the security classification of each controlled point
at the design stage. This new approach solves the
issue of key access pints being overlooked and
identifies to the end user any building areas where
higher security levels may have been deployed
e.g. all perimeter doors, doors to IT suites, comms
rooms.
Taken from NCP 109, there are four classification
levels:
Class I (low risk)
Class I, access will only be granted following the
input of a correct common code (or the input of a
correct PIN code) of not less than 10,000 differs.
10,000 differs requires a 4 digit code number such
as 1234.
Class II (low to medium risk)
Class II, access will only be granted following:
Option A - the input of a correct PIN code of not
less than 1,000,000 differs; OR Option B - the
presentation of a valid unique token to a reader.
1,000,000 differs requires a 6 digit code number
such as 123456.
Class III (medium to high risk)
Class III, access will only be granted following:
Option A - the input of a correct PIN code of not
less than 10,000 differs AND the presentation of a
valid unique token to a reader; OR Option B - the
presentation of a valid biometric to a reader.
10/16
Cross Reference of Grading to Other Schemes
You may receive requests to tender which refer to
other documents and the grading systems they have
defined. The table below shows the approximate
relationship between the recommendations for
grading the security classification used in the
"
‹†‡
`
used by NSI in their Code of Practice for Planning,
Installation and Maintenance of Access Control
Systems NCP109.
Access
Security
Grade
‹†‡
Classification
NSI
NCP109
Classes
Access
Grade
4
3B
4
3 factor
including
biometric /
human image
verification
4
3B
4
2 factor
including
biometric /
human image
verification
3
3B
3
2 factor (nonbiometric)
3
2B
3
1 factor
biometric
2
2B
2
Token
1, 2
1B
1, 2
PIN
1
2A
1
Standalone
lock with token
1
1A, 1B
1
Standalone
lock with code
Class IV (high risk)
Class IV, access will only be granted following:
Option A - the presentation of a valid biometric to a
reader AND the presentation of a valid unique token
using radio frequency identification (RFID)*; OR
Option B - the presentation of a valid biometric to a
reader AND the presentation of a valid unique token
to a reader AND the presentation of a correct PIN
code of not less than 10,000 differs.
* RFID must not rely on recognising the Chip Serial Number (CSN)
only. Also the code to be read must be stored in the memory of the
card.
5
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 13.56MHz iCLASS
HID Cards and Readers
Features:
_{{
_
between card and reader
Choice of credential and reader styles - designs to
meet most smart card requirements
Secure formats - available in open or closed
Wiegand formats to suite the application
|
]—[]
\`{~}
';_`<{<^{
;
HID Global provides a wide variety of 13.56 MHz
credentials including cards, tags and keyfobs. Some
credentials also include combination technology,
used in upgrading end-users from 125 kHz proximity
to the benefits of 13.56 MHz smart card technology.
These multiple technology credentials are ideal for
companies preparing to transition from proximity
technology to the additional speed and applications
of high frequency smart card solutions.
Encrypted Communication
Optimised to make physical access control
more powerful, iCLASS® 13.56 MHz read/write
contactless smart card technology provides versatile
interoperability and is used in a wide range of
applications including access control, network log-on
security, automotive vehicle identification, cashless
vending, time and attendance, event management
and biometric verification. Multiple securely
separated files enable numerous applications and
can support future capabilities.
Capability to Add Other Applications
iCLASS smart cards and readers make access
control more powerful, more versatile, and most
important of all, offers enhanced security through
encryption and mutual authentication. At the
same time, iCLASS is user-friendly, delivering the
convenience, affordability and reliability of proximity
technology for which HID is known worldwide.
Since the memory can securely store any
kind of information, applications for iCLASS
include biometrics, secure computer/network
authentication, health record management, time
and attendance, digital cash (cafeteria & vending)
and many, many more.
The communication between an iCLASS reader and
card is encrypted using a secure algorithm so the
transaction between the card and reader cannot be
“sniffed” and replayed to a reader. The encryption
protocol uses a combination of diversified keys,
unique 64-bit card serial numbers and mutual card
and reader authentication.
The iCLASS chip not only stores HID access
control information, it also has memory space
available for other applications. iCLASS cards are
currently available with 2k bit, 16k, and 32k bit
memory capacities, and depending on the amount
of memory available and the number of memory
areas, iCLASS cards can serve as multi-application
credentials that can be used for many purposes.
Imagine an affordable, single-card, contactless
solution that allows you to not only read data
securely and quickly, but also to securely write data
to the card for many applications.
10/16
6
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 13.56MHz iCLASS
ISOProx® II
Features:
The iCLASS Card offers iCLASS 13.56 MHz
contactless read/write smart card technology
along the ability to add a magnetic stripe, barcode,
and anti-counterfeiting features including custom
artwork or a photo identification directly on the
credential.
The iCLASS Card meets strict ISO thickness
standards for use with direct image and thermal
transfer printers.
``{_
``
by body shielding or variable environmental
conditions. Can be carried with credit cards in a
ID badge.
Print directly to the card with a direct image or
thermal transfer printer. Slot punch vertically for
easy use. This is a passive card technology, the
no-battery design allows for an estimated minimum
100,000 reads.
Technical Specifications:
Typical Maximum Read Range*
R10 2.0-3.0” (5.0-7.6 cm)
RK40/RWK400 3.0-4.0” (7.6-10.1 cm)
*Subject to environmental conditions.
Dimensions
5.40 x 8.57 x 0.084 cm max.
Weight
5.7 g
Card Construction
Thin, flexible polyvinyl chloride (PVC) laminate.
Operating Frequency
13.56 MHz
Multi-application Memory
2k bit (256 Byte) card - 2 application areas
16k bit (2k Byte) card - 2 or 16 application areas
10/16
13.56 MHz read/write contactless smart
card technology provides high-speed, reliable
communications with high data integrity.
iCLASS technology ensures high security with
mutual authentication, encrypted data transfer,
and 64-bit diversified keys for read/write
capabilities.
Available in 2k bit (256 Byte), 16k bit (2K Byte) or
32k bit (4K Byte) configurations.
Meets ISO standards for thickness for use with all
direct image and thermal transfer printers
Order Codes:
26bit Weigand
iCLASS ISO card - 2k bits
with 2 application areas.
Supplied plain white on
both sides - encoded for
26bit Wiegand. Order must
state site code and ID range
- order in multiples of 50
2002PGGMN-H10301 iCLASS ISO card - 16k bits
with 16 application areas.
Supplied plain white on
both sides - encoded for
26bit Wiegand. Order must
state site code and ID range
- order in multiples of 50
H10302 37bit tracked iCLASS ISO card - 2k bits
with 2 application areas.
Format
2000PGGMN-H10302 Supplied plain white on
both sides - encoded for
tracked 37bit Wiegand.
Order in multiples of 50. The
next available number range
will be supplied.
2002PGGMN-H10302 iCLASS ISO card - 16k bits
with 16 application areas.
Supplied plain white on
both sides - encoded for
tracked 37bit Wiegand.
Order in multiples of 50. The
next available number range
will be supplied.
Format - H10301
2000PGGMN-H10301
7
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 13.56MHz iCLASS
iCLASS Smart Key
Features:
The iCLASS 13.56 MHz read/write contactless
smart key technology provides high-speed,
reliable communications with high data integrity.
iCLASS technology ensures high security with
mutual authentication, encrypted data transfer,
and 64-bit diversified keys for read/write
capabilities.
Available in 2k bit (256 Byte), 16k bit (2k Byte) or
32k bit (4k Byte) configurations.
Molded plastic enclosure provides durability in
harsh environments.
The iCLASS Key provides the convenience of
iCLASS 13.56 MHz contactless read/write smart
card in a molded plastic key fob enclosure that is
durable in a harsh environment. This key fob is the
size of a typical automotive key and offers custom
artwork printing capabilities directly on the key fob
credential. You now can offer a credential that can
be placed on a key ring or lanyard for such diverse
applications including access control, network log-on
security, automotive vehicle identification, cashless
vending, time and attendance, and biometric
verification.
Keyfob Construction
__
Operating Frequency
13.56 MHz
Memory Type
$–ƒ›
Multi-application Memory
2k bit (256 Byte) key – 2 application areas
16k bit (2k Byte) key – 2 or 16 application areas
Technical Specifications:
Format - H10301 – 26
bit Wiegand
2050PNNMN-H10301
Typical Maximum Read Range*
R10 1.0” (2.5 cm)
R40/RW400
1.0” (2.5 cm)
RK40/RWK400
1.0” - 1.5” (2.5 cm - 3.8 cm)
*Dependent upon installation conditions.
Dimensions
3.43 x 3.18 x 3.84 cm
Weight
4.9 g
Order Codes:
Format - H10302
– Tracked 37bit
Wiegand
2050PNNMN-H10302
10/16
iCLASS contactless
smart Key - 2k bits with 2
for 26bit Wiegand. Order
in multiples of 100 How to
order guide HTOG must be
completed detailing site
code and ID range
iCLASS Contactless
Smart Key - 2k bits with 2
for tracked 37bit Wiegand.
Order in multiples of 100
8
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 13.56MHz iCLASS
iCLASS Tag
Features:
13.56 MHz read/write contactless smart
card technology provides high-speed, reliable
communications with high data integrity.
iCLASS technology ensures high security with
mutual authentication, encrypted data transfer,
and 64-bit diversified keys for read/write
capabilities.
Available in 2k bit (256 Byte), 16k bit (2K Byte) or
32k bit (4K Byte) configurations.
The iCLASS Tag provides the convenience of iCLASS
technology in a coin-sized, disk-shaped transponder
that can be simply attached to any nonmetallic card
or device to instantly have 13.56 MHz read/write
contactless smart card technology to utilize as a
transition device during the rebadging process. You
can seamlessly upgrade from Wiegand, magnetic
stripe or barium ferrite technologies and can easily
and cost effectively turn an existing plastic ID badge
or contact smart card into a contactless proximity
credential.
Technical Specifications:
Typical Maximum Read Range*
R10 1.0” (2.5 cm)
R40/RW400 1.0” (2.5 cm)
RK40/RWK400 1.0” - 1.5” (2.5 cm - 3.8 cm)
*Dependent upon installation conditions.
Dimensions
Diameter:
1.285” (3.264 cm)
Thickness:
0.070” (0.178 cm)
Weight
1.18 g
Outer Shell Material Lexan
Operating Frequency 13.56 MHz
Multi-application Memory
2k bit (256 Byte) tag – 2 application areas
16k bit (2k Byte) tag – 2 or 16 application areas
32k bit (4k Byte) card – 16k bits in 2 or 16 application
areas plus 16k bits user configurable.
10/16
Order Codes:
26bit Weigand
iCLASS Contactless
Smart Key - 2k bits with 2
application areas. Supplied
in grey with internal number
˜
for 26bit Wiegand Format.
Order in multiples of 100
„‡'„$""œ‡‡ iCLASS Contactless Smart
Key - 16k bits with 16
application areas. Supplied
in grey with internal number
˜
for 26bit Wiegand Format.
Order in multiples of 100
H10302 37bit tracked iCLASS Contactless
Smart Key - 2k bits with 2
Format
2060PSSMU-H10302 application areas. Supplied
in grey with internal number
˜
for 37bit Tracked Wiegand
Format. Order in multiples
of 100
„‡'„$""œ‡‡„ iCLASS Contactless Smart
Key - 16k bits with 16
application areas. Supplied
in grey with internal number
˜
for 37bit Tracked Wiegand
Format. Order in multiples
of 100
Format - H10301
„‡'‡$""œ‡‡
9
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 13.56MHz iCLASS
iCLASS Prox Card
Features:
13.56 MHz read/write contactless smart card and
125 kHz technology provides high-speed, reliable
communications with high data integrity.
iCLASS technology ensures high security with
mutual authentication, encrypted data transfer,
and 64-bit diversified keys for read/write
capabilities.
Available in 2k bit (256 Byte), 16k bit (2K Byte) or
32k bit (4K Byte) configurations.
Meets ISO standards for thickness for use with all
direct image and thermal transfer printers.
The iCLASS Prox Card combines iCLASS 13.56 MHz
contactless read/write smart card and Prox 125 kHz
proximity technology on a single card with the
ability to add magnetic stripe, barcode, and anticounterfeiting features including custom artwork
or a photo identification directly on the credential.
Your iCLASS Prox Card can now be utilized for such
diverse applications including access
control, network log-on security, automotive vehicle
identification, cashless vending, time and
attendance, and biometric verification. As you
integrate and/or migrate to an iCLASS platform
from proximity technology readers. And, you have
the option of assigning various security levels
to the cards depending on the credential holder.
The iCLASS Prox Card meets strict ISO thickness
standards for use with direct image and thermal
transfer printers.
This multi technology card allows easy changeover
from 125kHz to 13.56M Hz Smart Cards on a site.
This format can be the same or different in the
technologies.
Due to the numerous options for open & tracked
formats to be applied to either the low or high
frequency technology in this card, we have not
stock coded these items.
HID How To order Guide must be supplied with your
NSL (Non Stock Listed) order directly stating the
format and site code/ID range etc..
Technical Specifications:
Typical Maximum Read Range*
R10 2.0-3.0” (5.0-7.6cm)
R40/RW400 2.5-4.5” (6.3-11.4cm)
RK40/RWK400 3.0-4.0” (7.6-10.1 cm)
*Dependent upon installation conditions.
Dimensions
5.40 x 8.57 x 0.084 cm
Weight
6.8 g
Card Construction
Thin, flexible polyvinyl chloride (PVC) laminate.
Operating Frequency 13.56 MHz
125 kHz
Multi-application Memory
2k bit (256 Byte) card – 2 application areas
16k bit (2k Byte) – 2 or 16 application areas
Data Retention
10 years
10/16
10
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 13.56MHz iCLASS
><]"""® Readers
Features:
œ=—%³><]"""
`{
goes beyond the traditional smart card model to
offer a secure, standards-based and flexible platform
that has become the new benchmark for highly
adaptable, interoperable and secure access control
solutions.
=`
ƒ><]"""
readers provide customers the assurance that their
existing investments can be leveraged to enhance
their system as business requirements change.
The technologyindependent readers also support
><]"""
><]"""
`{ƒ
><]""ƒ=“]–ƒ=“]–
—"“
Powerfully Secure
<_"_ _
and privacy through the multi-layered security of
HID’s SIO.
]<†§>`"{
œ
– Provides tamper-proof protection of keys/
cryptographic operations.
"=—™
=
_
an object to a specific credential.
"{{
"—$"
Channel Protocol.
><]""ª${ private security by protecting uniquely keyed
credentials, SIOs and programming update keys.
œ_]
‹“>{{
|‹“>~>{
{
œ=—
{
devices.
"=$_ $
_
independence and portability to other smart card
technologies.
]```
10/16
Powerfully Secure – Provides multi-layered
security beyond the card technology, providing
added protection to identity data using SIOs.
Technology-independent – Supports multiple
technologies (iCLASS®"ª
><]"""®
`{ƒ
><]""ƒ=“]–®,
=“]–—"“®~
Adaptable – Interoperable with a growing range
of technology environments and form factors
including NFC smartphones via Seos.
Standardized Communications – Open
Supervised Device Protocol (OSDP) for secure,
bidirectional communication.
]
_ƒ><]"""‹“
Communication (NFC) smartphones via Seos,
enabling a new class of portable identity credentials
that can be securely provisioned and safely
embedded into both fixed and mobile devices.
]`œ=—%³><]"""`{ œ=—³"=
_˜ª|"=~
data model and Trusted Identity Platform®|[=$ª~
`_><]"""``
advanced features such as multi-layered security
beyond the card technology and tamper-proof
protection of keys/cryptographic operations using
]<†§{
11
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 13.56MHz iCLASS
><]"""® Readers
Sustainability And Management:
=
$
{
|=$~ –
reader power consumption by as much as 75%
compared to standard operating mode.
–_>
>
<—
>
{
{
`
OSDP
Performance:
"=
"{`_{
`
third-part objects to multiple types of credentials.
“${{– $
upgrades for migration and extended lifecycle.
–%™<— —
_
`_
users and troubleshooters regarding system state.
><]"""

"
Device Protocol (OSDP), a new Security Industry
Association (SIA) standard that together with
Secure Channel Protocol (SCP) provides secure
communications and central management.
Please refer to page 15 for the Storm vandal resistant iCLASS SE reader options. Suitable for the
harshest of environments and offering two factor authentication (card + PIN) in either metal or
illuminated versions.
10/16
12
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 13.56MHz iCLASS
Order Codes:
]—[Ÿ‡‡‹[‹‹^
]—[Ÿ„‡‹[‹‹^
]—[Ÿ„‹[‹‹^^
'„]^
6132AK
HID OSDP reader configuration Cards
œ=—‡‡‹[‹‹^‡‡‡‡‡[‡‡„ ">Ÿ¶>–—„"‡„
><]"""–‡{
reader with 18” pigtail.
Supplied with installation
manual and ADT branding
">Ÿ¶>–—‡$‡‡]
label.
œ=—„‡‹[‹‹^‡‡‡‡‡[‡‡„
><]"""–‘‡ ">Ÿ¶>–—™‡
reader with 18” pigtail.
Supplied with installation
manual and ADT branding
label.
œ=—Ÿ„‹[‹‹^‡‡„^[‡‡„
><]"""–^‘‡
switch reader with 18”
pigtail. Keypad provides 8bit
Wiegand burst. Supplied
with installation manual and
ADT branding label.
R40 / RP40 (or equivalent
sized model) Reader Spacer,
25.4 mm (1.0 in), Black
RK40 / RPK40 (or equivalent
sized model) Reader Spacer,
25.4 mm (1.0 in), Black
HID OSDP reader
Configuration card to Set
reader to OSDP V2 factory
defaults
HID OSDP reader
Configuration card to Set
reader baud rate to 38400
HID OSDP reader
Configuration card to Set
OSDP V2 reader to address
1
HID iClass SE and multiClass readers with OSDP
v2 support
Ÿ‡‡‹[$‹^‡‡‡“]
Ÿ„‹[$‹^‡‡‡“™
Ÿ„$[$‹^‡‡‡“—
10/16
œ=—–‡><]"""
13.56MHz, Colour: Black
Panel Connection: OSDP
v2.1.6, 18” (45.7 cm) pigtail
cable
HID RK40 iCLASS
"†'œ¡"
Technology Reader with
Keypad Colour: Black , Panel
Connection: OSDP v2.1.6 ,
18” (45.7cm) pigtail cable
œ=—–$^‘‡{><]"""
13.56MHz & 125KHz Dual
Technology Reader with
Keypad Colour: Black, Panel
Connection: OSDP v2.1.6 ,
18” (45.7cm) pigtail cable
13
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 13.56MHz iCLASS
><]"""® Readers
Technical Specifications:
Model Name
Base Part
Number
R10
900N
R40
920N
RK40
921N
13.56 MHz Single Technology ID-1 Credentials (Cards) – SIO Data Model
><]"""®: 2.8” (7.1 cm) ><]"""†±|Ÿ{~" ><]"""‘±|'{~
`—"“±
"`—"“'
"`—"“®'|‘
{~"`=“]–® Classic:
|‘'{~"`=“]–
|‘{~"`=“]–
Typical Read
2.6” (6.6 cm)
Classic: 2.8” (7.1 cm)
Classic: 2.9” (7.4 cm)
Range* (inches)
13.56 MHzSingle Technology Tags/Fobs – SIO data Model
><]"""†±|{~" ><]"""±|‘'{~" ><]"""‘±|'{~
`=“]–>„±
`=“]–>
"`=“]–>
(3.0 cm)
1.4” (3.6 cm)
0.5” (1.3 cm)
Mounting
Mini-Mullion Size; physically
Wall Switch Size; designed to mount and cover single
HID’s smallest iCLASS®
gang switch boxes primarily used in the Americas and
readers and are ideally suited
{
`
for mullion-mounted door
Asian back box spacing
ƒ"
J-box (with mud ring) or any
flat surface
Colour
Black or Grey
Keypad
Dimensions
Product Weight
(Pigtail)
Product Weight
(Terminal Strip)
Operating
Voltage Range
Current Draw Standard Power
Mode*** (mA)
Current Draw
- Intelligent
Power
Management
(IPM) Mode***
(mA)
Peak Current
Draw - Standard
Power or IPM
Mode*** (mA)
10/16
4.8 cm x 10.3 cm x 2.3 cm
No
8.4 cm x 12.2 cm x 2.4 cm
3.9 oz (113 g)
7.7 oz (220 g)
8.5 cm x 12.2 cm x 2.8
cm
9.0 oz (256 g)
2.9 oz (84 g)
7.5 oz (215 g)
8.0oz (226 g)
5-16 VDC, Linear supply recommended
70
80
105
30
40
60
250
240
320
14
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 13.56MHz iCLASS
Model Name
Base Part Number
NSC** Power
Consumption - Standard
Power Mode (W @ 16VDC)
NSC** Power
Consumption - w/ IPM (W @
16VDC)
Operating
Temperature
Storage Temperature
Operating Humidity
{
–
Transmit Frequency
13.56 MHz Card Compatibility
Communications
Panel Connection
Certifications
Cryto Processor Hardware
Common Criteria Rating
Patents
Housing Material
Manufactured with % of
recycled content (Pigtail)
Manufactured with % of
recycled content (Terminal
Strip)
<–`‹{
Warranty
R10
900N
1.1
R40
920N
1.8
RK40
921N
1.7
0.5
0.6
1
-35º to 65º C
-55º to 85º C
5% to 95% relative humidity non-condensing
IP55
13.56 MHz
"=
_˜ª|"=~
><]"""›"–ƒ"`=“]–
—"“
"`=“]–>|
_—`~‹
`
programmable options include: additionally support - standard iCLASS
Access Control Application (order with Standard interpreter) -ISO14443A
|=“]–~>"‹ƒ="‘‘‘™>"‹ƒ="†'Ÿ>"‹="‘‘‘]›™|“=$"
201 Transparent FASC-N Read) (order -F model with FIPS interpreter)
Optional OSDP with SCP over RS485 Wiegand/Clock-and-Data Interface
†‡‡`|†‡{~|„„]š%~"`
Pigtail or Terminal Strip
<„Ÿ‘›<}}}}|"~ƒ“>>>`
|"~ƒ=>|>
~ƒ>|~ƒ>\
(Australia, New Zealand),
SRRC (China), MIC (Korea), NCC (Taiwan), iDA (Singapore), RoHS, FIPS201 Transparent FASC-N Reader
]<†§
"ž„‘Ÿ‘ƒ"'‡†‘ƒ"'ž'Ÿ
<Ÿ‘$_
10.5%
11.0%
10.9%
11.0%
R10D
11.5%
R15D
Limited Lifetime
12.4%
RK40D
* Typical read range achieved in air. Different types of metal will cause some degradation (typically up to 20%).
``{
{
`
** NSC = Normal Standby Current
}}}
<„Ÿ‘
}}}}<„Ÿ‘`
_``š
_
10/16
15
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 13.56MHz iCLASS
]¶""‘‡›"‘‡><]"""® PIN/Contactless
Readers
Features:
™<—
in bright sunlight conditions
Increased read range from iCLASS credentials
Two factor authentication in a robust reader
design
A design that can be fitted into door entry
solutions for integral, single panel and more
aesthetically pleasing solutions at main entrances
This integrated keypad and contactless reader is
rated for continuous outdoor use in exposed,
unsupervised locations.
Featuring genuine HID®><]"""®, Seos®,
contactless technology, this access control keypad
offers enhanced security by dual authentication.
Authorised access through a secured door or
barrier can be gained by entry of a valid PIN
and presentation of an authorised 13.56 MHz
contactless card, token or Seos® compatible NFC
device.
Flexibility
Dual technology readers can expedite access by
accepting just the wave of a card or PIN entry only.
The host system can demand both PIN and card to
achieve elevated security.
Reliability
AXS S40 and S40i PIN/Contactless readers feature
HID® iCLASS® contactless technology encased
within a robust, weather resistant STORM AXS
keypad. Laboratory tested and field proven, these
<„Ÿ‘`\_›{
durable and reliable system interface.
Accessibility
Moving tactile keytops, on a standard 19 mm pitch,
Compatibility
with home key tactile idents, ensure accessibility for Supports multiple technologies including iCLASS
those with sensory impairment.
"® Seos®, standard iCLASS®ƒ=“]–ªƒ
=“]–—"“ª
Security
A requirement for both knowledge of a PIN
Compliance
and possession of an associated card (dual
<„Ÿ‘ƒ“>>‘ž>“–†™ƒ>ƒ–œ"„ƒ–
authentication) creates an enhanced level of security {
—
at primary points of access.
Flexibility
Dual technology readers can expedite access by
accepting just the wave of a card or PIN entry only.
The host system can demand both PIN and card to
achieve elevated security.
10/16
16
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 13.56MHz iCLASS
Technical Specifications:
Order Codes:
Envionmental
Operational temperature:
-35ºC to + 65ºC (dry)
Water and dust resistance:
‹'‡†„Ÿ=$'†
Humidity:
5% to 95% RH
noncondensing

"`
outdoor use
={
 ‹'„„'„=^‡Ÿ|‡¬~
Shock and
 ["='
Electrical
Operating Voltage: 5 V DC OR 12 V DC
Operating Current:
AXS S40i:
500 mA Max (illuminated)
AXS S40:
300 mA Max
Compatibility
Includes genuine
HID technology:
Default security level V1
Accreditation protocols:
iCLASS®ƒ><]"""®,
Seos®ƒ`ªƒ—"“ª
RX/TX frequency:
13.56 MHZ
Data output format: Wiegand 26 bit, 32 bit,
34 bit or 40 bit
PIN data:
4 or 8 bit burst
Compliance
>{

>ƒ
–
Directive & FCC 47CFR15B
>{{
_
=>'„††Ÿ„
"_
<„Ÿ‘‹–[<>`
STI-DS401KT201
STI-DS402KW201
STI-1KFS0201
`}_'~}‚
Vandal Resistant Keypad
with integral HID iCLASS,
Seos contactless reader.
Metal keys
Storm Interface AXS S40i
IP65 Vandal Resistant
Keypad with integral HID
iCLASS, Seos contactless
reader. Illuminated Polymer
keys.
Optional privacy shield
Wall
Sealing
Gasket
Back
Box
Keypad
Optional Privacy Shield (supplied separately)
10/16
17
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 13.56MHz iCLASS
iCLASS MultiTechnology Readers
Features:
Simple Migration from the most popular proximity
technologies to iCLASS®
Open Architecture Design allows project specific
formats and keys
Provides flexible options for processing multitechnology cards and configuring the reader’s
audio/visual characteristics
All HID card formats carryover
Reads: 125 kHz - HID, (Indala - special order) or
]š=—{_ƒ†'œ¡><]""ƒ—"“® ISO 15693 CSN (MyD, I Code, Tag It), ISO 14443A
>"‹|=“]–®)
The RP15 is a multi-technology card reader designed
for customers upgrading their current card system
from some of the most popular proximity formats
to iCLASS® credentials. With the RP15 reader, the
customer has the ability to transition to smart cards 13.56 MHz contactless smart cards
over time while incorporating the use of multiple
card technologies within a single building or across
="†'Ÿ
_¦„\|„†'™_~ƒ'\|„\
multiple facilities.
Byte) and 32k bit (4k Byte); serial number
="‘‘‘]
_¦=“]–|
{~
The RP15 multiCLASS reader is specifically
="‘‘‘™
_¦„\|„†'™_~
'\
designed to assist customers with the transition
bit (2k Byte)
from the popular HID MiniProx® and other mullion
"
_“>ª=—{|[
›
'‘‘~
mounted reader form factors. The RP15 features the >$]">]‹>"‹|[
›
'‘‘~
same mounting dimensions as the MiniProx to allow
for an easy direct replacement.
Only the multiCLASS family of products provides
true iCLASS security, the ease of Prox, the power
of smart cards and the confidence of choosing HID,
the worldwide leader in access control.
Technical Specifications:
Typical Read Range
iCLASS Card
iCLASS Key/Tag
HID Prox ISO Card
7.5 - 9.0 cm
2.5 - 4.0 cm
6.5 - 9.0 cm
HID Prox Keyfob/Tag 3.2 - 4.5 cm
Indala Proximity ISO Card
4.0 - 5.0 cm
Indala Proximity Keyfob/Tag
2.5 - 3.2 cm
Dimensions
15.6 cm x 4.8 cm x 2.3 cm
Card Compatibility
125 kHz Proximity
œ=—=
{_ƒ\_`ƒ
]š=—>
10/16
18
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 13.56MHz iCLASS
Order Codes:
6145CGN000
HID multiCLASS mullion
reader - grey cover.
Supplied with 18” pigtail.
This reader will provide a
Wiegand output from HID
125kHz prox and iCLASS
credentials.
HID iClass SE and multiClass readers with OSDP
v2 support
Ÿ‡‡$[$‹^‡‡‡“>
Ÿ‡‹[$‹^‡‡‡“]
Ÿ„‡$[$‹^‡‡‡“>
10/16
œ=—–$‡{><]"""
13.56MHz & 125KHz Dual
Technology Reader Colour:
Black, Panel Connection:
OSDP v2.1.6, 18” (45.7cm)
pigtail cable
œ=—–†><]"""
13.56MHz , Colour: Black,
Panel Connection: OSDP
v2.1.6, 18” (45.7cm) pigtail
cable
œ=—–$‘‡{><]"""
13.56MHz & 125KHz Dual
Technology Reader Colour:
Black, Panel Connection:
OSDP v2.1.6, 18” (45.7cm)
pigtail cable
HID OSDP reader configuration Cards
">Ÿ¶>–—„"‡„
">Ÿ¶>–—‡$‡‡]
">Ÿ¶>–—™‡
HID OSDP reader
Configuration card to Set
reader to OSDP V2 factory
defaults
HID OSDP reader
Configuration card to Set
reader baud rate to 38400
HID OSDP reader
Configuration card to Set
OSDP V2 reader to address
1
19
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 13.56MHz iCLASS
Technical Specifications:
Base Part Number
RP10
RP15
RP40
900P
900L
910P
910L
920P
920L
13.56 MHz Single Technology ID-1 Cards – SIO Model Data
1
Typical Read Range
iCLASS Seos: 3 cm
iCLASS: 8 cm
=“]–>ž{
=“]–—"“{
iCLASS Seos: 3 cm
iCLASS: 8 cm
=“]–>ž{
=“]–—"“{
iCLASS Seos: 5 cm
iCLASS: 12 cm
=“]–>„{
=“]–—"“†{
13.56 MHz Single Technology Tags/Fobs – SIO Data Model
iCLASS: 4 cm
=“]–>{
iCLASS: 4 cm
=“]–>{
iCLASS: 6 cm
=“]–>†{
125 kHz Single Technology ID-1 Cards
HID Prox: 7 cm
Indala Prox: 4 cm
‘‡„${
HID Prox: 7 cm
Indala Prox: 4 cm
‘‡„${
HID Prox: 7 cm
Indala Prox: 5 cm
‘‡„${
125 KHz Single Technology Tags/Fobs
HID Prox: 4 cm
Indala Prox: 2 cm
‘‡„$ž{
Mounting
HID Prox: 5 cm
Indala Prox: 2 cm
‘‡„$ž{
Mini-Mullion Size; physically
HID’s smallest iCLASS
readers and are ideally suited
for mullion-mounted door
ƒ"
J-box (with mud ring) or any
flat surface
Mullion Size; physically HID’s Wall Switch Size; designed
second smallest iCLASS
to mount and cover single
readers and are ideally suited gang switch boxes primarily
used in the Americas and
for mullion-mounted door
ƒ"
includes a slotted mounting
`
J-box (with mud ring) or any
Asian back box spacing
flat surface
Colour
Black
Keypad
No
Dimensions
HID Prox: 5 cm
Indala Prox: 3 cm
‘‡„$ž{
4.8 cm x 10.3 cm x 2.3 cm
4.8 cm x 15.3 cm x 2.3 cm
8.4 cm x 12.2 cm x 2.4 cm
Product Weight
(Pigtail)
114 g
149 g
222 g
Product Weight
(Terminal
85 g
124 g
216 g
Operating Voltage
Range
5-16 VDC, Linear supply recommended
Current Draw Standard Power
Mode2 (mA)
75
75
85
Current Draw Intelligent Power
Management (IPM)
Mode2 (mA)
40
40
50
Peak Current Draw
- Standard Power or
IPM Mode2 (mA)
200
200
200
10/16
20
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 13.56MHz iCLASS
NSC3 Power Consumption - Standard
Power Mode (W @ 16 VDC)
1.2
1.2
1.4
NSC3 Power Consumption - w/ IPM (W @
16 VDC)
0.6
0.6
0.8
Operating Temperature
-35º to 65º C
Storage Temperature
-55º to 85º C
Operating Humidity
5% to 95% relative humidity non-condensing
{
–
Indoor/Outdoor IP55; IP65 if installed with optional gasket (IP65GSKT)
Transmit Frequency
13.56 MHz Card Compatibility
13.56 MHz & 125 kHz
"=
_˜ª|"=®~
><]"""ƒ><]"""›"–ƒ
=“]–—"“
=“]–>|
_—`~
iCLASS Access Control Application (order with Standard interpreter)
="‘‘‘]|=“]–~>"‹ƒ="‘‘‘™>"‹ƒ="†'Ÿ>"‹=“]–
>
=“]–—"“{{“>ª4 CSN,
>$]"‘>"‹>]‹
HID Prox4, AWID4ƒ=
ƒ‘‡„‘
125 kHz Card Compatibility
Communications
Optional OSDP with SCP over RS4854
š
›>\
—=
`†‡{|„„]š%~"
for best results
Panel Connection
Certifications
Pigtail or Terminal Strip
<„Ÿ‘›<|"~ƒ“>>>`
|"~ƒ=>|>
~ƒ>|~ƒ>\
(Australia, New Zealand),
SRRC (China), MIC (Korea)4, NCC (Taiwan)4, iDA (Singapore)4, RoHS,
FIPS-201 Transparent FASC-N Reader
Cryto Processor Hardware Common
Criteria Rating
Patents
]<†§
"ž‡‘‡ƒ"ž‘Ÿ'„ƒ"ž„‘Ÿ‘ƒ"†Ÿ†„Ÿ†ƒ"'‡†‘ƒ
"'ž'Ÿ
Housing Material
<Ÿ‘$_
Manufactured with % of recycled content
(Pigtail)
10.5%
11.0%
10.5%
Manufactured with % of recycled
content (Terminal Strip)
<–`‹{
Warranty
10.5%
11.0%
11.0%
–$‡
–$†
Limited Lifetime
–$‘‡
1 Read range listed is statistical mean rounded to nearest whole centimeter. HID Global testing occurs in open air. Some
environmental conditions, including metallic mounting surface, can significantly degrade read range and performance; plastic or ferrite spacers are recommended to
improve performance on metallic mounting surfaces.
„
<„Ÿ‘
¦"=
%`—
3 NSC = Normal Standby Current; See Installation Guide for Details.
4 Not available on 9xxL part numbers.
10/16
21
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 13.56MHz iCLASS
eForce iCLASS
Features:
Interfaces with any Wiegand protocol access
control system
Supports HID iCLASS 13.56MHz credentials
Models to operate Adams Rite latches, exit
devices, and MS® Series deadbolts
Audible beep upon card presentation
–›
<—\›
\
Surface-mounted with concealed fasteners
Non-handed with clutched lever protection
Mortise cylinder control override (1” to 1-1/2”
range with AR/MS cam)
Full outdoor rating – temperature range from
-35°C to 66°C
Hardwired (7 conductor) installation with
<_
ª
[“><]""ª{_
access with Adams Rite deadbolts, deadlatches and
exit devices.
Card presentation is confirmed with an audible beep
›
<—
displaying the locked/unlocked status. Supporting
HID® 13.56 MHz (eForce iCLASS) credentials,
the eForce iCLASS interfaces with any Wiegandcompatible access control system.
The sleek-looking eForce iCLASS measures 1-3/4”
wide x 15-3/8” high, and is compatible with
aluminium, steel and wood doors from 1-3/4” to
2-1/4” thick. The eForce retrofits to Adams Rite MS®
Series Deadbolts, 4500, 4700, 4900 Deadlatches
‡‡‡"—
›„±\
and greater.
Technical Specifications:
Order Code:
Handle
Clutch-protected cast zinc alloy,
finished to match housing.
3090C-01-626
Adams Rite eForce
iCLASS in satin chrome
finish. Reads any iCLASS
credential
Special Features/Requirements
Hardwired installation:18-22 AWG recommended
(seven conductor stranded
and shielded)
Temperature range: -35OC to 65OC and 5-95%
humidity (non-condensing)
500 ft. max. distance to host
Housing
The sleek-looking eForce measures 1-3/4” wide x
15-3/8” high, with Satin Chrome finish.
Electrical Specs:
eForce Prox
Integrated HID® 13.56MHz iCLASS contactless card
reader Interfaces with any Wiegand compatible
access control system Recognizes HID® Prox 26-39
bit formats 12 Vdc/150 mA average 300 mA Peak
10/16
22
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 13.56MHz iCLASS

_>
{
–
Features:
"_
_{_
low and high frequency credentials including HID
Prox®ƒ=
$ƒ=“]–®>ƒ=“]–
—"“®ƒ><]""®ƒ
><]"""
>>=—"{
drivers on standard operating systems.
œ
`>
{
simplify Access control card administration. HID
%³‹=^­® 5427CK Reader combines a
modern design with a small footprint and functions
in virtually any PC environment, opening new market
opportunities for system integrators. The reader
also supports low and high frequency technologies
within a single device to provide organizations with
a seamless migration path and enabling mixed
credential technology environments.
Additionally, the reader includes an integrated, easyto-use web based management tool that enables
intuitive, browser-based configuration independent
from the operating system.
Technical Specifications:
Dimension:
71 mm x 93 mm x 16 mm
Weight:
100 g
Power Supply:
Bus powered
œ=
`
"™„‡|{
"™~
[
{
"„|"™„‡`~
SmartCards:
iCLASS®, iCLASS®"›"–ƒ
iCLASS®"=“]–"ƒ
—"“"=“]–ª
>^›‘^ƒ<ƒ
<>ƒ$|"_
<~ƒ=“]–ª
—"“=–ª‡'ƒ
=“]–ª—"“=–ª
(MAC /
—"›—"›^—"›]"~
Low frequency cards: HID PROX®, HID Indala®
$ƒ$®
Order Code:
R54270001
10/16
œ=—
{
‹=^­® 5427CK
23
Access Control Cards and Readers
Morpho Sigma Biometrics
Morpho SIGMA Lite Series Terminals
Features:
1:10,000 user identification in 1 second
High capacity: 30,000 templates, 250,000 IDs in
authorised user list, 1 Million log
Flexibility: Prox®, iClass®=“]–®›—"“®/
NFC(1) contactless card reader as an option
Anti-fraud: fake finger & face detection, duress
finger
IP65 rated and vandal resistant (IK08)
{š"`
{
ƒ
terminal configuration and transaction log retrieval
The SIGMA family welcomes new members!
{
and performance as their predecessor, the
MorphoAccess® SIGMA Lite terminals are
specifically designed to equip narrow mounting
surfaces, such as glass/aluminium door mullions,
turnstiles, or server rack doors. With two designs
and multiple card reader options, there are a
variety of models to address the widest range of
deployment scenarios, both indoors and outdoor.
Ultra-secure
The World’s most accurate fingerprint technology is
further enhanced with additional antifraud like, Fake
finger detection, Duress finger, banned / authorised
user lists and timed anti-pass back function that
prevents repeated authorisations by the same user,
within a configurable time period.
Fresh, intuitive, flexible User Interface
{š"
{
ƒ{
configuration and transaction log retrieval
_|$>ƒƒƒ
smartphone)
_"|š
ƒ]
ƒ]"~
_|%>{ƒ
¡“`ƒ"`ƒ=
~
Easy Set-up and Maintenance
Built for the real World and designed to save time at
installation and reduce maintenance costs.
Flush mounted “quick-tilt” access
_
˜{
plate to axis to either side of axis
On-device or remote IP-based set-up
""™
`
product
Compatible with Existing Installations
{{
_
MorphoAccess® SIGMA and SIGMA Lite devices
using MorphoManager application on a Morpho
\
"]{
SecureSDK on a Bioscrypt network.
Integration with access control
Morpho provide an Access control integration
middleware named BioBridge. BioBridge is an
enrolment and synchronisation middleware
that overlays enrolment and demographic
synchronisation between MorphoManager
and Tyco’s Access control Systems.
BioBridge is compatible with Morpho’s,
MA J-Bio, MA J-Dual, MA 500+, MA 520+D,
OMA 520 D, SIGMA Series, SIGMA Lite Series,
3D Face Reader and most impressively the new
MorphoWave Tower.
(1) NFC support depends on the smartphone model used with
the MA SIGMA Lite/Lite+ device (2) IK08 rating is not available for MA
SIGMA Lite+ design
10/16
24
Access Control Cards and Readers
Morpho Sigma Biometrics
Technical Specifications:
Order Codes:
General
>$
Operating System
Sensor
MOR-293678615
®
]– >ª]Ÿ%œ¡
Linux
FBI PIV IQS certified optical
fingerprint sensor
Contactless reader options Prox®, iClass®ƒ=“]–®/
=“]–®$›—"“®/
NFC(1)
Network/Communication
ƒ–"‘†ƒ"™š“
option
Internal storage capacity
512MB Flash, 512MB RAM
- 500 user records, extendable
to 3,000 or 10,000 with
license (*3 templates each,
including 1 duress)
- 250,000 IDs in authorised
user list - 1 Million transaction
logs
Inputs/outputs
Wiegand In & Out
(customisable up to 512
bits), Door Relay, 2 General
Purpose Inputs (including Door
monitoring), 2 General
Purpose Outputs
Tamper switch
Yes
Environmental
Operational temperature
-20°C to 55°C
Humidity
10% to 80% (non condensing)
Enclosure
Dimensions (HxWxD) 156 mm x 68 mm x 62 mm
Weight
280 grams
Impact resistance
IK08(1)(2)
Protection
IP65
Electrical
Operating Voltage
12 V-24 V DC - Power over
|$~
>{$§
switches
Operating Current
1 Amp min @12 V, 15.36 W
$
Regulatory
]
_>`
>ƒ>™ƒ“>>
>{
–œ"ƒ–]>ƒš
MOR-293678628
MOR-293673665
MOR-293678636
MOR-293678657
MOR-293673644
MOR-293678678
MOR-293678660
MA SIGMA Lite, Mono`™ƒ{
server
MA SIGMA Lite iClass,
Multi-factor Bio/Card,
{
MA SIGMA Lite Prox,
Multi-factor Bio/Card,
{
MA SIGMA Lite HID,
Multi-factor Bio/ Card,
=“]–›—"“ƒ
{
MA SIGMA Lite +, Multi`™›$=‹ƒ{
web server and touchscreen
MA SIGMA Lite +, iClass,
Multi-factor Bio/Card/PIN,
{
touchscreen
MA SIGMA Lite +, HID
Prox, Multi-factor Bio/Card/
$=‹ƒ{
and touchscreen
MA SIGMA Lite +, Multi
Mifare/Desfire, Multi-factor
™›>›$=‹ƒ{
web server and touchscreen
(1) NFC support depends on the smartphone model used with the MA
SIGMA Lite/Lite+ device (2) IK08 rating is not available for MA SIGMA
Lite+ design(2) IK08 rating is not available for MA SIGMA Lite+ design
10/16
25
Access Control Cards and Readers
Morpho Sigma Biometrics
Morpho SIGMA Fingerprint Terminals
Features:
‹
{|=‹¶
FIPS 201 approved)
FBI PIV IQS certified optical sensor
Tablet-like user experience
Anti-fraud: fake finger & face detection, duress
finger
Full set of contactless technologies including
NFC(1)
‹\›>{{

ƒ–"‘†ƒ
–"‘„„ƒ"™|¨~š“
IP65 rated design
Fast 1:100 000 identification
The Ultimate in Security
{
\
have no equivalent in the industry, experts from
Morpho and Bioscrypt join forces to design the best
of breed fingerprint identification terminal.
Tailored for both Access Control and Time &
Attendance applications, the MorphoAccess®
SIGMA (MA SIGMA) Series implements no fewer
than 20 patents to master biometric identification
and deliver a host of additional features, together
with a refined and enjoyable user experience.
Ultra-secure
The World’s most accurate fingerprint technology is
further enhanced with additional antifraud and
anti-”buddy punching” features:
Face detection and picture logging
Fake finger detection
Duress finger
Banned/authorised user lists
Fresh, intuitive, flexible User Interface
The MA SIGMA Series implements the design cues
from today’s most intuitive consumer electronics,
for fast user adoption:
5” WVGA colour touch-screen highlighting a
%=
`
Seamless on-device administration
{
_
own content! (corporate video, audio messages,
wallpapers etc.
Easy Set-up and Maintenance
Built for the real World and designed to save time at
installation and reduce maintenance costs.
Flush mounted “quick-tilt” access
No need for extra-cable wiring: connectors are
directly pluggable on rear side
On-device or remote IP-based set-up
""™
`
product
Compatible with Existing Installations
{{
_
with MorphoAccess® SIGMA devices using
MorphoManager application on a Morpho network.
SecureAdmin application on a Bioscrypt network.
Integration with access control
Morpho provide an Access Control integration
middleware named BioBridge. BioBridge is an
enrolment and synchronisation middleware
that overlays enrolment and demographic
synchronisation between MorphoManager and
Tyco’s Access Control Systems. BioBridge is
compatible with Morpho’s, MA J-Bio, MA J-Dual,
MA 500+, MA 520+ D, OMA 520 D, SIGMA Series,
SIGMA Lite Series, 3D Face Reader and most
impressively the new MorphoWave Tower.
(1) NFC: Near Field Communication. Support depends on the
smartphone model used with the MA SIGMA”
10/16
26
Access Control Cards and Readers
Morpho Sigma Biometrics
Technical Specifications:
General
Models
>$
Operating System
Display
Regulatory
Indoor and Outdoor
]
_>`
>ƒ>™ƒ“>>ƒ<„Ÿ‘|`
®
]– >ª]Ÿ%œ¡
indoor use only)
>{
–œ"ƒ–]>ƒš
Linux
5” WVGA colour Touch-screen,
VGA Camera
(1) NFC: Near Field Communication. Support depends on the
Audio
Yes, Loudspeaker & Micro
smartphone model used with the MA SIGMA”
phone
Video
Yes with audio
Sensor
FBI PIV IQS certified optical
Order Codes:
fingerprint sensor
Contactless reader options
Multi-factor Bio/PIN (3K
MOR-293638835
Prox®, iClass®ƒ=“]–®/
users, expandable with
=“]–®$›—"“®/
license) ,1M logs storage
NFC(1)
_$
Network/Communication
Multi-factor Bio/ Card/ PIN/
MOR-293638898
ƒ–"‘†ƒ–"‘„„ƒ"™
BioPIN (3K users,
(host & slave) Wi-Fi option
expandable with license),
Internal storage capacity
1M logs storage capacity 512MB Flash, 512MB RAM +
œ=—$ $
8GB μSD Card 3000 user
Multi-factor Bio/ Card/
MOR-293638877
records (2 fingers + 1 duress
PIN/ Bio PIN (3K users,
each), extendable up to
expandable with license),
100 000 with licenses
1M logs storage capacity
250 000 user IDs in authorised
=“]–®›—"“®
user list 1 Million transaction
"{– $
logs 1 Million face picture logs MOR-293638856
Multi-factor Bio/ Card/
Inputs/outputs
Wiegand In & Out
PIN/ Bio PIN (3K users,
(customisable up to 512 bits),
expandable with license),
Door Relay, 3 GPI (including
1M logs storage capacity Door monitoring), 3 GPO
œ=—>"$
Tamper switch
Yes
Enclosure
Dimensions (HxWxD) 153 mm x 151 mm x 58.5 mm
Weight
470 grams (depends on
variant)
Protection
IP65
Electrical
Operating Voltage
12 V-24 V DC - Power over
|$~
>{$§
switches

>
]{¹„ƒ$
12.35 W
Battery Backup
Yes
10/16
27
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 125KHz Proximity
HID Cards and Readers
Features:
Standard Prox 125kHz operating frequency
Format Sizes available up to 84 bits
Corporate 1000 available for Global Customers
Read Ranges up to 60 cm
HID has become in many countries the generic
name for 125kHz proximity cards and readers and
is recognised as the industry standard for physical
access control.
Featuring 125 KHz RFID technology HID prox
products are robust, affordable, and seamlessly
integrate with access control system.
HID 125kHz proximity readers are common
throughout the range that in that they are not
formatted. The range of cards, tags & fobs on the
other hand are formatted and this needs to be
identified with each order.
Tyco Fire & Security has generally used four
formats:
H10301 – 26 bit Industry standard Wiegand Format
H10302 - 37 bit HID tracked Wiegand Format
H10304 – 37 bit Sensormatic Wiegand Format
S10701 – 37 bit Software House Wiegand Format
As you can see from the above there are two 37bit
`{
¼[_“¨
Security’ over the years. It is therefore essential
when ordering cards for existing projects that the
correct format is specified. For
new projects requiring 37bit format we would
recommend the use of the H10304 format.
The H10302 format is not detailed further in this
chapter as is used mainly with the Non PC based
network Solution - Galaxy Dimension.
All HID parts are now ordered direct from HID
[[_Ҭ"_{
locally the card ordering database and benefit from
¼
[_$
³``_œ=—
All readers in this section can however be used with
the dimension solution.
10/16
28
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 125KHz Proximity
ISOProx® II
Features:
Combines proximity technology and offers photo
identification capability on a single card
Graphics quality surface for use with direct image
printers
Same size and thickness as a standard credit card
Vertical or horizontal slot punch capability
The ISOProx II provides a solution for companies
wishing to use proximity technology and Photo ID
badging.
Order Codes:
1386LGGMN-H10301
The card accepts either horizontal or vertical card
punching (slot location identified on the card) and
meets ISO standard thickness for use with direct
card printers.
1386LGSMN-H10301
10/16
HID:1386LGGMN-H10301
ISO Prox II programmed
for 26 bit Wiegand. Front
& Rear supplied in PVC
plain white gloss finish.
Card numbering matching internal & external. NOT slot
punched
HID:1386LGSMN-H10301
ISO Prox II programmed
for 26 bit Wiegand. Front &
Rear supplied in PVC plain
white gloss finish (Back
has standard HID ISO II
artwork). Card numbering
matching -internal &
external. NOT slot punched.
29
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 125KHz Proximity
Duo Prox® II
Features:
Combines proximity technology and offers photo
identification capability on a single card
Graphics quality surface for use with direct image
printers
Same size and thickness as a standard credit card
Vertical or horizontal slot punch capability
Magnetic stripe technology
Thin enough to be used with standard swipe or
insert readers
Proven, Reliable Technology
``{_
``
by body shielding or variable environmental
conditions, even when close to keys and coins.
Order Codes:
1336LGGMN-H10301
Thin/Practical Size
Can be carried with credit cards in a wallet or purse.
=—
Photo ID Compatible
Print directly to the card with a direct image or
thermal transfer printer. Slot punch vertically or
horizontally for easy use.
Cross-reference
A cross-reference list correlating the external card
number and the programmed ID number is provided
for easy system administration.
Magnetic Stripe
Ready to be encoded by the customer (see card
construction).
1336LGGMN-H10304
HID:1336LGGMN
Format:H10301 DuoProx II
Card programmed for 26 bit
Wiegand. Plain White Vinyl
with Matte finish. Base
with moulded HID logo.
Sequentially numbered internal & external. With
vertical slot punch.
HID:1336LGGMN
Format:H10304 DuoProx
II Card programmed for
Software House 37 bit
Wiegand. Plain White Vinyl
with Matte finish. Base
with molded HID logo.
Sequentially numbered internal & external. With
vertical slot punch.
Long Life
Passive, no-battery design allows an infinite number
of reads.
Durability
Strong, flexible and resistant to cracking and
breaking.
10/16
30
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 125KHz Proximity
Prox Key® II
Features:
Offers universal compatibility with all HID
proximity readers
Provides an external number for easy
identification and control
Can be placed on a key ring for convenient entry
Proven, Reliable Technology.
``{_
``
by body shielding or variable environmental
conditions, even when close to keys and coins.
Small and Convenient
Can be carried with keys in pocket or handbag.
Cross-reference
A cross-reference list correlating the external card
number and the programmed ID number is provided
for easy system administration.
Long Life
Passive, no-battery design allows for an infinite
number of reads.
Durability
ABS package is resistant to cracking and breaking.
10/16
Order Codes:
Format - H10301 – 26
bit Wiegand
1346LNSMN-H10301
ProxKey II keyfob
programmed for 26 bit
Wiegand. Supplied with HID
logo on the front back is
standard finish. Numbering
is sequential internal &
external
Format - H10302 –
Tracked 37bit Wiegand
1346LNSMN-H10302 ProxKey II keyfob
programmed for HIDs
tracked 37 bit Wiegand
format H10302. Supplied
with HID logo on the front
back is standard finish.
Numbering is sequential
internal & external.
31
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 125KHz Proximity
Microprox®
Features:
The size of a coin, the Tag easily attaches to all
non-metallic materials
The Tag can be programmed in any
HID proximity format, and is compatible with all
HID proximity readers
The Tag is RF-programmable for ease of encoding
with HID’s ProxProgrammer®
`{_
the expense of rebadging
The MicroProx Tag provides the convenience of
HID’s proximity technology in a small disk-shaped
transponder. Simply attach the adhesive-backed Tag
to any non-metallic card or device, and you instantly
have a proximity card!
Order Codes:
391LKSMN-H10301
With the MicroProx Tag you can:
"{_`{š
ƒ{
stripe or barium ferrite technologies by simply
adhering the Tag to your existing access card.
_
``_
=—
badge or contact smart chip card into a proximity
credential!
]{_
_³
cell phones, PDAs and other similar non-metallic
device
10/16
HID:1391LKSMN
Format:H10301 MicroProx
tag programmed for 26
bit Wiegand. Supplied in
black finish with HID logo.
Sequential internal/external
numbering (inkjetted).
1391LKSMN-H10304
HID:1391LKSMN
Format:H10304 MicroProx
tag programmed for
Software House 37 bit
Wiegand. Supplied in
black finish with HID logo.
Sequential internal/external
numbering (inkjetted).
32
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 125KHz Proximity
œ=—${_
=“]–® Card
Features:
[œ=—${_
=“]–{
contactless smart card technology with the benefits
of HID’s proven proximity technology. This card can
be used for diverse applications such as access
control, public transportation, road toll, park & ride,
airline ticketing, customer loyalty and photo ID
cards.
Read/write Functionality for Multi-functional
Memory Applications Sixteen securely separated
files (sectors), each protected by a set of two
keys and programmable access conditions, allow
complex applications and provide for future
_
different application. Arithmetic functions are used
for expanding the capabilities of the chip. Different
keys can protect read/write operations in order to
build key hierarchies in the system.
Security mechanisms such as mutual authentication
and encryption are efficiently combined with fast
processing and data communication, resulting in
transition times of less than 100 milliseconds for a
typical secure ticketing transaction.
Proven, Reliable Technology
``{_
``
by body shielding or variable environmental
conditions, even when close to keys and coins.
Thin/Practical Size
Can be carried with credit cards in a wallet or purse.
=—
Ideal for companies that want to add smart card
applications to an existing
HID proximity technology access control system
Supports all HID proximity card formats, including
Corporate 1000
13.56 MHz operating frequency provides highspeed, reliable communications with high data
integrity.
=“]–
_
_|{
authentication, data encryption, unique 32-bit
serial number)
Meets ISO standards for thickness; use with all
direct image and thermal transfer printers.
Order Codes:
1431LGGMNN-H10301 HID:1431LGGMNN /
Format:H10301
${_¨=“]–
Prox encoded for 26 bit
š
=“]–
unencoded. Front & back
plain white PVC with
Gloss finish. Sequentially
numbered internally &
externally (inkjetted) for the
125kHz. Card has printed
location for slot punch
=“]–
unencoded.
HID:1431LGGMNN /
1431LGGMNNFormat:H103041
H10304
${_¨=“]–
Prox encoded for 37 bit
š
=“]–
unencoded. Front & back
plain white PVC with
Gloss finish. Sequentially
numbered internally &
externally (inkjetted) for the
125kHz. Card has printed
location for slot punch
=“]–
unencoded.
Photo ID Compatible
Print directly to the card with a direct image or
thermal transfer printer. Slot punch vertically for easy
use.
10/16
33
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 125KHz Proximity
ProxCard II®
Features:
Price competitive with all other card technologies
Thin enough to carry in a wallet or purse
Offers universal compatibility with all
HID proximity readers
Provides durable packaging and consistent read
range
Provides an external number for easy
identification and control
Supports formats up to 85 bits, with over 137
billion codes
Custom pre-printed artwork available.
A PVC overlay allows for on-site photo ID using
most direct image printers
Proven, Reliable Technology
``{_
``
by body shielding or variable environmental
conditions, even when close to keys and coins.
Order Codes:
1326LMSMV-H10301
Thin/Practical Size
>
`
clip as a photo ID badge.
Cross-reference
A cross-reference list correlating the external card
number and the programmed ID number is provided
for easy system administration.
1326LMSMV-H10304
Long Life
Passive, no-battery design allows for an infinite
number of reads.
Durability
Strong, flexible and resistant to cracking and
breaking.
1326LGSMV-H10301
1326LSSMV-H10301
10/16
HID:1326LMSMV /
Format:H10301ProxCard II
programmed for 26 bit
Wiegand. Plain White
Vinyl with Matte finish. Base
with moulded HID logo.
Sequentially numbered internal & external. With
vertical slot punch.
HID:1326LMSMV /
Format:H10304
ProxCard II programmed
for Software House 37 bit
Weigand. Plain White Vinyl
with Matte finish. Base
with moulded HID logo.
Sequentially numbered internal &
external. With vertical slot
punch.
HID:1326LGSMV /
Format:H10301
ProxCard II programmed for
26 bit Wiegand. Plain White
PVC with Gloss finish. Base
with molded HID logo.
HID:1326LSSMV /
Format:H10301
ProxCard II programmed for
26 bit Wiegand. Plain White
Vinyl with Matte finish.
Base with molded HID logo.
Sequentially numbered internal & external. With
vertical slot punch.
34
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 125KHz Proximity
MiniProx®
Features:
Offers high reliability, consistent read-range and
low power consumption in an easy-to install
package
Mounts directly onto metal with no change in
read range performance
${<—ƒ{_
standard access control systems and internal or
`<—
Available with either pigtail or terminal strip
(terminal strip only for Hazardous Location
version)
Mounting: unobtrusive design mounts directly onto
metal such as door mullions. Hazardous Location
MiniProx reader Mounting: designed to mount
onto a junction box included with each reader. The
junction box is attached to an appropriate surface
location utilising four holes.
Audio-visual indication: when a proximity card is
ƒ<—`
[{<—
beeper can also be controlled individually by the
host system.
Diagnostics: on reader power-up, an internal
self-test routine checks and verifies the setup
configuration, determines the internal or external
`<—
ƒ
operation.
An additional external loop-back test allows for the
reader outputs and inputs to be verified without the
use of additional test equipment.
Indoor/outdoor design: sealed in a rugged,
weatherised polycarbonate enclosure designed to
withstand harsh environments, providing reliable
performance and a high degree of vandal resistance.
10/16
Order Codes:
5365CGP00
†'†%[‡‡
†'†%œ‡‡
HID Miniprox in grey with
18” (45.7cm) Pigtail cable.
Reader is configured with
™
ƒ<—
{_ƒ
reader flashes green on
card read.
HID Miniprox in grey with
terminal strip. Reader is
configured with Beep on,
<—
{_ƒ
flashes green on card read.
HID Miniprox in grey with
hazardous area back box.
Reader is configured with
™
ƒ<—
{_ƒ
reader flashes green on
card read.
Additional Benefits
–"`
outdoor use.
œ¡<
<‡‘>=¨==
DIV 2 and Class III listed.
$–{
†'—>
>
{
„‡{]›‡{]\
12 VDC
>"
\ƒ_ƒ
or beige
Ԡ{
¦
`_`
2.7 m pigtail available by special order
35
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 125KHz Proximity
ProxPro®
Features:
Ideal for medium-range applications
Sealed for indoor or outdoor use
Optional glass mount kit available for mounting
the reader behind glass
Power requirements: 10-28.5 VDC
Current requirements: 100 mA avg/120 mA peak
Dimensions: 12.7 x 12.7 x 2.54 cm
Affords high reliability, consistent read range
characteristics, and low power consumption in a
single, easy-to-install package
Order Codes:
The ProxPro proximity card reader’s weatherproof
design and architecturally attractive enclosure allows
easy mounting indoors or out. The ProxPro Reader
is ideal for applications requiring a larger read

`
"]
gang switch boxes (vertically mounted) to simplify
installation. Field adjustable for mounting directly to
metal, exhibiting only minimal effects on read range.
An additional external loop-back test allows the
reader outputs and inputs to be verified without
the use of additional test equipment. Indoor/
outdoor design: sealed in a rugged, weatherised
polycarbonate enclosure designed to withstand
harsh environments, providing reliable performance
`
_
installed in any location, even with the optional
keypad.
The unit includes a tamper switch to provide
notification of reader tampering. Recognises card
formats up to 84 bits, with over 137 billion unique
codes. Keypad option: available with an optional,
integrated weatherised keypad, which provides an
additional level of security by allowing the use of
a personal identification number (PIN). The keypad
interfaces with the host system either by sending
the keypad data over the data output lines, or via a
direct connection to the host keypad interface.
10/16
5355AGN00
5355AGK00
5355AGS00
HID ProxPro reader in grey Wiegand output. Configured
™
ƒ<—
normally red, flashes green
on card read. HID ProxPro
reader in grey with Wiegand
output and Wiegand 8 bit
burst keypad.
Configured with Beep on,
<—
{_ƒ`
green on card read. HID
ProxPro reader in grey with
Wiegand output and 3 x 4
matrix keypad.
Configured with Beep
ƒ<—
{_ƒ
flashes green on card read.
Additional Features
“{<—ƒ
`<—ƒ
›
‚``±
switch for silent operation.
``
ƒ`_
identification number keypad for heightened
security.
^_
the same cable, or on a separate cable using 2 of 7
or 3 x 4 matrix.
36
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 125KHz Proximity
Prox Point Plus®
Features:
Small sized, low cost reader features a beeper
{<—
›
locally controlled
Potted reader suitable for indoor or outdoor use
Power requirements: 5-16 VDC
Current requirements: 20 mA avg / 75 mA peak at
12 VDC
45 cm wire pigtail standard; consult factory for
9’ (2.7 m) pigtail available by special order
™
{<—
Can read HID cards with formats up to 85 bits
Designed for mounting directly onto metal with
no change in read range performance
Compatible with all standard access control
systems
Includes multilingual installation manual
Mounting: unobtrusive design can be mounted
directly onto metal such as door mullions. Audiovisual indication: when a proximity card is presented
ƒ<—`
[{<—
beeper can also be controlled individually by the
host system. Diagnostics: on reader power-up,
an internal self-test routine checks and verifies
the setup configuration, determines the internal
`<—
ƒ
initialises reader operation.
Order Code:
6005BGB00
HID ProxPoint Plus in grey
with 45.7 cm pigtail cable.
Reader is configured with
™
ƒ<—
{_ƒ
reader flashes green on.
An additional external loop-back test allows for the
reader outputs and inputs to be verified without
the use of additional test equipment. Indoor/
outdoor design: sealed in a rugged, weatherised
polycarbonate enclosure designed to withstand
harsh environments, providing reliable performance
and a high degree of vandal resistance.
_
`š
{
`
with all existing Wiegand protocol access control
systems.
Clock-and-Data (magnetic stripe) model interfaces
with most systems that accept magnetic stripe
readers.
10/16
37
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 125KHz Proximity
ThinLine II
Features:
[¡`{
"
Potted reader suitable for indoor or outdoor use
Power requirements: 5-16 VDC
Current requirements 20 mA avg / 115 mA peak
at 12 VDC
Dimensions: 11.9 x 7.6 x 1.7 cm 45 cm wire pigtail
standard; consult factory for 2.7 m pigtail available
by special order
Provides high reliability, consistent read range and
low power consumption
“
{<—
`<—
Mounts directly on metal with minimal impact on
the read range performance
Includes multilingual installation manual
Mounting: mounts on a single-gang electrical box
for easy installation. Mounts directly on metal with
minimal impact on read range performance.
]
<—`
the beeper sounds when reader is presented with a
{_[{<—
also be controlled individually by the host system.
5395CG100
HID ThinLine reader in
grey with Wiegand output.
Configured with Beep on,
<—
{_ƒ`
green on card read.
Diagnostics: on reader power-up, an internal
self-test routine checks and verifies the setup
configuration, determines the internal or external
`<—
operation.
An additional external loop-back test allows for the
reader outputs and inputs to be verified without
the use of additional test equipment. Indoor/
outdoor design: sealed in a rugged, weatherised
polycarbonate enclosure designed to withstand
harsh environments, providing reliable performance
and a high degree of vandal resistance.
10/16
38
Access Control Cards and Readers
HID 125KHz Proximity
MaxiProx®
Features:
Long read range distance (up to 8’ with
ProxPass®)
Autotune allows read range to be maintained
within four inches of metal
“Parking hold” feature ensures accurate detection
of vehicles in parking lanes
Dimensions: 30.5 x 30.5 x 2.54 cm
Power requirements: 12 or 24 VDC (configurable)
Current requirements: 200 mA avg /700 mA peak
at 12 VDC; 260 mA avg /1.2A peak at 24 VDC
Mounting: mount on non-metallic surfaces for
optimal read range performance. Audio-visual
indication: when a proximity card is presented to the
ƒ<—`
[{<—
be controlled individually by the host system.
Indoor/outdoor design: sealed in a rugged,
weatherised polycarbonate enclosure designed to
withstand harsh environments as well as provide
a high degree of vandal resistance for reliable
performance anywhere.
Order Code:
5375AGN00
HID MaxiProx reader in
grey with Wiegand output.
Configured with beep on,
<—ƒ`
card read. Read distance up
to 8’ with ProxPass.
Security: includes a tamper switch to provide
electronic notification of reader tampering.
Recognises card formats up to 85 bits.
Additional Benefits
>{œ=—
formats up to 85 bits
<—
`
<—
[$
{
for “HI-LO” (truck and car) installations.
10/16
39
Access Control Cards and Readers
Kantech ioProx
ioProxTM Proximity Readers
Features:
Choose from Kantech extended
Secure Format (XSF) or 26-bit
Wiegand format
Digital Signal Processing (DSP ensures quick and
reliable card reading
Weatherproof design for indoor and outdoor
applications
=
¡¡¡¨<—
Quick connect terminal blocks (P225 and P325
series allows for easy wiring and saves time and
money
ž{
|$'‡‡~
Integration by Design
Kantech ioProx readers and cards provide an ideal
access control solution. They are a secure and easyto-install solution to manage and control access all
the while ensuring people, materials and operations
are safe. ioProx readers and cards seamlessly
integrate with Kantech access control systems
$"_
Management Software.
Secure Card Formats
All ioProx cards are dual encoded with both 26-bit
Wiegand format and Kantech extended Secure
Format (XSF). These same ioProx cards can be
used either with 26-bit Wiegand or XSF format card
readers. Kantech XSF readers are compatible with
"`‘
billion codes, protecting against card duplication.
ioProx Readers support dual authentication by
combining ioProx card presentation along with a
Personal Identification Number (PIN) entered on the
reader’s integrated keypad.
Presenting Our Credentials
ioProx cards feature proven, reliable technology that
seamlessly integrates with ioProx readers. Cards are
available in a variety of shapes and materials. They
offer a flexible design and can be attached to a
key ring, badge clip or lanyard. In the case of disk
shaped P50TAG, it can be attached to any nonmetallic surface such as a smart phone. And some
cards are suitable for dye sublimation printing.
10/16
Selecting The Right Reader
Choose the right ioProx reader for the specific
application: single gang box, mullion, integrated
keypad and long read range. Readers can also be
selected based on reading distances, output options
and other considerations.
Read Range
Depending on the model selected and the operating
conditions, read range varies from 16.5 cm to 73
cm. With its extended range, the P600 Long Range
Reader is ideal for parking lots and other long read
range applications.
Appealing/Durable Readers
ioProx readers are attractive, compact, weatherised
and vandal-resistant, making them suitable for
installation in a variety of indoor and outdoor
{
[<—
_{[<—
successful read when the card is presented to
=
ƒ<—
`
alarm system is armed or disarmed. The piezo
buzzer provides audible indication of a successful
read.
40
Access Control Cards and Readers
Kantech ioProx
Description
TM
Order Codes
ioProx –<<=‹¶"““{ƒ[_
to 16.5 cm, Dimensions: 114.3 x 44.5 x 21.3mm
P225XSF
ioProxTM–<<=‹š
„'“{ƒ[_
range up to 16.5 cm, Dimensions: 114.3 x 44.5 x 21.3 mm
P225W26
ioProxTM<<–^_ƒ¶"““{ƒ[_
range up to 16.5 cm, Dimensions: 114.3 x 44.5 x 21.3 mm
P225KPXSF
ioProxTM<<–^_ƒš
„'“{ƒ[_
read range up to 16.5 cm, Dimensions: 114.3 x 44.5 x 21.3 mm
P225KPW26
ƒTM~„„='†$‡
{ˆ‚`†
[
`<
<‚ˆƒ‰ˆƒˆŠ``
ƒTM!
„`†$‡
{
ˆ‚`†[
`<
<‚ˆƒ‰ˆƒˆŠ``
P325XSF
ioProxTM S/GANG Reader with Keypad, XSF Format, Typical read
range up to 20.5 cm, Dimensions 115.6 x 71.1 x 21.3 mm
P325KPXSF
P325W26
P325KPW26
ioProxTM S/GANG Reader with Keypad, Wiegand 26 Format,
Typical read range up to 20.5 cm, Dimensions 115.6 x 71.1 x 21.3mm
P600 ioProxTM proximity long range reader, unshielded cable,
P600
"“{
š
„'|™\~
10/16
P600 Compatible proximity cards:
$‡"œ<|"
~ƒ$„‡—­|—_"~ƒ$‡—%
|—_"
{~
$‘‡^­|^_~
Tamper switch for P225 P325 readers..
P-TAMP
Keypad for internal or external use. Provides 26 bit Wiegand output.
K1-W26
41
Access Control Cards and Readers
Kantech ioProx
Common ioProx Card Reader Specifications
Both XSF and 26-bit Wiegand format ioProx readers
are compatible with ioProx cards
Transmission Frequency125 kHz
<—=
™|–ƒ%
~
Piezo Buzzer Integrated
Operating Temperature Range
-35OC to 65OC
>`
“>>$†>™ƒ>ƒ<
{
–œ"ƒš
Colour Black
P225/
P225KP
Mullion
P325/
P325KP
Single
Gang
P600
Long
Range
10/16
11.4 x 4 .4 x 2.1
16.5 cm
XSF or 26-bit 4.5 to
Wiegand
14 VDC,
max. 45
mA
11.5 x 7.1 XSF or 26-bit 4.5 to
x 2.1
20.5 cm Wiegand
14 VDC,
max. 45
mA
285 x 285 ž XSF or 26-bit 12 to
28 VDC,
x 31.5
cm
Wiegand,
configurable max. 1 A
Input Power: 5
VDC 137 m 12
VDC - 300 m
Input Power: 5
VDC - 150 m 12
VDC - 300 m
Input Power:
12 VDC - 137 m
28 VDC - 300 m
Optional
#22 AWG
Belden #8742,
3 twisted pairs
Optional
#22 AWG
Belden #8742,
3 twisted pairs
Integrated
#18 AWG
Belden
µ†‡‘ƒ'
conductor
42
Access Control Cards and Readers
Kantech ioProx
ioProxTM Cards
Features:
—
>
Kantech eXtended Secure Format (XSF)
26-bit Wiegand format (W26)
Read range up to 73 cm using P600
Long Range reader
Long-life passive card for unlimited number of
reads
5 models to meet the requirements of any
application
ioProxTM Proximity cards ensure increased security with dual XSF and W26 encoded formats, whilst
providing customers with the flexibility to choose from multiple card designs.
Technical Specifications:
oProxTM Standard shell tag/card for use with ioPassTM and Kantech
$TM, ioProxTM readers.
Part No
P10SHL
Typical read range
P100XSF Mini
up to 10 cm
P200XSF Mullion
up to 12.5 cm
P300XSF Single Gang
up to 14 cm
P400XSF Double Gang
up to 15 cm
Dimensions (H x W x D) cm 8.6 x 5.40 x 0.18
Card Construction P10SHL proximity cards are slot punched and are
compatible with most adhesive photo pouches
Operating temperatures
-45°C to 70°C
Colour
White
Weight
6.8 g
>`
<ƒ>ƒ“>>
ioProxTM Dye sublimination card (suitable for direct card printing) for use
with ioPassTM and
^
$TM ,ioProxTM readers. The card is dual format - XSF &
the industry standard 26 bit Wiegand.
$‹
$„‡—­
Typical read range
P100XSF Mini
up to 7.5 cm
P200XSF Mullion
up to 9 cm
P300XSF Single Gang
up to 10 cm
P400XSF Double Gang
up to 11.5 cm
Dimensions (H x W x D) cm 8.6 x 5.4 x 0.079
>>
$„—­>
ƒ`
polyvinyl chloride laminates
Operating temperatures
-45°C to 70°C
Colour
Glossy white on both sides
Weight
6.8 g
>`
<ƒ>ƒ“>>
10/16
43
Access Control Cards and Readers
Kantech ioProx
ioProxTM Proximity Readers
ioProxTM Dye sublimination card (suitable for direct card printing) for use with ioPassTM and Kantech
$TM ioProxTMreaders.. The card is dual format - XSF & the industry standard 26 bit Wiegand.
P30DMG ioProxTM Dye-Sub Card (with unencoded mag stripe)
Part No
Typical read range
P100XSF Mini.
P200XSF Mullion
P300XSF Single Gang
P400XSF Double Gang
Dimensions (H x W x D) cm

>>
Operating temperatures
Colour
Weight
>`
P30DMG
up to 7.5 cm
up to 9 cm
up to 10 cm
up to 11.5 cm
8.6 x 5.4 x 0.079
$„—­>
ƒ`
polyvinyl chloride laminates
-45°C to 70°C
Glossy white on both sides
6.8 g
<ƒ>ƒ“>>
ioProxTM proximity keytag for use with ioPassTM^
$[$[[\_
dual format - XSF & the industry standard 26 bit Wiegand.
$‹
$‘‡^­
Typical
read
range
P40KEY ioProx Keytag
P100XSF Mini
up to 3.8 cm
P200XSF Mullion
up to 3.8 cm
P300XSF Single Gang
up to 4.0 cm
P400XSF Double Gang
up to 4.5 cm
Dimensions (H x W x D) cm 5.0 x 2.0 x 0.5 cm
Keytag Construction P40Key package is strong and resistant to
cracking and breaking
Operating temperatures
-45°C to 70°C
Colour
Black
Weight
5g
>`
<ƒ>ƒ“>>
Adhere the tag to any non metallic devices to provide access control capability to users. Ideal to upgrade
from Wiegand, magnetic stripe or ferrite technologies
TM
Part No
P50TAG
Typical read range
P100XSF/W26
up to 4.58 cm
P200XSF/W26
up to 4.59 cm
P300XSF/W26
up to 5 cm
P400XSF/W26
up to 5.78 cm
P555KPXSF/W26
up to 5 cm
P600
up to 27 cm
Tag dimensions cm
2.5 cm diameter
Tag construction
PVC, back with self adhesive
Colour
White
Operating temperature
-45C to 70C
Weight
1g
>`
<ƒ>ƒ“>>
Security:[
‘
^
³¶"“|¶
"
Format) provides increased security and absolute guarantee against card duplication.
P50TAG
10/16
44
Access Control Cards and Readers
Kantech ioProx
KT-4GFXS Biometric Solutions
Features:
Large Template Storage Capacity (10,000 in 1:N;
100,000 in 1:1)
Integrated ioProx Card Readers
Range of 500 DPI Sensor Options
Field Replaceable Sensors
Backwards Compatible
Remote Device Management
=$>
_|<]‹ƒš]‹ƒ$~
_]{
"]{
ª
Flush or Recess Mounted
Power and Flexibility Features at a glance in a
Compact Design
V-Flex 4G XSF and W26 fingerprint models are
available on demand to address a wide range
of deployment scenarios. Quick throughput,
deployment flexibility, and the ability for the system
to expand over time meet the demands of today
``{
employees gain access fast, 4G searches 6,000
templates per second.
Technical Specifications:
Technical Specifications:
Order Codes:
Dimensions
Recessed Mounted 159 mm x 96 mm x 48 mm
(H x W x D)
Flushed Mounted
159 mm x 96 mm x 65 mm
(H x W x D)
KT-4GFXS-IO-W26
Communications
Networking Options LAN, WAN, RS485
$>>
"™ƒ–"„„

"™{{_
"™{{_
Input / Outputs
Wiegand (Customisable
format up to 256 bits)
3 General Purpose Inputs
3 General Purpose Outputs
Meet Challenging Security Requirements
|
'~
A full range of options are available for different
Template
Storage
security requirements. Remove install constraints
Capacity
V-Flex 4G (ioProx) – Store
with a wide range of configurable options for multi100,000 templates for
factor authentication with multi-factor authentication
1:1 verification
combining fingerprint, cards and PINs.
or 10,000 templates for
1:N identification
Reduce Maintenance Costs
Transaction
Log
Save time and drive down the cost of ownership
Capacity
1 Million transaction logs
with a communication-ready connected smart
stored on device
device, contain new installation and maintenance
Authentication
Modes
capabilities.
V-Flex 4G (ioProx)
Prox Card + Finger
<{{
Prox Card Only
“
ƒ$ƒ–"‘†
Finger Only

\
_=
Voltage
12 - 24 V DC
field replaceable sensor modules.
Current
Draw
500 mA, 0.5 amps @ 12 VDC
[\`
`=$
_`–{
device management
10/16
KT-4GFXS-IO-XSF
L1 4G biometric reader
with integrated ioProx 26bit
Wiegand reader
L1 4G biometric reader
with integrated ioProx XSF
reader
45
Access Control Cards and Readers
Kantech ioProx
ioProx Receiver and Wireless Transmitters
Features:
Four-channel receiver can be matched to a button
on the transmitter
Long read range - up to 45 m
_
`_
Two or four-button transmitter with optional
integrated ioProx tag
Indoor/outdoor use
Long-Range, Secure Transmission
The ioProx Transmitter is ideal for long-range (up to
45 m applications such as opening parking gates.
The (2- or 4-button) transmitter is available with
an optional integrated ioProx tag, which can be
read by an ioProx card reader, making it an ideal
solution to access both a parking facility and an
office building without searching for multiple access
cards. The ioProx transmitter uses radio-frequency
(RF) technology secured with encrypted coding. The
ioProx Receiver is field selectable for either
„'š
`{`^
Secure Format (XSF).
Easy Configuration
The receiver is field-configurable so that dip
switches can be set to determine which
corresponding button on the transmitter will activate
the receiver. The same wireless transmitter can be
used to operate up to four different receivers (one
per button) located within close proximity to each
other. If the receivers that are allocated to each
button are out of range of the wireless transmitters,
additional receivers can be configured and used with
the same 4-button transmitter.
ioProx Wireless Transmitters
The ioProx wireless transmitters are available in a 2or 4-button version. With an extra long 433.92 MHz
read range, it is an ideal solution for parking
lots, garages, or anywhere there is a significant
distance between a cardholder and the secured
entrance.
Encrypted Code for Higher Security
ID credentials consisting of a site and ID number
are encoded on the wireless transmitter. When the
appropriate button on the transmitter is pressed, the
data is sent to the receiver using incremental
packet transmission. This creates a unique code
transmission every time the button is pressed so
that no one can intercept the code and use it to
circumvent the access control system.
Model Available with Integrated ioProx Tag
The ioProx wireless transmitters include a model
with an integrated ioProx tag for use with any ioProx
card reader. Therefore, if you install the ioProx reader
in a parking garage and an ioProx card reader at the
building entrance, users can gain access to both
using the same transmitter rather than searching for
a different key tag or card for each entrance.
Easy Installation
The ioProx receiver can be installed using
unshielded cable up to 150 m from the controller.
_`
`
_
installation cost.
10/16
46
Access Control Cards and Readers
Kantech ioProx
ioProx Receiver and Wireless Transmitters
Technical Specifications:
Order Codes:
ioProx Receiver
Power:
12-24 VDC
Operating Temperature:
-30°C to 68°C
Dimensions (H x W x D):
19.2 x 13.0 x 4.1 cm
 $_
|Ϫ~
stabilizer, weather-resistant,
=$†'ƒ‹]‘¶
Frequency:
433.92 MHz
Current:
50 mA (stand-by), 100 mA
(peak)
Output:
XSF or 26-bit Wiegand
selectable
Cable Type:
2 twisted pairs, unshielded
cable
Max. Distance from
Controller at 12 VDC: 152 m with 18 AWG
112 m with 20 AWG
76 m with 22 AWG
P700WLS
P82WLS
P82WLS-TAG
P84WLS
P84WLS-TAG
Accessories
P-WLS-A1
P-WLS-A2
Four-channel receiver,
standard whip antenna
Two-button transmitter
Two-button transmitter,
integrated ioProx tag
Four-button transmitter
Four-button transmitter,
integrated io Prox tag
Standard whip antenna
Dipole antenna
2- and 4-button ioProx Transmitters
Power
3 V lithium battery, included
(3 year average lifetime)
Operating Temperature
0°C to 70°C
Dimensions (H x W x D)
5.6 x 4.0 x 1.6 cm
>`
“>>ƒ>
Standard Whip Antenna1
––
‡{
Power Dipole Antenna2
––
Ԡ{
Transmitter
ioProx Receiver
Two-Door Controller
Gate
(1) Antenna P-WLS-A1 may be remotely installed using coaxial cable up to 4.5 m
|„~]
$š<"]„"[
‘†{¦–%›|™
`µ„~{{
10/16
47
Access Control Cards and Readers
Software House Multi-Tech
Software House Multi-tech and Multi-format
Readers
Software House’s innovative suite of fully open,
multi-protocol readers includes the industry’s most
versatile Multi-Technology Reader to simultaneously
œ=—${_ƒ=“]–
_
cards, HID iCLASS®, PIV II Government cards, as
well as other proximity and smart card formats. The
Multi-Technology Readers are listed on the GSA’s
FIPS 201 Approved Products List.
Software House Multi-Technology Readers provide a
flexible multi-protocol, multi-frequency solution for
customers who either want to transition to smart
cards over time or who want to utilize both smart
cards and proximity cards in their facility.
The suite also includes Multi-Format Proximity
Readers that read 125 KHz card formats from
multiple manufacturers and Multi-Format Smart Card
Readers that read 13.56 MHz card formats from
multiple manufacturers.
Multi-Tech
Flex Models (firmware upgradeable)
Card Technology
Model
Number
Form
Factor
HID
–">
CASIDeister ISO14443 =“]– ISO1563 FIPS —"“ iCLASS
Prox
Prox
A/B SN
Sector
SN
201
SN
SN
ProxLite
PIV-II
SWH-4000
Mullion
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
SWH-4100
Single
Gang
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
SWH-4200
Keypad
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
SWH-2100
Single
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Proximity
Multi-Tech
Smart
Gang
SWH-2400
Single
Gang
Fixed Models (no firmware upgrades)
Card Technology
Model
Number
Form
Factor
SWH-3000
Mullion
9
9
9
SWH-5000
Mullion
9
9
9
SWH-5100
Single
9
9
10/16
HID
CASIDeister
–"> Prox
Prox
ProxLite
ISO14443 =“]– ISO1563 FIPS —"“ iCLASS
A/B SN
Sector
SN
201
SN
SN
PIV-II
9
9
9
9
Gang
48
Access Control Cards and Readers
Software House Multi-Tech
Software House Multi-tech and Multi-format
Readers
Features:
Software House Readers and Cards are priced
competitively
Protecting your existing card investment without
having to re-badge
{
_
at your own pace
Preventing the obsolescence of the reader
- Future Proof- with the ability to flash new
firmware
This new innovative product from Software House
shows the companies commitment to open
standards whilst providing the security industry
with a transition from yesterday’s proximity cards
to today’s smart cards. The new line of MultiTechnology Readers is a leap forward in open
systems, allowing companies to transition from a
proximity system to a more advanced smart card
system at their own pace – simply and affordably.
Software House’s Multi-Format Proximity Readers
can read 125 KHz card formats from multiple
manufacturers, providing a cost-effective solution
for businesses struggling with disparate proximity
access control cards throughout the organisation.
Additional Benefits:
Additional Benefits
"`œ“{${_–
œ=—„†^œ¡
—„†^œ¡
>]"=–">® ProxLite
Software House Multi-Format Smart Card
Readers
><]""® Serial Number
=“]–® Serial Number
—"“® Serial Number
="‘‘‘]"‹{
="‘‘‘™"‹{
="†'Ÿ"‹{
=“]–® Sector
The new line of Multi-Format Smart Card Readers
offers enhanced security through encryption and
is compatible with nearly every smart card format
in the industry. Before making any commitment
to 3rd party card or reader compatibilities, we
strongly advise that you arrange for the cards to be
tested in advance. Some 3rd party manufacturers
or distributors provide product that will not be
100% compatible with ISO norms and standards.
This means we cannot approve third party products
without detailed testing. Please contact your
pre-sales support representative.
10/16
49
Access Control Cards and Readers
Software House Multi-Tech
Multi-Format Readers
Features:
Reads Multiple 125 KHz Formats
HID Proximity
Deister Proximity
CASI® ProxLite®
›=
Wiegand Output Format
The Multi-Format Proximity Readers are compatible
with cards from multiple manufacturers which
makes them an extremely versatile access control
solution. The new Proximity readers combine
multiple configuration options with an appealing,
discreet design and economical price. The Proximity
readers are ideal for numerous applications.
The readers encapsulated electronics make them
ideal for both indoor and outdoor applications.
Order Codes:
SWH-5000
SWH-5000G
Technical Specifications:
Agency Certifications
Minimum Wiring
Cable Recommendations
Colour
Dimensions
Model SWH-5000
Model SWH-5100
Operating Temperature
Range
Humidity Range
Index of Protection
Power Supply
Read Range (Optimal)
Read Time
Terminal Block
10/16
Software House black
mullion style multi-format
125K prox reader. Reads
HID, Casi Prox-Lite &
Deister 125K prox. Gives a
Wiegand output - can be
configured by programming
card
Software House grey
mullion style multi-format
125K prox reader. Reads
HID, Casi Prox-Lite &
Deister 125K prox. Gives a
Wiegand output - can be
configured by programming
card.
“>>$†ƒ>ƒ<„Ÿ‘“|
~
4 Conductors
22 AWG, Stranded
Black or Light Grey
120 mm x 45 mm x 25 mm, Mullion
84 mm x 84 mm x 28 mm, Single Gang (Not in
]~
-35° to 67°C
0 to 100%
IP65
8 – 16 VDC 125 mA max @ 12 VDC
from 7,5 cm (SWH-5000)
Technology Dependent (typically < 300 msec)
12 pos 3.5 mm Screw Terminals Plug-in
50
Access Control Cards and Readers
Software House Multi-Tech
Multi-Format Smart Card Readers
Features:
Software House’s Smart Card readers allow
customers to combine the power of enhanced
security with other critical business applications.
The Smart Card readers are ISO compliant and read
serial numbers from the following card technologies:
="‘‘‘]|
—"“®ƒ=“]–® serial
number and sectors), ISO 14443B and ISO 15693
(including My-D®, SLI-2, iCLASS®, and many more),
providing an incredibly versatile access control
solution.
The Smart Card readers with “Flex” allows users
to update the readers with new functionality or
enhancements at any time with flash firmware.
The “Flexible” readers save significant time and
money by allowing users to simply “flash” new card
protocols or formats directly to the reader. They also
_=“]–® sectors.
Read multiple Smart Cards
ISO 14443A
—"“®
=“]–
ISO 14443B
ISO 15693
My-D®
SLI-2
iCLASS
=“]–® Sectors
Configurable Wiegand Output
–
"‹{${{
Sector Data
Two Wire RS485 (“Flexible readers”)
Order Code:
"šœ„‡‡
Software House Smart Card
Flex Reader Contactless
smart card reader; reads
13.56 MHz serial number
=“]–® sectors;
single gang mount for
¦š
¦
Flex version supports
flashing new firmware;
Light Grey.
Agency Certifications
(pending)
Minimum Wiring
Cable Recommendations
Colour
Dimensions
Model SWH-3000
Model SWH-3100
“>>$†ƒ>ƒ<„Ÿ‘“
Outdoor
4 Conductors
22 AWG, Stranded
Black or Light Grey
Model SWH-4100
Model SWH-4200
84 mm x 84 mm x 28 mm, Single Gang
84 mm x 84 mm x 28 mm, Single Gang with
^_|‹
]~
<<`=
{
Operating Temperature
Range
Humidity Range
Index of Protection
Power Supply
Read Range
Read Time
10/16
120 mm x 45 mm x 25 mm, Mullion
84 mm x 84 mm x 28 mm, Single Gang
-35° to 67°C
0 to 100%
IP65
8 – 16 VDC 125 mA max @ 12 VDC
‡{
_`
Technology Dependent (typically < 300 msec)
51
Access Control Cards and Readers
Software House Multi-Tech
Multi-Technology Readers
Features:
=“]–®">
`š

–
"‹{
Programmed Sector Data
Flexible version available allowing users to simply
“flash” new card protocols or formats directly to
the reader.
Reads multiple Proximity card formats
Software House’s Multi-Technology Readers provide Order Code:
a solution for reading serial numbers from multiple
"šœ‘‡‡%
13.56 MHz smart card technologies (Read Multiple
>"‹="‘‘‘]ƒ—"“®ƒ=“]–ƒ="‘‘‘™ƒ
ISO 15693, My-D®ƒ"<=„ƒ><]""~
ƒ=“]–®
encrypted sectors. Also most common 125 KHz Prox
cards (Read multiple Proximity Cards - HID® 125 KHz,
Casi-Rusco ProxLite®, Deister 125 KHz), providing an
incredibly versatile access control solution. This costeffective solution enables customers to transition
from proximity to smart cards over time or to utilise
both smart cards and proximity cards in their facility.
This Multi-Technology Reader is available as “Flex”
model that allows users to update the readers with
new functionality or enhancements at any time with
flash firmware.
Grey wall switch MultiTechnology Flex Reader
Contactless smart card and
proximity reader; reads
125KHz proximity cards,
13.56 MHz serial number,
=“]–º¦
single gang mount for
¦š
¦
Flex version sup-ports
flashing new firmware;
Light Grey.
$^
_
<
Agency Certifications (Pending)
Minimum Wiring
Cable Recommendations
Colour
Dimensions
Model SWH-4100
Operating Temperature
Range
Humidity Range
Index of Protection
Power Supply
Read Range (Optimal)
10/16
“>>$†ƒ>ƒ<„Ÿ‘“
4 Conductors
22 AWG, Stranded
Light Grey
84 mm x 84 mm x 28 mm, Single Gang
-35° to 67°C
0 to 100%
IP65
8 – 16 VDC 125 mA max @ 12 VDC
‡{
_`
52
Access Control Cards and Readers
Software House Multi-Tech
=“]–>|"
~
Features:
Low cost proximity card solution
Multiple applications can be loaded on to one card
Suitable for photo ID
[=“]–>{{_
device, where the memory is divided into segments
and blocks with simple security mechanisms for
applications such as access control, time and
attendance, logical access and cashless vending etc.
Thanks to its reliability and low cost, these cards are
widely used.
Order Codes:
01485.000
01482.000
Mifare Classic 1k memory
smart card - unencoded
Mifare Classic 4k memory
smart card - unencoded
The card operates on 13.56MHz frequency and is a
contactless smart card.
[=“]–>\``‡„‘_`
storage, split into 16 sectors (0-15); each sector is
protected by two different keys, called A and B. They
can be programmed for operations like reading,
writing, increasing value blocks, etc.).
=“]–>‘\``‘‡Ÿ'_
`_
sectors, of which 32 are the same size as in the 1K
with eight more that are quadruple size sectors.
The first sector (sector 0) contains the serial number
of the card (CSN) and certain other manufacturer
data. The Mifare CSN is a 32bit ID which can be read
by CSN card readers and output in Wiegand format
to an access control system.
This number is not 100% unique though - so it is
always preferable for access control to encode a
sector and secure with a specific read key. That
brings the net storage capacity of these cards down
to 752 bytes for Classic 1k and 3440 bytes for
Classic 4k.
10/16
53
Access Control Cards and Readers
Stone Lock Biometrics
Stone Lock® Pro Biometric Facial Recognition
Features:
{{
ƒ
over 2,000 facial points in less than a second
All users, permissions, and schedules managed
_>>–Ÿ‡‡‡`_
Stable, high performance proprietary biometric
system with low power consumption

Œ
\_
œ=—
iCLASS®"
Wide variety of intelligent recognition modes
possible
=
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡`=
Accurate Confirmation of Identity The Stone Lock
Pro Biometric Facial Recognition reader from
>{"]®
>>–
9000 security and event management solution (v
2.20 and higher). Stone Lock Pro is an extremely
fast and accurate infrared biometric facial
recognition device, designed for access control
applications that require instant, easy, and reliable
confirmation of identity.
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡
`ƒ_
personnel can create a Stone Lock Pro user, pair it
with a personnel record and credential, and capture
facial data remotely from any Stone Lock Pro device
within the network. Once enrolled, users just need
to present their credential and face the device for
quick scanning and authentication.
"
<\$ƒ{
Œ
\_
and HID iCLASS®"ƒ
{
than 2,000 facial points in less than a second.
The combined solution is the ideal application for
critical security situations where a PIN or password
alone isn’t enough. Through the deep integration
>>–Ÿ‡‡‡ƒ
_
database to manage, saving time and reducing
problems with duplicate entries, errors, and
inefficiency.
This will be Ideal for critical security access
applications such as enterprise operations,
educational institutions, correctional facilities,
military, financial, data, etc.
10/16
54
Access Control Cards and Readers
Stone Lock Biometrics
The Stone Lock® Passive Interface
Authentication with no contact.
{_`
authenticates you
High level of convenience and assurance.
A subject, once detected, is flooded with near
infrared light
Less than a second, measures the wavelengths
reflections on the face
Stone Lock®, Accurate
FAR 1/250 k (0.0004%)
Stone Lock® Pro measures and maps 2155 points
on a users face
Proprietary algorithm, firmware and hardware
_
`
Correctly identifies identical twins
Stone Lock®, Field proven!
Over 2000 installations in 6 years
Field proven as a reliable solution for the most
High through-put ~1 second per user
critical access control demands including;
authentication
Data centres
Biotech/Pharmaceutical Labs
Stone Lock® Pro scans a user multiple times a
Bank cash vaults
second working to eliminate false rejections
Initial enrolment of the biometric profile takes less Commercial/Industrial Facilities
than 15 seconds and you only have to enroll once Healthcare
Luxury apartments / smart homes
Provides instant, highly accurate authentication
Stone Lock®, Fast
Order Codes:
CC9000-STLOCK
"[<$–"š
STL-PRO-FP-W
"[<$–š
10/16
>·>–Ÿ‡‡‡
license for Stone Lock Pro
face Recognition
Stone Lock Pro face plate,
control box,enrolment
station, integration driver
Lock Pro face plate only for
dual apps
Stone Lock Pro face plate,
control box, Stonelock
integration driver
55
Access Control Cards and Readers
RM Series Readers
RM Series Card Readers
Features:
\
{{{
stripe and proximity technologies
Keypad and backlit LCD display
2 supervised inputs and 2 control point outputs
Operates in Star or Multi-drop configuration
Built-in tamper switch
Readers electronics are coated against dust and
moisture
<„Ÿ‘›‡ž'ƒ“>>ƒ>ƒ>[\{
The RM Series Card Readers offer you a choice
Order Codes:
“]${_
Proximity Range
and Magnetic Stripe.
RM1-PH
This universal design lets you mix and match
different technologies on the same system while
maintaining a consistent appearance.
All RM Series readers come with three separate
<—|ƒ
ƒ{~ƒ
of conditions. An audible alert can also be set from
the system host. The readers also provide two
supervised inputs and two outputs. The RM Series
also supports the ARM-1 relay module.
A keypad version (RM2 series) can also be provided
for PIN use. Optionally, a backlit LCD display (RM2L
Series) can be added to any RM Series Reader. The
display shows the time, date, system conditions,
{|
~
The RM Series Card Readers are compatible with
existing apC/8Xs and MRM readers, although it
may be necessary to upgrade the apC/8X firmware.
All RM Series Readers use the same wire and
connectors, which simplifies installation and service.
10/16
RM2-PH
RM2L-PH
RM3-PH
Mag Stripe Range
RM1-MP
RM2-MP
RM3-MP
M2L-MP
Software House Proximity
Reader HID Version
Software House Proximity
Reader HID Version with
Keypad
Software House Proximity
Reader HID Version with
Keypad and LCD Display
Software House Mullion
Proximity Reader HID
Version
Standard Mag-Stripe Card
Reader (Panasonic head)
Standard Mag-Stripe Card
Reader with Keypad
Mullion Mag-Stripe Card
Reader (Panasonic head)
Standard Mag-Stripe Card
Reader with Keypad and
LCD Display
56
Nedap AVI
This chapter contains information about Nedap AVI
Introduction
uPass UHF
TRANSIT Ultimate
Nedap TRANSIT Entry Reader
Vehicle Based Tags
ANPR Access
06/16
1
Nedap AVI
Nedap AVI Introduction
AVI & Hands Free Solutions
To enhance the stock coded access control range
and to provide our end users with improved
security, control and monitoring of their premises
and sites at main vehicle entrance points. We have
worked with Nedap AVI to include in the stock
coded a range of entry level low cost solutions for
vehicle and pedestrian hands free access and higher
security designed longer range solutions for specific
control needs. We have also introduced for the first
time a ANPR (Automatic Number Plate Recognition)
solution specifically for integration with access
control.
œ
“]>
``
need
<
|{~
space and early detection is not a critical factor
<
|‡{~`
and or Driver recognition for sites where security
starts at the perimeter gate to the car park
]‹$–{š
``
alternative solution to restricted car park control
Access to secured perimeters.
Knowing who is on site to meet security and
health and safety requirements has given rise to a
growth in demand for access control. Regulations
have created different challenges within many
industries and the need to control access of people
and vehicles to facilities. With the two key user
concerns, being security and convenience, our
solution offers just the right combination of features
to meet changing security market demands.
Secured convenient access
The Nedap solutions to this requirement add
elements of convenience to the need for vehicle
access systems. Drivers are not exposed to the
environment whilst waiting or inserting a gate pass.
This also increases throughput and stops delays to
other vehicle traffic as theques build up at entrance
popint whislt users search for their pass or try to
reach a reader on a pedestal.
06/16
Independent driver and vehicle ID
The system offers unique patented ability to not just
identify the vehicle ID but simultaneously identify
an authorised driver as well. This ability significantly
improves security in areas where several different
drivers are driving vehicles.
Hands free access
Once at or within the building, these readers
combine the convenience of traditional door
automation with the security of restricted access.
Secure hands free access is used to exterior
and interior entry doors for disabled, emergency
workers and hospital staff, allow industrial workers
and equipment operators hands free access to roll
up doors.
Choosing between UHF and Microwave based
AVI systems
Selecting uPASS or TRANSIT for your AVI application
Nedap AVI launched the uPASS Reach in 2010 as an
addition to its portfolio for long range identification of
vehicles and people. The uPASS Reach is a UHF reader
and operates at a frequency of approximately 900 MHz.
Nedap has been selling its TRANSIT system for over
10 years. This system uses a very different, microwave,
frequency (2.45 GHz). Each system has its own
characteristics and qualities which makes it suitable for
specific applications. For this reason we have selected
a range of products from both systems and would
recommend that anyone who is not sure which is the
right solution for the sites needs, contacts Nedap AVI for
assistance.
What is the application?
Although the acronym AVI refers to automatic
vehicle identification, it is important to realise that
the system is used in a wide variety of applications
across many different industries: Industrial &
chemical plants use it to allow their staff safe and
convenient access to their sites. Others to track
of vehicles within their logistical processes. Bus
depots use ours systems to manage access to the
depot and keep track of their vehicles. There are
many different types of application are out there.
Some suitable for the UHF based systems, others
requiring the microwave products.
2
Nedap AVI
Nedap AVI Introduction
System robustness
Once installed, the AVI system needs to keep
operating no matter what happens. There might
be severe weather conditions sometimes. Or
maybe unsuspected types of vehicles are added
to the population. Other systems might interfere
with the frequency bandwidth that your system is
using. Windshields might be equipped with solar
protection. Dirt and dust might be affecting the
performance of the system.
In general one can say that at this moment
microwave based systems are more robust and are
less likely to be affected by circumstantial influences
when compared to UHF based systems. In Nedap
terms: if you want to apply the system in difficult
‡‡¤_{
keeps working: choose TRANSIT. In other words:
are you dealing with a requirement where the
systems robustness is of the upmost importance
to ensure operational business continuity? Then the
TRANSIT microwave system should be your first
option to consider. It is using semi-active battery
empowered transponders and a very robust IP66
reader. The technology has been around for more
than a decade and has proven to be well performing
technology. If you can afford a little less resilience,
then UHF readers, including the uPASS Reach,
might be a good alternative.
Investment
When AVI systems were still solely equipped
with microwave based technology or something
comparable, AVI solutions were sometimes
systems could be outside of the clients budget.
Although AVI can increase the convenience and
security on a site also allowing for a quick return on
the initial investment, the latest UHF technology
is able to introduce an AVI solution to sites who
could not before justify the costs. Thiscost effective
long range reader that supports passive UHF cards
and tags, which are lower cost initially than their
battery powered counterparts and of course have
no anticipated end of life date due to battery usage
from the microwave system. So if price is an issue,
uPASS UHF technology might be a good option.
Guaranteed read range
When debating about the quality of AVI systems, many
people will refer to the maximum read range. Nedap AVI
feel this is not the highest priority – it is the accuracy of
read and the distance required for the application that
must be identified. Both microwave and UHF based
systems are able, depending on design and power of
readers and transponders, to support very long read
ranges of sometimes over 20 meters.
06/16
For most AVI applications having a read range of more
than 10 meters is useless. That is why the TRANSIT is
specified at a distance of approximately 10 meters. The
small and slim line design UHF reader was developed for
applications where approximately 4 meters should be
sufficient. Both technologies require line of sight between
reader and transponder (tag).
If you want a guaranteed long read range, the TRANSIT
microwave system would be your first option. With UHF
based AVI systems it is the combined quality of readers,
tags and circumstances that will define the success of the
implementation.
Driver and vehicle identification
One thing that sets the TRANSIT microwave system
apart from competitive systems is the fact that
using the booster technology Neday has been able
to offer the option to identify the vehicle and also
the driver and thus be able to authorise access via
the system based on both criteria being approved.
Although UHF systems were developed to support
“multi tagging” scenarios, there currently are no
systems that offer a good “out of the box” solution
to identify both the driver and the vehicle.
ATEX certified
In explosion hazardous environments (oil refineries
for example) very often only the installation of
ATEX certified equipment is allowed. Microwave
technology has been used successfully in these
environments for years. Nedap’s TRANSIT ATEX
reader and “Heavy Duty Tag” are ATEX certified and
have been used in numerous installations around
the world.
Security
Defining which technology is more secure dificult. A
secure solution could be described as a solution that
people cannot easily abuse to get access to goods
or areas they are not authorised for. There is always
_\
_
_<
range AVI very often is more about convenience
than it is about security. But of course security risks
must always be considered when using technology
like this to allow vehicles and drivers access to a
closed perimeter.
3
Nedap AVI
Nedap AVI Introduction
Summary
Although both microwave and UHF systems
can offer a good level of quality, convenience,
resilience and security to end users. Both systems
support the safe, secure and speedy flow of
traffic and people. The table below shows the key
characteristics of both technologies to try and assist
with product selection:
Topic:
System robustness
Microwave (TRANSIT)
*
Investment
*
Guaranteed read range
*
Driver and vehicle identification
*
Support of open standards
Globally harmonized frequency
*
*
Support of volatile population
*
ATEX certified
*
Security
*
License plate reader
What is ANPR?
]{‹{$–
|]‹$–<$–~
can be used for automatic vehicle identification and
vehicle access control applications. This technology
physically consists of a camera with built in software
`>–|>–
~[
advantage of using ANPR for AVI applications is that
it makes use of something that almost every car
already has – a number/ license plate.
Why ANPR?
ANPR is very suitable for situations where it is
unachievable or undesirable to issue and administer
RFID tags, in applications such as:
`
`\
{
{
``
short term authorizations
{
{
rapidly changing car populations
=``–“=—
because of interference or regulations
06/16
UHF (uPASS)
Considerations
ANPR appears to be the effective solution- easy to
deploy, maybe on the main building looking towards
the vehicle entrance. No cards or tags to deploy to
users – and easy to add a visitors details in advance
by registering the vehicle on the system prior to
their arrival.
It has to be considered that number plates can
easily be copied, damaged, have irregular spacing
and of course can be obscured by road grim, mud
and snow.
4
Nedap AVI
uPASS UHF Pedestrian Solutions
uPASS UHF
Features:
Up to 4 m read range for vehicles from passive
tag
Tamper version of the vehicle tag available for
additional security
Up to 2 m read range for pedestrian users
>{
`="`
compatibility with other technologies if required
Standard Wiegand output allowing reader
connectivity to a wide range of systems
The uPASS reader range from Nedap AVI have been
developed after many decades of experience with
RFID technology. Timed to take advantage of new,
superior Gen 2 tag read characteristics, the uPASS
Reach reader is a culmination of both experience
and innovation.
Providing a read range of up to 4 meters for external
applications and 2 meters for internal, uPASS offers
a true long range solution for disabled access,
post room staff, car parks, gated communities,
and employee parking lots. uPASS reader offer
maximum distance at an affordable price.
uPASS Reach is the perfect cure to the problems
characteristic of proximity in car park and roller
shutter entrances etc applications and it’s ideally
suited for upgrading those installations as the reader
can easily be installed on a gooseneck with no need
for additional mounting accessories or rewiring.
Passive - Maintenance Free
The system is based on passive Gen 2 UHF tags
that provide superior read quality to previous
tag standards. Plus, they are both battery and
maintenance free. Tags are mounted inside the
vehicle behind the windshield. The thin, flexible,
UHF sticker format is easy to install and has a
windshield compatible adhesive to ensure proper
mounting. For added security, tamper proof - break
upon removal- tags are also available.
The ID number is printed on the tag allowing easy
and fast enrolment of tags into a management
system. An additional printed barcode makes it even
easier. Security authentication features are included
to provide data integrity and to prevent cloning of
tags.
uPASS Access is a small UHF reader that reads
access badges at a distance of up to 2 meters.
It is the perfect solution for doors that require
convenience and security such as office doors, high
volume entrances and disabled access.
$]""'†Ÿ††œ¡
$>%
„
passive tag based system. With readers installed
„
„{]
range UHF tag visible in direct line of sight will be
identified from up to 4 meters.
06/16
5
Nedap AVI
uPASS UHF Pedestrian Solutions
uPASS Access
Features:
Small reader design
>
„{
Operates with passive UHF cards
|$>%‹„~
Supports combi card technology,
œ“œ=—ƒ<ƒ`ƒ
“>ƒ
‹
Indoor and outdoor mounting (IP65 rated housing)
uPASS Access readers offer a revolutionary and
enduring solution for hands-free door access. The
uPASS Access has the dimensions of a conventional
access control reader but offers read range
unmatched in the industry, up to 2 meters using the
latest UHF technology.*
Technical Specifications:

`
_–
'†'œ¡
Europe
—{
†‡†‡‘‡{{
š
‡ƒ†\
Housing
Aluminium (Zamak5) chassis
with polycarbonate cover
>
–]<ž‡'
–]<Ÿ‡‡' chassis
Protection
IP65 [approx.NEMA4x]
Detection range
Up to 2 meters with passive
Nedap
UHF cards or Nedap UHF
>{
–
\
<—
<—
%
Red
Operating temperature
‡§'‡¢>
$
„„‘—>§‡¤
_
recommended
>
{
]¹„—>ƒ‡†¹„‘—>
=
[[<
`<—
control (RED/GREEN)
[[<
`
Tamper Tamperswitch
06/16
Output
Wiegand, clock data, magstripe
(depending on programmed tag
format)
>
š
†‡{„„]š%
–"‘†„‡‡{
>
“
`†{
included
Interfaces
RS485 and USB2 service
interface
Encrypted air interface
]
="‡‡‡'>
>`

“>>|{
_~ƒ>
>—`>
Ÿ›'›>ƒ‹‡‘Ÿ
"`_
‹'‡Ÿ†‡
>
ŸŸ†„‘‡
UPASS Access dark grey
6
Nedap AVI
uPASS UHF Pedestrian Solutions
œ“>{>
Features:
Thin, ISO card format
=
`
{
One card solution for access control
Battery free
Security protected
[œ“>{`
range UHF and proximity or smartcard technology. It
ensures the use of one single card for both vehicle
and building access applications.
[œ“>{œ“="
``
{
combination with a uPass Reach reader.
‹œ“
_ƒ>{
featured with proximity or smartcard technology,
used for building access. It offers the best of both
and ensures compatibility and seamless integration
with existing access control applications.
In combination with UHF several technologies are
supported;
- UHF - Mifare
- UHF – Mifare Desfire
œ“<
- UHF – EM
- UHF – HID prox
œ“ œ=—>
06/16
[œ“>{````
vehicle access for parking applications. Designing
_{œ“>{
also used for building access ensures removal of
the card from the vehicle.
Security
[œ“>{`
security protection to provide data integrity and to
_
[>{
personalized on request.
Applications
Typical applications include long range vehicle
identification for parking applications, where the
reader is mounted onto a pedestal/ gooseneck and
card is presented by the driver to the reader. See for
more information the uPASS application note.
>
ŸŸ†‘„
‹$]"">{
UHF technology for uPASS
Access readers and HID
><]""„'
_
`><]""{_
site. Nedap How To Order
Guide must be completed
at time of order
7
Nedap AVI
uPASS UHF Pedestrian Solutions
Technical Specifications:
Technical
Specifications
Operating frequency
Standard
Dimensions
Protection
>
Material
>{
Operating temperature
Detection range UHF
Detection range access
card
Humidity
Part numbers
Readers
Accessories
06/16
UHF Combi Card
œ“†‡Ÿ†‡œ¡|œ“="~
œ“†‡Ÿ†‡œ¡¨†'œ¡|`›<~
œ“†‡Ÿ†‡œ²¨„†\œ¡|~
="ž'ƒ$>%
„
††‘‡Ÿ†{{
IP54 [approx. NEMA 2]
White
$>
>{
„‡§†‡¢>
{$]""–
_
few cm, depending on applied reader and card technology
‡¤Ÿ¤{_ƒ
ŸŸ‘Ÿ‘œ“=">
ŸŸ‘„‘>{œ“`^
Ÿ„‡'>{œ“`—"`‘^
ŸŸ‘„'‡>{œ“‘‡„
ŸŸ†‘‡„>{œ“œ=—$š
„'
ŸŸ†‘‡‘>{œ“œ=—$
ŸŸ†‘„>{œ“œ=—>„^š
„'
ŸŸ†Ÿ‘>{œ“œ=—>„^
ŸŸ††'™
„†>{œ“ œ=—$š
„'
ŸŸ††‘‘™
‡‡>{œ“ œ=—$š
„'
ŸŸ‘„Ÿ$]""–|
~
†žŸž†"`="|
†žŸžŸ
="|~
8
Nedap AVI
uPASS UHF Vehicle / DDA Solutions
uPASS Reach
Features:
>
‘{
Operates with passive UHF tags
$>%
„{
>{
On-site adjustable reading
Elegant slim design
<—
Weatherproof protected housing
Technical Specifications:

`
_–
'†'œ¡
–
„¨Ÿ‡„Ÿ„œ¡
The uPASS Reach reader offers long range vehicle
—{
„‡‡„„‡‘†{{
identification up to 4 meters using the latest UHF
š
‡ƒž†\
technology. Based on battery free passive UHF
œ
]{
{<Ÿ‘ the uPASS Reach reader offers a cost effective and
ABS cover
Protection
IP65 [approx. NEMA4x]
enduring solution for parking access. The system
Detection
range
Up to 4 meters with passive
is based on a uPASS Reach reader and a UHF tag.
Nedap
UHF tags
The Reach readers are installed next to the gate
–
\
<—
on a maximum height of 2 meters. This can be

{‡§'‡¢>
accomplished without any additional mounting
$
„„‘—>§‡¤
_ accessories or wiring, when upgrading existing
recommended
proximity Wiegand reader installations.
>
{
]¹„—>ƒ‡†]¹„‘—>
Read Only
A long range passive UHF tag visible in direct line of Identification
Frequency offset
See application note dense
sight will be identified up to 4 meters. The UHF tags
reader mode
are battery and maintenance free.
=
_
[[<
–_
_|‹ƒ{{
ƒ The reader output allows the access control or
‹>~ƒ„‘—>„]
parking system to open the gate when authorized
Output Wiegand, clock data,
without the need to present a badge. The built-in
magstripe (depending on
_<—`\
programmed tag format)
that the tag has been read.
>
š
†‡{„„]š%
=
`
–"„„ƒ–"‘„„
"™
The reader only supports read commands, so it
interface
cannot be used to write data into the memory of the
tags. Plug & Play operation The uPASS Reach reader >
Nedap uPASS Reach Rdr.
ŸŸ‘„Ÿ
has an integrated fine-tuned antenna in a compact
'†'œ¡–
enclosure ideal for outdoor as well as indoor
(Europe)
<\‹³]=_{ƒ
Accessories
uPASS Reach reader supports all common industry
ž†Ÿ†„`
Ÿž†‘‡
communication standards, enabling seamless
Adjustable mounting
ŸŸ‘‡
integration into any existing or new access control
bracket
or parking management system.
UHF Pole mount (all
ž†Ÿ†„
brackets for easy mounting
EPC global Gen2
onto a pole) UHF Weather
[$]""–{="‡‡‡'
protection hood (reader
$>%
„‹`{
protection for gooseneck or
tags are available for additional security.
pole mounting)
06/16
9
Nedap AVI
uPASS UHF Vehicle / DDA Solutions
UHF Windshield Tag
Features:
Identification up to 4 meters
Passive battery free tags
Thin, flexible sticker format
Protection against harmful UV rays
Optional tamper resistant
>{
Security protected
$>%
„{
The UHF Windshield Tag is a passive UHF
transponder offering long range identification up
to 4 meters . The UHF Windshield Tag offers cost
effective long range vehicle identification for parking
applications.
The UHF windshield tag is an effective solution
for upgrade of existing proximity installations for
parking. It offer long range within reach, it was never
so affordable.
The UHF windshield tag is based on passive UHF
technology. The tag does not contain a battery and is
maintenance free.
The UHF Windshield tag is featured with an
excellent adhesive to allow quick and easy
installation inside the vehicle to the windshield. The
thin, flexible, UHF sticker format is easy to install
and offers a tamper resistant AVI solution by way of
permanently affixing it to the windshield. The tag is
protected against harmful UV rays.
06/16
10
Nedap AVI
uPASS UHF Vehicle / DDA Solutions
Technical Specifications:
Technical
Specifications
Operating
frequency
Standard
Protection
>
Material
UHF Windshield Tag
Operating
temperature
Detection range
„‡§ž‡¢>
Humidity
>{
Identification
Tag Formats
Mounting
Part numbers
Readers
06/16
Ÿ‡„Ÿ„œ¡
$>%
„
IP54 [approx. NEMA 2]
White with printing
Polyester
4 meters with uPASS Reach reader, when applied on
glass*
‡¤Ÿ¤{_ƒ
>{

™Ÿ
R/O Read only number
Wiegand
Magstripe
Nedap XS format (compatible to Nedap’s AVI tag format)
(see for more information the How to order Guide)
Onto the windshield, the tag is featured with a standard
pressure-sensitive adhesive back
Dimensions mm
9945954 UHF Windshield Tag Wiegand 26
‡ƒ†„†ƒ‘
9945946 UHF Windshield Tag
Ÿ‡„ž
ŸŸ‘„†œ“š
[[{–
š
‡'ƒ†„ƒ†
26
Ÿ‡„ž
ŸŸ‘'Ÿœ“š
[[{–
ŸŸ‘„Ÿ$]""–|
~
11
Nedap AVI
Nedap Microwave Readers & Accessories
[
{<
identification reader
Features:
Robust industrial design
–
`‡{
˜„‡‡\{
Well defined adjustable read range
Multi-channel selection
Variety of integrated communication interfaces
<—
Tag authentication based on AES Encryption
Bi-directional communication using two RFID
channels
Supports backward-compatibility mode with
previous TRANSIT readers
The TRANSIT Ultimate is the robust long-range reader,
based on semi active RFID technology, which enables
Interfaces & protocols
{
`
`‡ The TRANSIT Ultimate is designed for seamless and
{
`„‡‡\{›
flexible integration into existing management systems
in the industry, such as security, parking, traffic and
This high-end reader is designed to perform well in
logistics. Several communication
high security applications, demanding vehicular access interfaces to the host system are available such as
control applications and under harsh environmental
–"„„|`~ƒ–"‘„„ƒ–"‘†ƒ$`—$
[>$›
conditions. The TRANSIT Ultimate offers the highest
IP. Also open industry-standards protocols
level of security and convenience for both vehicles and š
>{`
drivers. The built-in antenna, an integrated read range
protocols can be implemented on request.
adjustment board and a variety of communication
interfaces to ensure seamless and flexible integration. Please Note
The identification lobe of the reader is a directed
beam, offering precise determination of the detection
Security Key Pack
area. A second RFID communication channel is used
The TRANSIT Ultimate can be supplied with the
for advanced bidirectional communication and secure
Security Key Pack. When using the Security Key the
tag authentication.
following features are available:
Channel selection
The TRANSIT Ultimate operates on a factory-set
frequency. The frequency channel selection allows
multiple readers to operate in close vicinity of each
other without interference.
Read range adjustment
The reader efficiently resolves typical multi-lane, entry
and exit reader challenges. The read range of the
TRANSIT Ultimate can be adjusted to
offer secure and reliable identification in demanding
applications.
Housing & mounting
The weatherproof TRANSIT Ultimate reader features
an IP66 certified housing. The reader continues to
operate reliable under harsh environmental conditions
and is able to with¬stand exposure to rain, snow and
ice. Wall mounting equipment is included.
06/16
"
`{
cloning and replay-attacks.
]
{{
readers and tags.
Tag authentication
The TRANSIT Ultimate enables advanced tag
`"{
<%=>™
Ultimate and the Window Tag Ultimate. By using a
{{
|‘œ¡
and 2,4 GHz) advanced security can be achieved.
Data storage
Thanks to a bi-directional communication feature and in
combination with Smartcard Booster Ultimate it will
become possible to write information on the drivers’
access control card when the car enters or leaves
{>ƒ``
information will be changed dynamically upon
perimeter access.
12
Nedap AVI
Nedap Microwave Readers & Accessories
Technical Specifications:
—{
‡„ž‘‘‡{{
Weight
5 kg
œ
>]™"ƒœ
—
]—>„
Protection
IP66
—
‡{ƒ{ €‡¤
Operating temperature
‡È§'‡¢>
˜
„‡‡\{›É„‘{Ê appropriate distance
$_
‡‡„‘‡]>|'‡†‡œ¡~ „‘—>|ˇ¤~
$
{
£„†]|
]>~ƒ£„‡š
|
—>~

`
_„‘ „‘†ž%œ¡ƒ‘'„¨ ‘‘„„œ¡|–¶>~
Ton <5sec.
Frequency channels 2.45 GHz
„
ƒ
'‡‡\œ¡
to avoid interference, to be
used when TRANSIT
Ultmate readers are installed in
close vicinity of each other
Air interface 2.45 GHz
Nedap proprietary encryption
ž†\
]
`‘œ¡
Encryption based upon
`]"„¦‡‡\›
%“"^ž†\œ¡¦—__£
¤¦<™[
$¡
>|<œ>~|„‘†‡œ¡~
integrated antenna; Horizontal
|‘œ¡~¦
–_
_|‹ƒ{{
ƒ ‹>~ƒ„‘—>„]ƒ„‡]>]
=
_
[[<
Audio
Range check beeper

™Ÿƒš
„'ƒ š
„ƒš
ž bit, FF56 and Omron ISO
ž›„ƒ"™
]

„‡\œ¡
Antenna output
Nedap external reader antenna
„‡\œ¡
Interfaces
USB, Wiegand, Magstripe,
Barcode.
Available interface boards:
–"„„|`~ƒ–"‘„„ƒ
–"‘†ƒ[>$›=$ƒ$`—$
>{{
>–›<“ƒ—>„›—>‘
OEM protocols (for more
information refer to the
firmware manuals)
Mounting
Wall mounting set included
Option Pole Mounting Kit
(5626595) and is available
>`

>
>>„‡‘›‡› >¦„‡‡‘›‡›>¦‹‡‘Ÿ
ƒ‡ƒž¦‹'‡‡'„¦
‹'‡‡‡'
"`_
‹'‡Ÿ†‡ƒ<'‡Ÿ†‡ƒ<†‡
–
“>>†„‘†‹‡‡‘‘‡¦
“>>†„ƒ ‹‡‡„„‡
>
‹—Ÿ„†'Ÿ
06/16
TRANSIT Ultimate
13
Nedap AVI
Nedap Microwave Readers & Accessories
Transit Ultimate Mounting Accessories
06/16
Description
Order Codes
NEDAP Pole mounting kit
Stainless steel pole mounting kit suitable for Nedap TRANSIT
reader, attaches to wall mounting bracket Key results;

¯‘‡{{
{¯Ÿ‡{{
†‡{{
NED-5626595
NEDAP Weather protection hood
<
`ƒ`{
weather conditions with long lasting exposure to sun or rain
Recommended to apply a weather protection hood to protect the
reader from direct water spray, rain or temperature rise by means
of long lasting exposure to the sun. The weather protection hood
can be mounted on the back side of the TRANSIT readers.
NED-7562640
14
Nedap AVI
Nedap Microwave Readers & Accessories
TRANSIT ENTRY Hands-free access reader
Features:
>
‘{
Elegant slim design
<—
Optional multi technology reader interface
On-site adjustable reading
Multi-channel frequency offset
Weather proof protected housing
USB service connection
The TRANSIT Entry reader represents the latest
in technology for door access and long read range
applications. Featuring a slim elegant designed
housing the TRANSIT Entry reader makes a perfect
fit to any door or vehicle gate environment.
Reliable consistent reading
The TRANSIT Entry reads Nedap tags at distances
up to 4 meter reliably and consistently.
Elegant slim design
Due to the slim design and long read range, the
reader can be installed on a wall next to a door or on
an entry pedestal near the barrier without the need
for additional mounting accessories. The reader can
be mounted directly on metal without any impact to
its performance.
LED and audible read indication
[
_<—
audible and visual feedback on the identification of a
tag in all operating modes
.
Optional Multi Technology Reader interface
This interface will enable the reader to read standard
{_
{>"‹ƒ
operate with existing credentials, at short range,
when presented to the face of the reader.
Multi-channel frequency offset
The multi-channel synthesizer allows on-site
adjustment of the frequency channel in case of radio
interference.
Weather proof protected housing
The TRANSIT Entry reader is weatherproofed inside
an IP65 [approx. NEMA 4x] certified enclosure.
Variety of interfaces & protocols
The TRANSIT Entry reader is designed for seamless
integration to existing parking management
and access control systems. The USB interface
offers easy access to the unit for diagnostics and
servicing.
.
Applications
Typical TRANSIT Entry reader applications involve
handsfree access to emergency rooms, access for
disabled, door access, personnel tracking, gated
community access, access to parking facilities.
>
‹—Ÿž'„‡‡
TRANSIT ENTRY Hands
Free reader, .
On-site adjustable reading
The identification lobe of the reader is an adjustable
directed beam, offering the ultimate in flexibility and
accuracy in any installation.
06/16
15
Nedap AVI
Nedap Microwave Readers & Accessories
Technical Specifications:
Operating frequency Europe: 2.446-2.454 GHz
—{
„‡‡„„‡‘†{{
š\
œ
]{
{<Ÿ‘
ABS cover
Protection
IP65 [approx. NEMA4x]
Detection range
Up to 4 meters with Nedap
tags
Range check
Acoustic by built-in beeper
Operating temperature
‡È§'‡¢>
$
„È„‘—>§‡¤
supply recommended
>
{
]¹„—>ƒ‡†]¹„‘—>
“
_``
„
ƒ
'‡‡\œ¡
$¡
>|<œ>~
=
_
[[<
–_
_|‹ƒ{{
ƒ ‹>~ƒ„‘—>„]

™Ÿƒš
„'ƒ š
„ƒš
žƒ
““†'
{
="ž›„
>
š
†‡{„„]š%
=
`
–"„„ƒ–"‘„„
"™
service interface

` „‡{]>
<
[>$›=$
>{{
>–›<“ƒ—>„›—>‘
OEM protocols (for more
information see firmware
manuals)
Encrypted air interface
NEDAP proprietary encryption
standard
>>{_|[–~
„‡„†\œ¡‹œ=—$ƒ
‘‡¶
ƒ†'œ¡="‘‘‘]ƒ="
†'Ÿƒœ=—><]"">"‹ƒ<
Advant HID
Mounting
Wall mount
Adjustable mounting bracket
|Ÿž†‘‡~
`
adjustable pole/ wall mount
>`

>
—`> Ÿ›'›>ƒ‹‡‘Ÿƒ
‹‡‘Ÿ
‹†‡‡‘
"`_
‹'‡Ÿ†‡ƒ<'‡Ÿ†‡ƒ<†‡
–
>ƒ“>>†„‘†
[" ‡‡‘‘‡„ƒ["‡‡‡„ƒ“>>
†>ƒ=>–""„‡
]
ž''†‡[
_
Reader Module
Ÿž†‘‡
]˜{
Transit Mounting Accessories
06/16
Description
Order Codes
TRANSIT Entry Adjustable mounting Bracket
Mounting kit for TRANSIT Entry allowing for easy reader alignment.
- Pole or wall mounting
¯
{{
¯‡‡{{
Ÿž†‘‡
Multi Technology Reader (MTR) module
The MTR module is a proximity smartcard interface module,
allowing the TRANSIT Entry reader to operate with existing
credentials (proximity or and smartcards) when presented to the
``"
„‡„†\œ¡¦œ=—ƒ
‹"
†'œ¡¦œ=—>>"‹ƒ`ƒ
<]
=—
="‘‘‘
†'Ÿ{
7562640
16
Nedap AVI
Nedap Microwave Readers & Accessories
š=‹—š[]%<[=][
identification tag
Features:
`
‡{
"]"„
_
>{
Easy windshield mounting with suction pads
User activated transmission of the vehicle ID
Uses two RFID frequencies for optimized
performance
>{[–]‹"=[
NOTE: The advanced tag authentication of the
Window Tag Ultimate is only functional when the
Security Key Pack has been installed in the TRANSIT
Ultimate. The Window Tag Ultimate is a long-range
identification tag used in applications where vehicles
need to be identified secure, fast and convenient.
The Window Tag Ultimate will be identified up to
‡{_[–]‹"=[{
as it enters the reading zone. The Window Tag
Ultimate is designed to complement the interior of
a passenger vehicle. Integrated suction pads with
industrial strength install the tag in seconds to the
inside of a windscreen.
Two frequencies
The Window Tag Ultimate uses the 2,45 GHz for
`
‘œ¡
frequency for advanced tag authentication using
AES standards.
Read-only
The Window Tag Ultimate is read-only factory
programmed with a unique customer specific
security code, a customer defined tag ID number
]"„
_
\_
The part number, tag ID number and date of
manufacture are laser etched into the back case of
the tag.
‹—Ÿ†'‘‘
Applications
The Window Tag Ultimate is the preferred choice for
installations where only vehicle identification is
required, such as access to parking facilities, gated
communities and corporate sites.
>
Window Tag Ultimate
Manual user activation
The Window Tag Ultimate has a switch for user
activation, designed for applications where the
driver determines the time and distance of reading
and driver authorization is important. The Window
Tag Ultimate will only transmit the tag ID to the
TRANSIT Ultimate reader for 5 seconds when the
switch is activated.
06/16
17
Nedap AVI
Nedap Microwave Readers & Accessories
Technical Specifications:

`
_„‘†%œ¡
‘¡
—{
'†„{{
š
„‡{
$
=$„É‹]„Ê
>
]
ƒ
–]< ž‡'
Operating temperature
‘‡§†¢>
Storage temperature
‘‡§†¢>
—
‡{[–]‹"=[
Ultimate
œ{_
‡¤Ÿ¤{_ƒ
non condensing
Mounting
Attaches with suction pads to
the windscreen on the inside
of a vehicle. In case of a
metalized windscreen a metal
free communication zone can
be used.
>`
‹'‡Ÿ†‡ƒ>Ÿ›'›>ƒ ‹†‡‡ƒ‹†‡‡„ƒ
["‡Ÿ‡
“>>
Battery life
User replaceable AAA batteries
with expected life-time of 5
years*.
‹
}<`{
on:
Average warm climate
conditions. Exposure to
extreme hot conditions might
reduce battery life.

{
–>¥–
_
activation (default)
Identification
Read/only decimal number
]
]"„
_
diversified keys
–
Ÿ„†'Ÿ[–]‹"=[{
Ÿ„'†ž"_^_$\
Document version nr.
‡
06/16
18
Nedap AVI
Nedap Microwave Readers & Accessories
>$]>[[]%œ
`
=—
Features:
>¡
=
`
ž{
Dual side read capability
Good price/ performance ratio
Optional battery low indication
Optional Tag Holder for windshield mounting
[>{[{
–“{
`
`ž{
various applications.
[>{[
¡
¡
`ž{
TRANSIT Standard and TRANSIT Extended
readers. In combination with the TRANSIT Entry
reader the tag will be identified up to 4 meters.
Dual side read capability
[>{[``
allowing the tag to be read from both sides,
eliminating the need to present the tag with one
particular side facing the TRANSIT Standard or Entry
reader.
Battery low indication
[>{[
_
battery low indication.
Read Only programmed
[>{[–
_|–›~{{
[>{[`_{{
specific security code and a unique tag ID number.
The part number, tag ID number and date of
manufacture are laser etched into the back case of
the tag.
06/16
Tag Holder
Optionally a Tag Holder is available for easy
{
`>{[
{‹{_[>{[
is featured with an embedded Nedap proximity
technology for identification of the compact tag in
combination with Nedap short range antennas.
Applications Typical applications include handsfree
identification of vehicles or people over long range
such as:
{
_{
`
\
{{
_
\
`
>
‹—ŸŸŸ‡‡
>{[
19
Nedap AVI
Nedap Microwave Readers & Accessories
Technical Specifications:
Operating frequency
2.45 GHz and optional
„‡\œ¡
85,5 x 54 x 4,9 mm credit card
size
š
„‡{
Protection
IP54 [approx. NEMA 2]
>
%_ƒ
–]<ž‡†
Operating temperature
‘‡§†¢>
Storage temperature
‘‡§†¢>
—
ž{[–]‹"=[
Standard or Extended reader
4 meters with TRANSIT Entry
reader
œ{_‡¤
Ÿ¤{_ƒ
non condensing
Power supply
Built-in lithium battery with
`{`ž_ƒ under normal usage and
normal circumstances. Battery
lifetime is not affected by the
number of times the tag is
read or RF fields from other
sources
Mounting
Optional mounting accessories
[œ
> >
Short-range identification
‹„‡\œ¡
‘‡„{
Identification
R/O Read/only decimal number
Operating modes
RO-A, Read only continuous
transmission of the tag ID
(default) RO-D, Read only
random transmission of the tag
=—]ƒ–
_‘‡„ mode always on
—ƒ–
_‘‡„
mode random transmission of
tag ID
Dimensions
06/16
20
Nedap AVI
Nedap Microwave Readers & Accessories
[]%œ<—–¨>]–—><=$]`
>{[
Features:
Easy windshield mounting
>
{`
Front of tag remains clearly visible
Tag Holder
The Tag Holder is suitable for windshield mounting
`>{[[`
card sized tags and is attached to the inside of
the windshield by two suction pads. This holder is
designed to fit a card with a total thickness of up to
5 mm
.
The card is held in place by two narrow edges along
the long sides. The design, a spring mounted tongue
on the back, and the choice of material mean that
a card fits securely in the holder and can also be
removed when required. Due to the special design
the front of the tag remains visible to ensure that
laser engraved markings (e.g. text or barcode) can
be clearly read.
Technical Specifications:
—{
†‘†{{\
ƒ{{
=
ž†ƒ†{{ ‘‡ž†ƒ†{{
>¡
>¡†ƒ†††{{
ɞ‡„„{{Ê
>
[
Material
Polycarbonate
Mounting
Windshield mounting
]
ŸŸŸ‡‡>{[
>
‹—ŸŸŸ‡‡
>{[
The tag is effectively protected in the Tag Holder. The
Tag Holder is made of transparent polycarbonate,
which is both environment-friendly and very strong,
ensuring long life for the holder.
Card Clip
A chrome metal crocodile clip with a nylon strap.
The strap is easily threaded through the oval holes
in the tag and snapped together for assembly.
06/16
21
Nedap AVI
Nedap Microwave Readers & Accessories
Vehicle Based Tags
Features:
>{
_{
"‡‡‡
Remote web based access
–
‡{
Well defined
Window Button
>
<
`
=—
‹—Ÿ„'†‡ NEDAP Window Button
used for vehicle identification / access applications.
<
`
with Nedap AVI reader. Attaches by
suction to insideof windscreen. Must
be clear of metallic screen area.
%‡{
TRANSIT Standard reader and up to
4 m with TRANSIT Entry. Has a builtin lithium battery. Wiegand output.
Nedap Window Button
Features:
<
=—
Suits interior of a passenger vehicle
Excellent performance
Easy windshield mounting with integrated suction
pad
Automatic transmission of vehicle ID
Option with switch for operator controlled
transmission
Applications; vehicle access, gated communities,
employee vehicle access
<
adjust time and distance of read. Once the switch
is activated the Window Button Switch will transmit
the tag ID to the TRANSIT reader for 5 seconds.
06/16
>
‹—Ÿ„‘‡ NEDAP Window Button Switch.
Vehicle tag with button activation.
Button press activates transmitter
for 5 seconds. For use with Nedap
AVI reader. Attaches by suction to
inside of windscreen. Must be
clear of metallic screen area. Gives
‡{
[–]‹"=[
Standard reader and up to 4 m with
TRANSIT Entry. Has a built-in lithium
battery. Wiegand output.
22
Nedap AVI
<
–
¨—=
`
Heavy Duty Tag ISO
Features:
ATEX-certified for applications in the
petrochemical industry
=
`
‡{
Shock and vibration proof
Weatherproof enclosure (IP66)
Tamperproof mounting
ISO compliant
The Heavy Duty Tag is a durable, weatherproof RFID
tag ideal for applications requiring reliable long range
identification in harsh environmental conditions.
Meeting harsh conditions The Heavy Duty Tag
{="‡ž‘`–“=—`
Freight containers. This Tag is shock and vibration
proof, watertight, UV stable and chemical resistant.
Applications in intrinsically safe zones are allowed
based on the ATEX-certificate.
Technical Specifications:

`
_„‘†%œ¡
„‡\œ¡
—{
ž‡'‡„‡{{
š
„{
Protection
IP66 for exterior mounting to
vehicle and container chassis
[approx. NEMA 4x]
{ ]"]›$>
ATEX product category
==„%==>[‘
The Heavy Duty Tag features reliable performance
—=‹‹†‡††ƒ
‡{[–]‹"=[
"\
—=‹‹†‡††ƒ
it enters the readers detection area.
‡„
>
™\ƒ
–]<†‡‡
The Heavy Duty Tag is ideal for tamperproof
Operating temperature
mounting by means of screws, bolts or rivets
„‡§‡¢>
exterior on vehicle chassis. The tag can directly be
Storage temperature
mounted on a metal surface.
‘‡§†¢>
—
‡{[–]‹"=[
>
$"„ž‡
Intrinsically safe vehicle
‹—Ÿž†Ÿ‡
"
ƒ[–]‹"=[$"„ž‡ ID tag for use with Nedap
ATEX or TRANSIT Extended
AVI reader. Attaches
†‡{‹—]$–“
permanently to the outside
{_
|=—<~
of a vehicle, forklift,
œ{_
‡¤Ÿ¤{_ƒ container or trailer and
non condensing
‡{
Power supply
Built-in lithium battery with an
range with TRANSIT
expected lifetime of 8 years.
Standard reader. Has a builtBattery lifetime is not affected
<{_
by the number of times the tag
expected life time of up to
is read or RF fields from other
8 year life (not affected by
sources
number of uses). Wiegand
output
06/16
23
Nedap AVI
<
–
¨—=
`
Booster 2G
Features:
<
=—‡{
Supported credentials
HID prox, EM, Nedap
=“]–ƒœ=—>ƒ<%=>ƒ>_
One card solution
Simultaneous driver & vehicle ID
Maximizes perimeter security
The Boosters enables long range driver
identification. Driver based ID systems ensure that
a vehicle can never get access to a secured area
unless occupied by an authorized driver. The Booster
is used in combination with a personal access
credential. It is an easy to integrate solution for
vehicle access, which eliminates the need to issue
new cards.
Driver based identification, how does it work?
The driver based tag is made up of two elements.
~™
2) In-vehicle Booster
The Booster is placed on the windshield on the
inside of a vehicle. When an authorized building
access card is inserted into the Booster it will
be read and then boosted to the external Nedap
TRANSIT reader. The TRANSIT reader transmits
the credential ID to any standard back end security
panel. If the credential is authorized and access is
granted the gate will open automatically. Removal of
the Driver ID is ensured by designing the system to
require that the access card is also used for building
access.
Matching vehicle and driver
Optionally a separate ID (vehicle ID) can be
programmed in the Booster hardware on certain
models, this allows you to match the right driver
with the right vehicle.
06/16
Boosters are available for almost all card
technologies:
Prox-Booster 2G; supporting proximity access
„‡„†\œ¡
HID prox, EM and Nedap.
Smartcard-Booster 2G¦="‘‘‘
†'Ÿ{
{|=“]–ƒ
=“]–—"“=–ƒ<%=>ƒ>_
œ=—>~
†'œ¡—
_>"‹
`{
read, see Booster_Installguide for more information.
Transition-Booster 2G¦{_|„‡„†
\œ¡~{|†'œ¡~
_
The Transition-Booster is specifically designed to be
used in applications were multiple card technologies
are applied simultaneously. It allows for seamless
migration from existing Prox to versatile smartcard
applications.
Booster applications
Typical applications for the Booster are high secured
areas like airports, seaports, military bases, utility
companies, corporate and educational campuses,
police, fire and other installations where vehicles
must be assigned to a specific driver.
24
Nedap AVI
<
–
¨—=
`
Technical Information
Part no.
Operating frequency
Dimensions
Weight
Protection
>
Operating
Storage temperature
Detection range
Humidity
Mounting
>`
Battery life
Note
Operating mode
06/16
Prox-Booster 2G
Smartcard-Booster 2G
‹—ŸŸ‘†$™„%
9948554 Smartcard-Booster 2G
NED-9948546 Prox-Booster 2G
Single
„‡\œ¡›„‘†%œ¡
†'œ¡›„‘†%œ¡
'ž„„ž{{
™
95 gram
„‡{
=$„É‹]„Ê
%_ƒ
–]<ž‡'
‘‡§†¢>
‘‡§†¢>
‡{[–]‹"=[{ƒ‘{[–]‹"=[
Entry
‡¤Ÿ¤{_ƒ
Attaches with suction pads to the windscreen on the inside
of a vehicle. In case of a metallised windscreen a metal free
communication window is required.
‹'‡Ÿ†‡ƒ>Ÿ›'›>ƒ‹†‡‡ƒ‹†‡‡„ƒ["‡Ÿ‡
“>>
User replaceable AAA lithium
User replaceable AAA lithium
batteries with expected lifetime of batteries with expected lifetime
5 years*.
of 5 years*.
}<`{

Average warm climate conditions. Exposure to extreme hot
conditions might reduce battery life.
—`
{>
>]`
>]`
driver ID is transmitted (default)
and driver ID is transmitted
(default)
]>
{
`
vehicle ID and driver ID *
]>
{
`
vehicle ID and driver ID
>
{
`
vehicle ID and driver ID without
>
{
`
need to activate the switch, not
vehicle ID and driver ID without
even initially when card is inserted. need to activate the switch,
not even initially when card is
* This option is not available for
inserted.
the Prox-Booster 2G single ID !
25
Nedap AVI
<
–
¨—=
`
Inductive readable
Identification Driver
Supported prox cards
|„‡„†\œ¡~
Supported smartcards
|†'œ²~}
Readers
06/16
Only the Prox-Booster’s embedded
Booster ID.
Prox-Booster:
Driver ID & vehicle ID
Prox-Booster single id: Driver ID
›‹›œ=—$–¶‘‡
bits (HIB required on reader level
žŸ‡„~
Embedded Booster ID (vehicle
ID)
Driver ID & vehicle ID
="‘‘‘›„]›]
="†'Ÿ›„›
=“]–>"‹
sector information
=“]–—"“>"‹
file data
<%=>]
=—
œ=—><]"">"‹
>_$$=
files
See for more information
"{>
`${
‹—ŸŸŸ‡‘‡[–]‹"=["
‹—Ÿž'„‡‡[–]‹"=[
_
‹—Ÿ„†'Ÿ[–]‹"=[{
26
Nedap AVI
<
$–“]>
ANPR Access
Features:
Automatic number plate reading
All in one system, camera analyser,
IR illuminator
All European countries onboard
World-wide countries available
Range of action 4 to 6 meters
Easy user configuration
The Nedap license plate reader is an all in one
camera including camera, analyzer, and IR
illuminator. The ANPR reader has embedded
processing software onboard. The license plate
reader is default featured with an RS485 and
Ethernet communication.
The Nedap ANPR reader covers nearly all European
countries and has a broad list of world-wide
countries supporting a large range of IR-reflective
license plates.
Easy configuration
The web browser interface also allows you to
configure the transmitted Wiegand ID strings of the
license plate reader. Upon reading of the license
plate, the reader will refer to the database and
transmits the corresponding Wiegand ID ( via the
set Wiegand format) to the access control panel. If
the Wiegand ID is authorized access is provided by
the connected access control panel.
06/16
Wiegand Interface Module
Using the separate Wiegand Interface Module
the Nedap ANPR reader ensures easy and
seamless integration into access control systems
without worrying on integration associated with
alphanumeric license plates. The Wiegand Interface
Module can read a license plate and will operate
similar to an access credential reader converting the
license plate into a Wiegand ID string to the access
control panel. Since most access control systems
support a Wiegand ID number, easier integration is
achieved.
Applications
Applications include parking, crime prevention, toll
systems, security & access control and logistics and
customs. In addition the license plate reader can be
applied for application where it is difficult to issue
tags.
Mounting
Default the ANPR reader is featured with wall/pole
mounting bracket.
27
Nedap AVI
<
$–“]>
Technical Information
Part number
Dimensions
Housing
Protection
Automatic Number Plate Reader
ŸŸ‘ŸŸ]‹$–
„‡‡„‡‡‡{{
Aluminum die-cast chassis with HIPS cover
IP66 [approx. NEMA4x]
Operating temperature
Operating humidity
Power
>
{
Range of action
Distance
Width
>$
Optics
Image sensing resolution
>
>{{
>{
Input
Output
>{{

RS485
Ethernet
Wiegand
>
`
„‡§††¢>
£Ÿ‡¤
„‘—>§‡¤
_{{
‡šƒ
]
*See for more information ANPR application note
'{
Ġ{
ARM freescale 256 MB DDR2
>"{
™›š>>—‡‡‡‡‡
Monochromatic, 256 grey levels
=–†‡
{
8 mm
|~
Data message
customization
Supported number plates
Number plate types
Result
Mounting
Accessories
06/16
`„‡‡ƒ
„‡‡{
‡›‡‡ƒ[>$ƒ—$ƒ“[$ƒœ[[$ƒ—œ>$
Via wiegand interface module, see datasheet.
_<]‹
`
ƒ
password protected.
String syntax fully configurable for integration with access control systems
and third party software
Europe]ƒ™{ƒ™ƒ>_ƒ—
{\ƒ
ƒ“
ƒ
“
ƒ%{
_ƒ%ƒ=
ƒ=_ƒ<ƒ<
ƒ<{ƒ
ƒ‹
ƒ‹_ƒ$
ƒ$ƒ
^
{ƒ>¡
Republic, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Hungary,
Switzerland, Russia, Turkey, San Marino. Africa: Morocco, South Africa
Middle East: Israel, Bahrein, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Kuwait,
Iraq Americas>

ƒ"]>`
ƒƒ]
ƒ
>{ƒ™¡ƒ_ƒ>Asia/Pacific: India, Australia, New
Zealand
IR reflective number plate models
Number plate character string
Pole/wall mounting kit included
ŸŸ†žŸš
=
`
28
Nedap AVI
<
$–“]>
Wiegand Interface Module
Features:
>
š
>
–"‘†
š
>
{
\
Wiegand badge reader output
Easy user configuration
Easy integration into access controls systems
The Nedap Wiegand Interface Module is module
allowing for easy conversion of the Nedap ANPR
reader to a required Wiegand format.
Use in combination with Nedap ANPR
The Wiegand interface module transforms
seamlessly integrated license plate reading into
a Wiegand badge reader output. It receives the
license plate information via RS485 from the Nedap
ANPR reader and converts the signal into a required
Wiegand format to allow for easy integration into
standard access control systems, eliminating time
consuming integration associated with alphanumeric
license plates.
Automatic Wiegand configuration
The Wiegand interface module allows you to
configure and convert the transmitted license plate
into an automatic selected Wiegand format. Upon
reading of the license plate, the Wiegand interface
module will convert the license plate according to
selected algorithm to a corresponding Wiegand ID
(via the set Wiegand format) to the access control
panel. If the Wiegand ID is authorized, access is
provided by the access control panel. Multiple
Wiegand formats are supported. Since most access
control systems support a Wiegand ID number, easy
integration is achieved.
Match list
Additionally the Wiegand interface module can hold
a internal match list. This match list will link the
license plate to a specific Wiegand badge number
(eg. driver’s badge). The advantage is that no new
numbers or license plates need to be authorized in
the access system.
Wiegand interface Software
The match list can be managed remotely through
<]‹
``š
=
`
Using the Wiegand Interface Software multiple
license plate readers can be updated at once. The
match list is stored locally in the database of the
Wiegand interface software. Identified number
plates will be verified with the internal match list. If
the Wiegand interface module is used and match list
is filled, only known IDs will be transmitted to the
access controller for authorization.
Moreover the Wiegand Interface Module will detect
the following events:
- no match event
a license plate not matched to a Wiegand ID.
-no plate event
a vehicle triggers the camera, but no license plate is
detected.
These events are logged and can be outputted in a
selected Wiegand badge number.
Applications
Applications include vehicle access.
06/16
29
Nedap AVI
<
$–“]>
Technical information
Part Number
Dimensions
Weight
Housing
Protection
Wiegand Interface Module
ŸŸ†žŸš
=
`
‡„††{{
'‡‡
Aluminum die-cast zinc alloy
=$‘‡É‹]Ê
>
Operating temperature
Operating humidity
Power
>
{
>{{
%_|–]<ž‡„‘~
‡È§††¢>
£Ÿ‡¤
„„‘—>§‡¤
_{{
4W
Between Wiegand interface module and ANPR
reader - RS485 Between Wiegand interface module
and access panel - Wiegand Optional between
š
`{
$>
`
{ [>$›=$
–"‘†„‡‡{
š
†‡{
[>$›=$‡‡{
Any Wiegand format up to 64-bits.
>
`
`
Wiegand ID via separate Wiegand Interface
Software, this software also allows you to configure
the match list.
Wiegand Interface Software
Desktop or wall mounting (brackets included)
ŸŸ‘ŸŸ<
$–
>
Supported Wiegand formats
User interface
Software
Mounting
Operates with
06/16
30
Locking
This chapter contains information about Access Control Locking Solutions
Introduction
Magnetic Locks
Electric Releases
Solenoid Bolt
Shear Locks
eForce iCLASS
Locking Accessories
NSL Locking Solutions
10/15
1
Access Control Locking Solutions
Locking Solutions Introduction
Electric lock, strike or electromagnetic
Locking and unlocking doors is the basic application
of any access control system. The system remotely
controls the lock to permit or deny access into an
area. The controlled doors may be secured all the
time or only during user selected schedules.
Electromagnetic Locks
When the exit must be controlled, it is necessary to
provide a fail-safe device, such as an
electromagnetic lock, that will keep the door locked
not only on the entry side but also on the exit side
of the door.
To do this, electrical locking devices are linked to the
door controllers provided with the access control
system.
The most coon locking devices used in the access
control industry are electric door strikes and electromagnetic locks. To select which locking device
should be used
on a specific job, the installer must begin with an
evaluation that will take into account not only the
security requirements, but also the regulations
imposed by local or national authorities having
jurisdiction.
In the past, the installation of electromagnetic
locks may have been considered to be less costly
than the installation of door strikes. As a result,
the market for electromagnetic locks has grown
exponentially over the past few years. Unfortunately,
a great number of electromagnetic lock installations
were not done according to regulations and in some
instances were actually jeopardising the safety of
occupants. The proliferation of electromagnetic
lock installations has caused great concern
amongst safety regulators and, now, stringent local
regulations and site inspections re
common. This has caused a substantial increase
in cost of using electromagnetic locks. Because of
these extra costs, the use of electromagnetic locks
may be more appropriate in situations where they
are the only alternative, such as locking a controlled
exit door.
Electric strikes
Because of potential regulations affecting the use
of other devices, a door strike will generally be he
most economical locking mechanism.
Always order electric strikes as: 1)fail locked (fail
secure) which means the strike will be locked when
you remove power; 2) 24VDC, 250ma max.: 3)
continuous duty; these specifications correspond to
the requirements of access control. Electric strikes
are generally more difficult to install than electromagnetic locks and the services of a
competent locksmith may be required.
Fire Rating
If the door strike is installed on a fire rated door, it
may have to be approved for such us to maintain the
fire rating of the door.
Double Doors
On double doors, the door strike will be installed on
the inactive door which should be bolted down. A
door cord or electric-conductive hinge will carry the
power of the strike.
Special Situations
It may not be possible to install door strikes on
special doors such as full glass doors. The only
alternative may be to install an electro-magnetic
lock.
10/15
2
Access Control Locking Solutions
Locking Solutions Introduction
Regulations
National and local building codes and fire ordinances
usually regulate the use of locking devices. One
must remember that those are usually minimum
requirements and that the local authorities may
have the last word in interpretation and exceptions.
Always check with local authorities before installing
any locks. Once installed, it can be quite expensive
to replace the locks and repair doors and door
frames.
Other Locking Devices
Mechanical devices (such as electric dead bolts) that
prevent free exit are usually not permitted for use in
access control applications. Check with local
authorities.
From the NSI Code of Practice NCP 109
Where adverse air pressure exists, you should
provide means for relief of the air pressure.
- doors must be a satisfactory fit in the frame.
- hinges, frame and fixings must be adequate for the
weight and proposed usage of a door.
You should follow manufacturers’ recommendations
for turnstiles and similar barriers, and their release
mechanisms.
- where manual or automatic override features are
used, continuously rated releases will be required.
Access point hardware alone may not provide
sufficient physical security in some circumstances.
The degree of physical security is related to the
classification of access points. An access point to
a higher class will usually require greater physical
security than an access point of a lower class.
4.2.3 Access point hardware
You must select access point hardware:
a) In accordance with the degree of physical
security and the anticipated number of users and
the duty cycle of the access point to which they are
fixed;
b) With regard to the following, particularly when
planning to use mechanisms externally:
- temperature
- humidity
- corrosion
- vibration
- dust and other contamination
- physical abuse
You should select the necessary locking
mechanisms to be appropriate to the strength of the
door and its frame and you should not reduce the
physical strength of the access point significantly
when fitting the mechanisms.
As a guide, powered locks should have the following
holding forces according to the class of the access
point:
Class I Holding force = 3 kN or more
Class II Holding force = 5 kN or more
Class III Holding force = 7 kN or more
Class IV Holding force = 10 kN or more
kN = kilonewtons, 1 kN = 1,000 newtons
c) Taking into account the following with regard to
the nature of the access point:
- the existing physical strength of the access
point, such as doors and frames.
- the transfer of electrical connections onto doors
must be via suitable flexible cables or other means
of adequate reliability.
- appropriate hardware must be used where
rebated and double rebate doors are controlled.
- necessary safety precautions must be taken
where all glass or other special doors are controlled.
- door closing devices must be sufficient to close
and lock the door under normal circumstances, but
without undue impact upon the components of an
access control system.
10/15
You should reinforce the physical strength of an
access point if this is likely to be unduly reduced
by the attachment of the access control hardware.
If the customer will not let you do this, you should
confirm the facts of the situation in writing to the
customer
3
Access Control Locking Solutions
Locking Solutions Introduction
Escape - which standard applies?
EN179 for Emergency Escape Doors or EN1125 for Panic Escape Doors?
EN179 Emergency escape doors:
Applies to areas of a public building that are nonpublic areas with trained staff
EN1125 Panic escape doors:
Applies in public areas (assemblies)
EN179 for Emergency Escape Doors - Unacceptable Methods of Egress
EN179 for Emergency Escape Doors or EN1125 for Panic Escape Doors?
Further Reading:
A copy of this document can be found on our web site www.tycoemea.
com/English/Products/Access/Locksgeneral.asp
Hard copies are available from:
www.abhm.org.uk
Under the subheading
“Technical Publications”.
The information above was supplied by Pat Jefferies of Abloy UK as part
of his Academy training course which we strongly recommend anyone
designing access control systems should attend
10/15
4
Access Control Locking Solutions
Magnetic Locks
Armlock® 261 & 262
Features:
Direct-pull magnets
To facilitate remote access and exit control of any
aluminium, timber or steel door. The Armlock® 260
Series combines a compact case size and clean
aesthetics whilst providing a magnetic holding force
of upto 250 kg.
Offering durability and low maintenance, Armlock®
260 Series Magnetic Locks at all times provide
positive fail-safe operation (unless power supply
continued during power failure by means of battery
back-up). Available for outward and inward opening
door applications.
Now available is a set of safety end caps for the 261
magnetic lock. These are fitted at the time of
installation and should be used on outward opening
doors. The end caps cover the metal corners of the
magnetic lock and reduce the likelihood of injury
caused by magnetic locks reducing the head height
of outward opening doors.
Note for Guidance:
Building Regulations from the UK Government
planning web site Taken from: The Building
Regulations 2010. Part B. Fire Safety Volume 2
Buildings other than dwelling houses B1 Means
of warning & escape General Provisions General
Headroom on escape routes 5.26 All escape routes
should have a clear headroom of not less than 2m
and there should be no projection below this height
(except for door frame)
Note: On an outward opening door our standard
261 mag lock Reduces the head height by approx
45 mm
Armlock® 261 suits surface mount applications
(‘L’ and ‘Z’ brackets available for inward opening
doors), 262 suits mortice mount
Armlock® 261 also available as double magnet
model
Compact case size and clean aesthetics
Upto 250 kg nominal magnetic holding force
User selectable dual voltage - 12 or 24 vDC
Current draw: 480 mA @ 12 vDC, 240 mA @
24 vDC (for a single lock)
Optional end caps available for outward opening
doors
637.008.402
637.008.403
637.008.404
261-701
LD-MM-EC
261-801
637.008.405
Order Codes:
637.008.401
10/15
Adams Rite 261-000 nonmonitored single magnet 12
or 24 v dc. Medium duty
suitable for internal door
(up to 250 kg). Aluminium &
Timber
637.008.455
Adams Rite 261-005
monitored single magnet
12 or 24 v dc. Medium duty
suitable for internal door.
Aluminium &
Timber
Adams Rite 261-200 nonmonitored double magnet 12
or 24 v dc. Medium duty
suitable for internal door (up
to 250 kg x 2). Aluminium &
Timber
Adams Rite 261-205
monitored double
magnet 12 or 24 v dc.
Medium duty suitable for
internal door. Aluminium &
Timber
Adjustable L bracket with
cover plate for 260 series
slim line mag locks from
Adams Rite – used for
outward opening doors
Safety end caps for 261
range magnetic locks
Adjustable Z&L bracket with
cover plate for 260 series
slim line mag locks from
Adams Rite – used for inward
opening doors
Adams Rite 262-005
monitored mortice magnet
12 or 24 v dc (480 mA @
12 V).
Medium duty suitable for
internal doors - up to
250 kg holding force. Double
2 Metre Transome Housing
for 2 Mortice Magnets Aluminium & Timber
5
Access Control Locking Solutions
Magnetic Locks
Armlock® 281
Features:
Armlock® 281 suits surface mount applications
(‘L’ and ‘Z’ brackets available for inward opening
doors)
Available as a double magnet model
Compact case size and clean aesthetics
Upto 510 kg nominal magnetic holding force
User selectable dual voltage - 12 or 24 vDC
Current draw: 480 mA @ 12 vDC, 240mA @ 24
vDC (for a single lock)
Optional end caps available for outward opening
doors
Achieves NSI NCP 109 Class II
Direct-pull magnets
To facilitate remote access and exit control of any
aluminium, timber or steel door. The Armlock® 280
Series features clean aesthetics whilst providing
a magnetic holding force of upto 510 kg. Offering
durability and low maintenance, Armlock® 280
Series Magnetic Locks at all times provide positive
fail-safe operation (unless power supply continued,
during power failure, by means of battery back-up).
Order Codes:
637.008.406
637.008.407
The 281 has a security pin feature to help prevent
unauthorised removal of the magnet from the door
frame fixing plate.
281-701
Now available is a set of safety end caps for the 281
magnetic lock. These are fitted at the time of
installation and should be used on outward opening
doors. The end caps cover the metal corners of the
magnetic lock and reduce the likelihood of injury
caused by magnetic locks reducing the head height
of outward opening doors.
Note: On an outward opening door our standard
281 mag lock Reduces the head height by approx
75 mm
10/15
LD-SM-EC
281-801
Adams Rite 281-000 nonmonitored single magnet 12
or 24 v dc. Medium duty
suitable for internal door
(up to 510 kg) Aluminium &
Timber
Adams Rite 281-005
monitored single magnet
12 or 24v dc. Medium duty
suitable for internal door.
Aluminium & Timber
Adjustable L bracket with
cover plate for 280 series
medium mag locks from
Adams Rite – used for
outward opening doors
Safety end caps for 281
range magnetic locks
Adjustable Z&L bracket with
cover plate for 280 series
medium mag locks from
Adams Rite – used for
inward opening doors
6
Access Control Locking Solutions
Magnetic Locks
Armlock® 291
Features:
Suits aluminium, timber or steel doors
Armlock® 291 suits surface mount applications,
suitable for face or side fix applications
540 kg nominal magnetic holding force
Compact case size and clean aesthetics
Stainless steel housing
User selectable dual voltage - 12 or 24 vDC
Nominal current draw: 500mA @ 12 vDC, 250 mA
@ 24 vDC
Built-in voltage spike suppressor.
Reed switch monitoring as standard
‘Z’ bracket kit available
IP Rating: Independently tested, rated IP67
Achieves NSI NCP 109 Class II
External magnet
To facilitate remote access and exit control of any
external gate/barrier. The Armlock® 291 provides a
magnetic holding force of up to 540 kg.
Offering durability and low maintenance, Armlock®
291 Magnetic Locks at all times provide positive
fail-safe operation (unless power supply continued
during power failure by means of battery backup). One magnet to suit both side and face fix
applications.
10/15
Order Codes:
291-005
291-800
Surface mounted external
magnet, 12/24 vDC,
monitored, suitable for face
or side fix application. Rated
IP67.
Z bracket kit in SAA finish
for 291 series mag lock
7
Access Control Locking Solutions
Electric Release / Strike
7100 Electric Strike Release
Features:
There are a wide variety of locks and electric releases
available for access control. In the main, there are
three options available:
Surface or flush fitting
Surface or flush is simply the method of installing the
lock. This must take account of the aesthetics, security
and type of door and frame.
Fail safe or Fail secure
Fail-safe is a release that allows access when the
power is removed from the operating coil. Fail safe
locks therefore draw power from the access system
when the door is in its closed state. Fail secure
provides a degree of physical security when the lock
has the power removed.
This could be either in its normal operation or in a total
power failure.
Subject to the lock design, this type of installation
offers a means of mechanical override for escape from
the secure side of the door handle or if acceptable
paddle turn and a mechanical override for entry by key.
If this is not available then break glass and key switch
may be required as for the magnetic lock.
For timber or steel doors
Jaw strength 907 kg
Internal solenoid, 12 or 24 v AC or DC
Current draw 1.48 A @ 12 vAC,
0.332 A @12 vDC, 0.74 A @ 24 vAC,
0.19 A @ 24 vDC
Facility to change duty from fail-safe to fail secure
and vice-versa
Optional monitoring: single - latch only; double latch and solenoid
Strike opening: 36.5 mm x 15.9 mm x 12.7 mm.
Faceplate length: 201.6 mm (7110) or 260.3 mm
(7111), case depth: 41.6 mm
Non-handed
Achieves NSI NCP 109 Class III
For single or double leaf timber or steel doors
For remote access control of any timber or steel door
equipped with Adams Rite 4700 series (or similar)
deadlatch. Electrical actuation unlocks the strike jaw,
releasing the latchbolt so the door can be opened
without operating the latch itself. The compact
mechanism fits into a timber or steel jamb section as
shallow as 44.45 mm.
The 7100 Series Electric Strikes held by Tyco Safety
Products are supplied with two flat faceplates for
mounting in the frame or the inactive leaf of a pair
of doors. There is a long faceplate for wooden doors/
frames and a shorter face plate for aluminium frames.
Order Codes:
7100-310-2
Monitored or unmonitored.
Single or double monitored releases are available direct
from the manufacturer. Points to consider when
specifiying electric releases:
=
˜
as this can prevent opening in an emergency
7100-315-2

and then tampered with from exterior. (consider fitting
anti-thrust plate’).
{
`
{˜`
millimetres and so reduce physical resistance
—
`\
`
10/15
Adams Rite 7100-Fail
Secure 12 v DC electric
release (340 mA) short face
plate for Aluminium frames.
Longer steel faceplate
for timber frame or door.
Maximum operational gap
(door to frame) 3 mm. Jaw
strength 900 kg
Adams Rite 7100-Fail Safe
12 v DC electric release
(340 mA) short face plate
for Aluminium frames.
Longer steel faceplate
for timber frame or door.
Maximum operational gap
(door to frame) 3 mm.
Jaw strength 900 kg
8
Access Control Locking Solutions
Solenoid Bolts
Solenoid Bolt
Features:
Slimline style allowing the lock to be concealed
fitted into the door and frame
Stainless steel deadbolt has a 16mm throw,
providing a secure method of access control
locking
Suitable for single and double action doors (with
positive centring door closers)
Can be fitted vertically or horizontally allowing
flexibility in installation
User selectable time delay of 0, 2.5 or 5 seconds
Door status and lock sensor monitoring
CE marked
Surface box available
Achieves NSI NCP 109 Class III
To facilitate remote access and exit control of
aluminium, timber, or steel doors. The slimline style
of the 1391 allows the lock to be concealed fitted
into the door and frame. The stainless steel deadbolt
which has a 16mm throw, provides a secure method
of locking on doors requiring access control. Suitable Order Codes:
1391-1042
for single and double action doors (with positive
centring door closers).
The 1391 can be fitted vertically or horizontally (but
not in the threshold) allowing flexibility in installation,
and at all times provides a positive fail-safe operation 1391-3042
(unless power supply continued during power failure
by means of battery back-up).
Surface Box for 1391 Electric Solenoid Belt
Allows the 1391 Solenoid Bolt to be surface
mounted onto any flush door and frame. Suitable
for timber or hollow metal door applications. Glass
door brackets supplied for fitting to 10 mm or 12 mm
thick glass doors.
Adams Rite 1391 Solenoid
Bolt, mortice fitting, 12 v DC
fail-safe requires 900 mA to
lock (Quiescent 300 mA @
12 vDC)
Adams Rite 1391 Surface
Box, allows the lock to
be surface mounted onto
any flush door and frame.
Suitable for timber or hollow
metal door applications.
Supplied with glass door
brackets for fitting to 10 mm
or 12 mm thick glass doors.
Shown with surface mounting box
10/15
9
Access Control Locking Solutions
Shear Locks
Armlock®1354
Features:
Compact Size
Nominal 1500 kg shear holding force
Mortice or surface mounted
Glass door fixing bracket available
Adjustable locking time 1-30 secs
Suitable for door gaps up to 8 mm
Dual coil 12 vDC or 24 vDC
Retry facility as standard
Various finishes available on surface housing
Non-handed
Locking tolerance: ± 2 mm lateral, ± 5 mm
longitudinal
CE marked
Achieves NSI NCP 109 Class IV
Mini Electro-Shearmagnet
To facilitate remote access and exit of most
aluminium, timber and steel doors. The Armlock®
1354 combines magnetic field force and physical
interference between lock body and armature
to create a shear holding force of 1500 kg. The
product range consists of mortice mounted, surface
mounted or glass door versions to cater for single or
double action internal doors or external doors where
a form of cover is situated above the doorway to
prevent direct rain penetration.
Order Code:
637.008.414
Adams Rite Armlock 1354
Mini Electro-Shearmagnet
mortice fitting - 12 or
24 v dc. Up to 1500 kg.
Requires 1.2 Amps Pull In @
12 Vdc. (Quiescent 500mA
@ 12 Vdc)
The product may be fitted in a vertical or horizontal
position, but should not be fitted in the threshold.
The shearmagnet at all times provides a positive
fail-safe operation (unless power supply continued,
during power failure, by means of a battery backup). The slimline style of the shearlock is achieved
by having a separate PCB, which can be mounted
separately inside the protective box supplied. (Power
supply unit is not included).
NOTE: Positive closer required on doors. For
maximum security specify an MS® Deadlock in
conjunction with the direct-pull magnet.
10/15
10
Access Control Locking Solutions
eForce iCLASS
eForce iCLASS
Features:
This new addition to the eForce family incorporates
a contactless proximity reader into the proven
eForce® platform. The eForce iCLASS™ proximity
card readers control access with Adams Rite
deadbolts, deadlatches and exit devices.
Card presentation is confirmed with an audible beep
and visual change in the red/green LED indicator –
displaying the locked/unlocked status. Supporting
HID® 13.56 MHz (eForce iCLASS) credentials,
the eForce iCLASS interfaces with any Wiegandcompatible access control system.
The sleek-looking eForce iCLASS measures 1-3/4”
wide x 15-3/8” high, and is compatible with
aluminium, steel and wood doors from 1-3/4” to
2-1/4” thick. The eForce retrofits to Adams Rite MS®
Series Deadbolts, 4500, 4700, 4900 Deadlatches
and 8000 Series Exit Devices in 31/32” backsets
and greater.
Adams Rite has long been recognized as a leading
manufacturer of hardware for aluminum entrances.
The eForce iCLASS is a strong addition to this
family of products, and the obvious choice to pair
with Adams Rite deadbolts, deadlatches and exit
devices. Install with confidence. No one makes door
hardware like Adams Rite.
Order Code:
3090C-01-626
10/15
Adams Rite eForce iCLASS
in satin hrome finish. Reads
any iCLASS credential
Expanded eForce platform with integrated HID®
Prox Contactless Card Reader
Interfaces with any Wiegand protocol access
control system
Supports HID iCLASS 13.56MHz credentials
Integrated antenna
Models to operate Adams Rite latches, exit
devices, and MS® Series deadbolts
Audible beep upon card presentation
Red/green LED lock/unlock status
Surface-mounted with concealed fasteners
Non-handed with clutched lever protection
Mortise cylinder control override (1” to 1-1/2”
range with AR/MS cam)
Die cast housing and lever in Satin Chrome and
Dark Bronze finish
Full outdoor rating – temperature range from
-35°C to 66°C
Hardwired (7 conductor) installation with
ElectroLynx™ connectors
Technical Specifications:
Handle
Clutch-protected cast zinc alloy, finished to match
housing.
Special Features/Requirements
Hardwired installation: 18-22 AWG recommended
(seven conductor stranded and shielded)
Temperature range: -35oC to 65oC and 5-95%
humidity (non-condensing)
500 ft. max. distance to host
Housing
The sleek-looking eForce measures 1-3/4” wide
x 15- 3/8” high, with Satin Chrome (626) and
Powdercoat Dark Bronze (121) finishes.
Electrical Specs:
eForce Prox
Integrated HID® 13.56MHz iCLASS contactless card
reader Interfaces with any Wiegand compatible
access control system Recognizes HID® Prox 26-39
bit formats FCC Part 15 (USA & Canada) 12 Vdc/150
mA average 300 mA Peak
11
Access Control Locking Solutions
Locking Accessories
Locking Accessories
Features:
Compact
Various Sizes
Choice of two colours
Where locks or electric releases are fitted into the
controlled door and will require electrical connection
to control their operation and/or for monitoring
purposes. A door loop will be required for the
electrical cable connections so that the cable is
physically protected and able to withstand the
movement of the door.
There are a wide range of alternatives within the
intruder range as well as the following surface and
flush fitting options:
Order Codes:
DL400
DL350
EDL1-Kit
EDL2-Kit
EDL3-Kit
EDL1-BN-Kit
EDL2-BN-Kit
DL400 Concealed Door Loop
Designed to fit within the wooden door and
frame offering better security & aesthetics due to
concealed installation, Used with electric locks and/
or electric releases (double doors) where the cable
for the lock is required to transfer from the door
frame to door.
DL3-BN-Kit
Concealed Door LoopMini
Surface mounted door loop
- metal
30 cm fixed length door
loop white Inc 2 EN3-JB9HD-W & 2 Grommets
25 cm white door loop
extendable up to 170 cm Inc
2 EN3-JB9-HD-W & 2
Grommets
50 cm white door loop
extendable up to 330 cm
Inc 2 EN3-JB9-HD-W & 2
Grommets
30 cm fixed length door
loop Brown Inc 2 EN3-JB9HD-W & 2 Grommets
25 cm Brown door loop
extendable up to 170 cm Inc
2 EN3-JB9-HD-W & 2
Grommets
50 cm Brown door loop
extendable up to 330 cm
Inc 2 EN3-JB9-HD-W & 2
Grommets
DL350 Surface mounted door loop - metal
Designed to fit between the door and frame
offering security of the cable. With a Heavy duty
construction, it is ideal for double doors where the
cable for the lock is required to transfer from the
frame to the door.
10/15
12
Access Control Locking Solutions
NSL Locking Solutions
Alternative Locking Solutions
Where a higher level of access control has or is
being specified or the users requirements are
more sensitive it is necessary to supply a locking
arrangement that is commensurate with the
equipment or risk involved. It is recommended in
these cases that electric locks are supplied rather
than electromagnets or electric releases..
Electric Locks
Electrically operated locks differ from electric
releases or electromagnets as the power is within
the actual mortise lock case. This component,
depending on type, is usually cut into the actual door
edge with the striking plate fitted in the frame.
10/15
This gives the strongest possible arrangement and
provides the same level of security as a high quality
mechanical mortise lock. Additionally this method
ensures the installation is aesthetically pleasing
with no cables or hardware visible when the door is
secured.
The locks in this section supply solutions to most
types of door arrangements and are available as Non
Stock Listed items but if clarification is needed in
any aspect or and unusual door type is experience
i.e. glass/double action, please contact ASSA ABLOY
Electronic Security +44 (0)1923 255066.
13
Access Control Locking Solutions
NSL Locking Solutions
Compliant Solutions
What is a compliant solution?
A compliant solution is one that meets the needs as laid out in the various building regulations. The most
important elements here are related to fire compartmentalization within a building and the ability to escape
through mechanical means in case of emergency, and not just a fire emergency; could also be pollution,
terror threat, etc. Those standards directly linked to life safety are: EN179 Emergency Escape for when
the building occupants are aware of the building environment, and EN1125 Panic Escape for environments
used by the general public.
These standards state that even if a door is electronically controlled for access there must be a compliant
mechanical means of escape in case of emergency.
The most cost effective solution is not necessarily a compliant solution.
Unlike magnets, Abloy electric locks provide a compliant solution, satisfying the needs of both fire doors
and emergency/panic situations where a mechanical means of escape is the essence. Exit doors should
not be reliant on a fire alarm or some other ‘power’ trigger allowing egress.
Electric locks vs Electro-magnets
Compliant with all relevant EU and UK standards
Integrates with access control
Requires power only when being operated
High security solution
Provides for mechanical security and escape
10/15
Electic lock
9
9
9
9
9
Magentic
x
9
x
x
x
14
Access Control Locking Solutions
NSL Locking Solutions
Electric Lock Selector
> Motor > Hands free usage
Solenoid > For handle control
> Solenoid > Hung doors
> Motor > Hung doors
> Solenoid
> Hung doors > DIN
> Handle control
Standard stile
> timber/steel
> Motor > Hands
freeusage
> Min 120 mm
> Solenoid > Sliding doors >
N/A
> Solenoid > Hung
doors >
Scandinavian
cylinder > Latch only
> Solenoid > Hung doors
> Scandinavian cylinder >
Handle control > free
egress/controlled both
sides
> DIN
Security
10/15
>
Scand.
cylinder
> DIN
> free
egress
Security
Security
> DIN >
controlled
both sides
> Scand.
cylinder >
latch only
> Scand.
cylinder
> free
egress
> Scand.
cylinder >
controlled
both sides
Security
Security
Security
Security
15
Access Control Locking Solutions
NSL Locking Solutions
Use the flow chart to select ElectricLocks ideal for
your application.
Narrow stile
> timber/
aluminium
> Motor > Sliding
doors
> Motor > Hands free
usage
> Motor > Hung
doors
> Solenoid > Hung
doors
> Solenoid
> Hung doors > DIN
> Handle control
>
Scand.
cylinder
> DIN
> DIN
> Scand.
cylinder
Security
Security
Security
Security
> DIN
> free
egress
Security
> Solenoid > For handle
control
> Solenoid > Sliding doors >
N/A
> Solenoid > Hung
doors >
Scandinavian
cylinder > Latch only
> Solenoid > Hung doors >
Scandinavian cylinder >
Handle control > free
egress/controlled both sides
> DIN >
controlled
both sides
> Scand.
cylinder >
latch only
> Scand.
cylinder
> free
egress
> Scand.
cylinder >
controlled
both sides
Security
Security
Security
Security
1. Determine whether the door must offer emergency exit (EN179) or panic escape (EN1125) function.
2. Standard or narrow stile type.
3. Select the package that offers the locking function you require.
10/15
16
Access Control Locking Solutions
NSL Locking Solutions
Select your package
Standard door Read in, free egress - complies with
EN179
1. EL560 solenoid lock
2. CY326 single cylinder - DIN Europrofile
3. EA280 concealed door loop
4. 60-0319-SSS handle set
5. DC240 door closer (optional)
Technical Specifications:
12 V dc to 24 V dc stabilised
(+15%-10%).
Current draw:
12 V dc 350 mA max 24 V dc
250 mA max.
Backsets available: Standard 65 mm, 55 mm,
60 mm, 80 mm, 100 mm.
Monitoring:
RQE on inside handle, bolt
Wood or metal door applications with handle
position, door position, cylinder
operation, inside handle always operates and the
operation.
outside handle is controlled and activated on signal Standards:
from access control system. Key override at all times EN179 when used with correct furniture
from outside.
EN12209
EN1634-1
EN61000-6-1
EN1303 (cylinder)
EN14846
10/15
Operating voltage:
17
Access Control Locking Solutions
NSL Locking Solutions
Package 1ME Multipoint
Standard door Multipoint - Read in, free egress complies with EN179
1. EL566 multipoint solenoid lock
2. CY326 single cylinder - DIN Europrofile
3. EA280 concealed door loop
4. 60-0319-SSS handle set
5. DC240 door closer (optional)
Technical Specifications:
12 V dc to 24 V dc stabilised
(+15%-10%).
Current draw:
12 V dc 350 mA max 24 V dc
250 mA max.
Backsets available: Standard 65 mm, 55 mm,
60 mm.
Monitoring:
RQE on inside handle, bolt
Wood or metal door applications with handle
position, door position, cylinder
operation, inside handle always operates and the
operation.
outside handle is controlled and activated on signal Standards:
from access control system. Key override at all times EN179 when used with correct furniture
from outside.
EN12209
EN1634-1
EN61000-6-1
EN1303 (cylinder)
EN14846
10/15
Operating voltage:
18
Access Control Locking Solutions
NSL Locking Solutions
Package 1P Escape (EN1125)
Standard door Read in, free egress - complies with
EN1125
1. EL560 solenoid lock
2. CY326 single cylinder - DIN Europrofile
3. EA280 concealed door loop
4. 990000-SE panic bar
5. JPM-912500-SE outside handle / trim
6. DC240 door closer (optional)
Technical Specifications:
12 V dc to 24 V dc stabilised
(+15%-10%).
Current draw:
12 V dc 350 mA max 24 V dc
250 mA max.
Backsets available: Standard 65 mm, 55 mm,
60 mm, 80 mm, 100 mm.
Monitoring:
RQE on panic bar, bolt position,
door position, cylinder
Wood or metal door applications with handle
operation.
operation, inside panic bar always operates and the Standards:
outside handle is controlled and activated on signal EN1125 when used with correct furniture
from access control system. Key override at all times EN12209
from outside.
EN1634-1
EN61000-6-1
EN1303 (cylinder)
EN14846
10/15
Operating voltage:
19
Access Control Locking Solutions
NSL Locking Solutions
Package 2
Standard door Read in, read out
1. EL561 solenoid lock
2. CY327 double cylinder - DIN Europrofile
3. EA280 concealed door loop
4. 60-0319-SSS handle set
5. DC240 door closer (optional)
Technical Specifications:
12 V dc to 24 V dc
stabilised (+15%-10%).
Current draw:
12 V dc 350 mA max 24 V dc
250 mA max.
Backsets available: Standard 65 mm, 55 mm,
60 mm.
Wood or metal door applications with handle
Monitoring:
RQE on inside handle, bolt
operation, both handles controlled and activated on
position, door position, cylinder
signal from access control system. Key override at all
operation.
times from both sides.
Standards:
EN12209
EN1634-1
EN61000-6-1
EN1303 (cylinder)
EN14846
10/15
Operating voltage:
20
Access Control Locking Solutions
NSL Locking Solutions
Package 2M Multipoint
Standard door Multipoint - Read in, read out
1. EL567 solenoid lock
2. CY327 double cylinder - DIN Europrofile
3. EA280 concealed door loop
4. 60-0319-SSS handle set
5. DC240 door closer (optional)
Wood or metal door applications with handle
operation, both handles controlled
10/15
Technical Specifications:
Operating voltage:
12 V dc to 24 V dc stabilised
(+15%-10%).
Current draw:
12 V dc 350 mA max 24 V dc
250 mA max.
Backsets available: Standard 65 mm, 55 mm,
60 mm.
Monitoring:
RQE on inside handle, bolt
position, door position, cylinder
operation.
Standards:
EN12209
EN1634-1
EN61000-6-1
EN1303 (cylinder)
EN14846
21
Access Control Locking Solutions
NSL Locking Solutions
Package 3E
Narrow stile door Read in, free egress - complies
with EN179
1. EL460 solenoid lock
2. CY326 single cylinder - DIN Europrofile
3. DL8 door loop
4. 60-0819-SSS handle set
5. DC240 door closer (optional)
Technical Specifications:
12 V dc to 24 V dc stabilised
(+15%-10%).
Current draw:
12 V dc 350 mA max 24 V dc
250 mA max.
Backsets available: 30 mm, 35 mm, 40 mm,
45 mm.
Monitoring:
RQE on inside handle, bolt
Narrow stile door applications with handle operation,
position, door position, cylinder
inside handle always operates and the outside
operation.
handle is controlled and activated on signal from
Standards:
access control system. Key override at all times from EN179 when used with correct furniture
outside.
EN12209
EN1634-1
EN61000-6-1
EN1303 (cylinder)
EN14846
10/15
Operating voltage:
22
Access Control Locking Solutions
NSL Locking Solutions
Package 3ME Multipoint
Narrow stile door Multipoint - Read in, free egress complies with EN179
1. EL466 solenoid lock
2. CY326 single cylinder - DIN Europrofile
3. DL8 door loop
4. 60-0819-SSS handle set
5. DC240 door closer (optional)
Technical Specifications:
12 V dc to 24 V dc stabilised
(+15%-10%).
Current draw:
12 V dc 350 mA max 24 V dc
250 mA max.
Backsets available: 30 mm, 35 mm, 40 mm,
45 mm.
Monitoring:
RQE on inside handle, bolt
Narrow stile door applications with handle operation,
position, door position, cylinder
inside handle always operates and the outside
operation.
handle is controlled and activated on signal from
Standards:
access control system. Key override at all times from EN179 when used with correct furniture
outside.
EN12209
EN1634-1
EN61000-6-1
EN1303 (cylinder)
EN14846
10/15
Operating voltage:
23
Access Control Locking Solutions
NSL Locking Solutions
Package 3P Escape (EN1125)
Narrow stile door Read in, free egress - complies
with EN1125
1. EL460 solenoid lock
2. CY326 single cylinder - DIN Europrofile
3. DL8 door loop
4. 990001 panic bar
5. 809ZB04------35 outside handle / trim
6. DC240 door closer (optional)
Technical Specifications:
12 V dc to 24 V dc stabilised
(+15%-10%).
Current draw:
12 V dc 350 mA max 24 V dc
250 mA max.
Backsets available: 30 mm, 35 mm, 40 mm,
45 mm.
Monitoring:
RQE on panic bar, bolt
position, door position, cylinder
Narrow stile door applications with handle operation,
operation.Standards:
inside panic bar always operates and the outside
EN1125 when used with correct furniture
handle is controlled and activated on signal from
EN12209
access control system. Key override at all times from EN1634-1
outside.
EN61000-6-1
EN1303 (cylinder)
EN14846
10/15
Operating voltage:
24
Access Control Locking Solutions
NSL Locking Solutions
Package 3MP Escape (EN1125)
Narrow stile door Multipoint - Read in, free egress complies with EN1125
1. EL466 solenoid lock
2. CY326 single cylinder - DIN Europrofile
3. DL8 door loop
4. 990001 panic bar
5. 809ZB04------35 outside handle / trim
6. DC240 door closer (optional)
Technical Specifications:
12 V dc to 24 V dc stabilised
(+15%-10%).
Current draw:
12 V dc 350 mA max 24 V dc
250 mA max.
Backsets available: 30 mm, 35 mm, 40 mm,
45 mm.
Monitoring:
RQE on panic bar, bolt position,
door position, cylinder
Narrow stile door applications with handle operation,
operation.
inside panic bar always operates and the outside
Standards:
handle is controlled and activated on signal from
EN1125 when used with correct furniture
access control system. Key override at all times from EN12209
outside.
EN1634-1
EN61000-6-1
EN1303 (cylinder)
EN14846
10/15
Operating voltage:
25
Access Control Locking Solutions
NSL Locking Solutions
Package 4
Narrow stile door
Read in, read out
1. EL461 solenoid lock
2. CY327 double cylinder - DIN Europrofile
3. DL8 door loop
4. 60-0819-SSS handle set
5. DC240 door closer (optional)
Technical Specifications:
12 V dc to 24 V dc stabilised
(+15%-10%).
Current draw:
12 V dc 350 mA max 24 V dc
250 mA max.
Backsets available: 30 mm, 35 mm, 40 mm,
45 mm.
Monitoring:
RQE on inside handle, bolt
Narrow stile door applications with handle operation,
position, door position, cylinder
both handles controlled and activated on signal from
operation.
access control system. Key override at all times from Standards:
both sides.
EN12209
EN1634-1
EN61000-6-1
EN14846
10/15
Operating voltage:
26
Access Control Locking Solutions
NSL Locking Solutions
Package 4M Multipoint
Narrow stile door
Multipoint - Read in, read out
1. EL467 solenoid lock
2. CY327 double cylinder - DIN Europrofile
3. DL8 door loop
4. 60-0819-SSS handle set
5. DC240 door closer (optional)
Technical Specifications:
12 V dc to 24 V dc stabilised
(+15%-10%).
Current draw:
12 V dc 350 mA max 24 V dc
250 mA max.
Backsets available: 30 mm, 35 mm, 40 mm,
45 mm.
Monitoring:
RQE on inside handle, bolt
Narrow stile door applications with handle operation,
position, door position, cylinder
both handles controlled and activated on signal from
operation.
access control system. Key override at all times from Standards:
both sides.
EN12209
EN1634-1
EN61000-6-1
EN14846
10/15
Operating voltage:
27
Access Control Locking Solutions
NSL Locking Solutions
Package 5E High Security
Standard door
Read in, free egress (motor lock) - complies with
EN179
1. EL520 motor lock
2. CY326 single cylinder - DIN Europrofile
3. EA280 concealed door loop
4. 60-0119-SSS handle inside, pullpad outside
5. DC240 door closer (optional)
High security wood or metal door applications
with motor operated deadbolt and latch bolt, inside
handle always operates. Key override at all times
from outside.
10/15
Technical Specifications:
Operating voltage:
12 V ac to 18 V ac, 12 V dc to
24 V dc (+15%-10%).
Current draw:
12 V dc 80 mA idle, norm
450 mA 24 V dc 40 mA idle,
norm 220 mA.
Backsets available: Standard 65 mm, 55 mm,
60 mm.
Monitoring:
RQE on inside handle, bolt
position, door position, cylinder
operation.
Standards:
EN179 when used with correct furniture
EN12209
EN1634-1
EN61000-6-1
EN1303 (cylinder)
EN14846
28
Access Control Locking Solutions
NSL Locking Solutions
Package 5ME Multipoint - High Security
Standard door
Read in, free egress (motor lock) - complies with
EN179
1. MP520 motor lock
2. CY326 single cylinder - DIN Europrofile
3. EA280 concealed door loop
4. 60-0119-SSS handle inside, pullpad outside
5. DC240 door closer (optional)
High security wood or metal door applications with
motor operated deadbolt, hook bolts and latch bolt,
inside handle always operates. Key override at all
times from outside.
10/15
Technical Specifications:
Operating voltage:
12 V ac to 18 V ac, 12 V dc to
24 V dc (+15%-10%).
Current draw:
12 V dc 80 mA idle, norm
450 mA 24 V dc 40 mA idle,
norm 220 mA.
Backsets available: Standard 65 mm, 55 mm,
60 mm.
Monitoring:
RQE on inside handle, bolt
position, door position, cylinder
operation.
Standards:
EN179 when used with correct furniture
EN12209
EN1634-1
EN61000-6-1
EN1303 (cylinder)
EN14846
29
Access Control Locking Solutions
NSL Locking Solutions
Package 5P Escape - High Security
Standard door
Read in, free egress (motor lock) - complies with
EN1125
1. EL520 motor lock
2. CY326 single cylinder - DIN Europrofile
3. EA280 concealed door loop
4. 990000-SE panic bar
5. 012/120-RT-PZ-72-JPM520 outside pull pad
6. DC240 door closer (optional)
High security wood or metal door applications with
motor operated deadbolt and latch bolt, inside panic
bar always operates. Key override at all times from
outside.
10/15
Technical Specifications:
Operating voltage:
12 V ac to 18 V ac,
12 V dc to 24 V dc (+15%-10%).
Current draw:
12 V dc 80 mA idle, norm
450 mA, max 1430 mA
24 V dc 40 mA idle, norm
220 mA, max 600 mA.
Backsets available: Standard 65 mm, 55 mm,
60 mm.
Monitoring:
RQE on panic bar, bolt position,
door position, cylinder
operation.
Standards:
EN1125 when used with correct furniture
EN12209
EN1634-1
EN61000-6-1
EN1303 (cylinder)
EN14846
30
Access Control Locking Solutions
NSL Locking Solutions
Package 5MP Multipoint - Escape - High Security
Standard door
Read in, free egress (motor lock) - complies with
EN1125
1. MP520 motor lock
2. CY326 single cylinder - DIN Europrofile
3. EA280 concealed door loop
4. 990000-SE panic bar
5. 012/120-RT-PZ-72-JPM520 outside pull pad
6. DC240 door closer (optional)
High security wood or metal door applications with
motor operated deadbolt, hook bolts and latch bolt,
inside panic bar always operates. Key override at all
times from outside.
10/15
Technical Specifications:
Operating voltage:
12 V ac to 18 V ac, 12 V dc to
24 V dc (+15%-10%).
Current draw:
12 V dc 80 mA idle, norm
450 mA, max 1430 mA
24 V dc 40 mA idle, norm
220 mA, max 600 mA.
Backsets available: Standard 65 mm, 55 mm,
60 mm.
Monitoring:
RQE on panic bar, bolt position,
door position, cylinder
operation.
Standards:
EN1125 when used with correct furniture
EN12209
EN1634-1
EN61000-6-1
EN1303 (cylinder)
EN14846
31
Access Control Locking Solutions
NSL Locking Solutions
Package 6E High Security
Narrow stile door
Read in, free egress (motor lock) - complies with
EN179
1. EL420 motor lock
2. CY326 single cylinder - DIN Europrofile
3. DL8 door loop
4. 3-19X/013/120PZ+BL-SSS handle inside, pullpad
outside
5. DC240 door closer (optional)
High security narrow stile door applications with
motor operated deadbolt and latch bolt, inside
handle always operates. Key override at all times
from outside.
10/15
Technical Specifications:
Operating voltage:
12 V ac to 18 V ac,
12 V dc to 24 V dc (+15%-10%).
Current draw:
12 V dc 80 mA idle, norm
450 mA, max 1300 mA 24 V dc
40 mA idle, norm 220 mA, max
600 mA.
Backsets available: 30 mm, 35 mm, 40 mm,
45 mm.
Monitoring:
RQE on inside handle, bolt
position, door position, cylinder
operation..
Standards:
EN179 when used with correct furniture
EN12209
EN1634-1
EN61000-6-1
EN1303 (cylinder)
EN14846
32
Door Accessories
This chapter contains information about Access Control Door Accessories
IntroductionLocal Door Annunciators (UK Only
Egress Devices
Emergency Egress Devices
Door Status Monitoring (UK Only)
Local Door Annunciators (UK Only)
06/16
1
Access Control Door Accessories
Door Accessories Introduction
Access Control Ancillary Devices
This section provides the ancillary devices required
to complete any access control system. They allow
you to monitor the doors status, leave the secure
area without generating door forced events, leave
the area in an emergency situation or override
the system from the unsecure side of the door in
emergency situations.
These devices are broken down into the following
sections:
Standard Egress devices
Emergency Egress devices
Door status monitoring
Local Alarm annunciation devices
Standard Egress devices
Egress Buttons
This section offers devices which allow an accesscontrolled door to be opened in an authorised
manner. Standard methods of egress mechanical
handle etc. do not normally provide a signal to the
local control equipment. A door forced indication
would therefore be generated if monitoring of the
access doors is required also, if magnetic locks
or similar are used, a safe means of release is
required.
Egress detectors
The purpose of an exit detector is to provide a
means of egress from the secure area without
the need to operate a press button. The device
is designed to detect the individual’s legitimate
exit through a supervised door. The detector must
capture the individual’s hand movement towards
the door handle (or panic bar) and, prior to the actual
opening of the door, warn the system of a pending
exit. When the door opens, the system is able to
discriminate between a valid exit and a forced entry.
The exit detector can be used on both free exit and
controlled exit doors. The exit detector provides
automatic and hands free operation.
Emergency Override Devices
Emergency Break Glass Box
These items are wired in series with any fail safe
lock (power required to secure the door) and its
power supply feed and must be connected as the
last item in the circuit before the lock itself. This
means that the lock power can be cut off to provide
a means of escape from the controlled area.
06/16
In some circumstances, a break glass may be
required on the unsecure side to give access into
the secure area for emergency purposes - lift
lobbies etc. The latter is a security risk and the break
glass and door should be monitored to generate a
door forced alarm as soon as the glass is broken.
The latest range of break glass units are resettable
or switch activated. No replacement glasses are
required.
Key Override switch
There should always be a means of overriding an
access control lock for access – in case of system
failure etc. This is achieved by mechanical key
where possible. Where mag locks, shear locks etc
are fitted, a key override switch will be required to
remove the power from the lock to gain entry.
This should be sited where it cannot be tampered
with – as it does override the system and cutting
the cable will have the same effect as operating the
switch. A door forced signal will be generated when
the door is opened if the door is monitored.
Door & Lock status monitoring.
The NSI Code of Practice NCP 109 advises that:
Where access point monitoring is of critical
importance, you should consider monitoring the
locked / unlocked state of the access point, in
addition to any monitoring by means of a separate
protective switch.
Door status monitoring
Most access control systems will allow you to
monitor the status of the controlled door. This is
normally carried out by magnetic door contacts – as
used with intruder alarm systems. The contacts can
be surface or flush fitted and are available in a wide
range of colours and finishes. We have included
a selection of devices to meet the needs of the
access control system.
Door status monitoring covers, door closed, door
open, door held/ajar & door forced. The first two
door positions are self explanatory. A door held/
ajar status is given when for example a user props
the door open for a delivery, or holds the door
whilst talking to a colleague. This advises the
system manager that the security of the site is not
complete. Door forced, identifies that the door has
been opened by a non approved means (not by
card or egress device). This can mean the door has
literally been forced open, the emergency break
glass or key switch has been used – or an override
handle has been used.
2
Access Control Door Accessories
Door Accessories Introduction
Lock Status Monitoring
In addition to – but not in place of, lock status
monitoring can be offered for most locking
solutions. This allows the user to monitor that
the door is closed and securely locked. For
magnetic locks this may be achieved by ‘haul effect
monitoring’ – ensuring the lock holding force is
at an acceptable level. This can detect such acts
as applying grease, film, paperclip etc to the face
of the magnet to reduce its holding force making
forced entry out of hours that much easier. On
electric releases this can be via a micro switch –
which can be tampered with. Motorised lock sets
provide the most secure locking and monitoring
of all when used in conjunction with magnetic
contacts.
Local Door Annunciation Devices
Alarms such as door forced can be annunciated
at the system managers or guards PC. However,
it may be beneficial to provide a local sounder to
raise the alarm at the door – so people in the area
can investigate (and remove the fire extinguisher
from its position propping the door open!!). A
small selection of local sounders is included in
this section. The noise level (dB rating) should be
considered as for some doors it may be necessary
for deliveries to open the door for extended periods
and not all users will isolate the door from the
system.
Taken from: The Building Regulations 2010
Part B. Fire Saftey Volume 2
Buildings other than dwelling houses
B1 Section 5: General Provisions
Doors on escape routes
Door release
Signal
Mains
Power
Failsafe
release
Door Fastenings
Extract from section 5.11
.......where a door is operated by a code,
combination, swipe or proximity card, biometric
data or similar means it should also be capable
of being overridden from the side approached by
people making their escape.
Electrically powdered locks should return to the
unlocked position:
Lock
Power
Maglock
a. On operation of the fire alarm system;
b. On loss of power or system error;
c. On activation of a manual door release unit
(type A) to BS EN 54-11:2001 positioned on
the side approached by people making their
escape...
Escape - which standard applies? EN179 for Emergency
Escape Doors or EN1125 for Panic Escape Doors?
EN179 for Emergency Escape Doors - Unacceptable
Methods of Egress
EN179 Emergency escape doors: Applies to areas
of a public building that are non-public areas with
trained staff
EN1125 Panic escape doors:
Applies in public areas (assemblies)
Images and advice on the escape route standards courtesy of Pat Jefferies Commercial Director Abloy UK
06/16
3
Access Control Door Accessories
Egress Devices
KAC 3 in 1 Egress Device
Features:
Heavy duty green dome for standard egress
Double pole resettable egress device for fail safe
lock override
Hinged cover for emergency override unit
12 Vdc sounder for door forced and held event
notification if required from the door controller
Standard triple gang electric surface back box –
white plastic
304 grade brushed stainless steel plate with
PRESS TO EXIT text.
Terminal block for egress button and sounder
(emergency release terminated directly in unit)
Designed to be more aesthetically pleasing than
Technical Specifications:
individual components around the secure side of the
Operating frequency Region 1: 865-868 MHz Europe
door and to reduce the overall installation time.
Dimensions
150 x 50 x 40 mm
Weight
0, 5 kg
The unit is supplied with a 3 gang UK plastic surface Housing
Aluminium (Zamak5) chassis
mounted back box. If required this could be replaced
with polycarbonate cover
with a 3 gang electrical back box on site for flush
Colour
RAL7016 cover and RAL9006
fitting. The stainless steel front panel overlaps
chassis
the plastic back box so that it is suitable for flush
Protection
IP65 [approx.NEMA4x]
mounting – covering wall finish/fabric affected by the Detection range
Up to 2 meters with passive
install etc.
Nedap
UHF cards or Nedap UHF Combi
cards
Where will this item be used?
Range check
LED
LED indications
Green
Any access controlled door requiring an egress
Red
button and using fail safe locking would benefit from
Operating
temperature
-30...+60°C
the installation of this unit.
Power
12...24 VDC +10% linear supply
recommended
Providing standard egress via the green dome,
Current
consumption
1A
@12 VDC, 0.5@24 VDC
therefore initiating authorised door open signalling
Input
TTL
digital inputs for LED control
and offering local emergency override by the green
(RED/GREEN)
double pole resetable call point. The unit requires
1 TTL digital input for beeper control
reduced installation time and by adding in the local
Tamper Tamperswitch
sounder and plastic cover for the resetable call point
- it ‘kits’ together the items often omitted in individual
product selection.
Order Codes:
CA1015
ISS-EGRESS-SSBOX
SB646
06/16
KAC 3 in 1 Egress device
3 gang metal electrical back
box
Stainless steel surface box
for CA1015 unit. Has 20
& 25 mm entry holes rear
surface.
Appleby 3 gang electrical
back box for flush mounting
4
Access Control Door Accessories
Egress Devices
Standard Egress Devices
Features:
Wide range of designs
Surface or flush mounting options
Mechanical or Electro-mechanical options
Branded or unbranded
Tyco Fire & Security introduced some time
back a new range of egress devices with an
increased range that have been ADT branded.
Also included is a DDA (Disability Discrimination
Act) items which are now becoming required for
key projects.
Where a door is controlled by card reader for entry
but uncontrolled egress is required there are a
number of methods available.
The normal ‘handle’ egress is acceptable if the
locking mechanism used is motorised / electronic
and the handle will actually release the physical item
that secures the door for access control purposes. If
this is not the case then any use of a handle would
cause a door forced event on the access control
system as this would not signal the controller that
the door was being opened with authority from the
inside. For non monitored doors this may however
be acceptable.
Egress buttons come in various forms – plastic,
metal, mechanical and electro mechanical. They
are also available in various shapes and sizes to
suite the environment and the degree of usage and
possibly abuse the button is likely to attract. What
ever type of device is used the siting of the device
is crucial. If a guest / visitor to the site cannot find a
means of unlocking the door then the solution is not
satisfactory.
One means of overcoming this problem is the use
of an egress passive infra red like the T.Rex device. This
activates on the movement of the person towards the door
– it can be adjusted to react to the persons hand moving
towards the door handle or the push plate etc.
This movement is actually detecting the heat from the
persons body – so areas with a lot of heat movement could
see false door releases – but unlike standard intruder
devices that cover a wide area for their application. The
T.Rex can be adjusted on both X & Y axis to reduce this
possibility.
When an authorised means of egress is required
and/ or the doors are to be monitored. Then a means
of signalling to the access control system that the
lock is to be released is required. This can be done
by various means. The most common of which is an
egress button.
06/16
5
Access Control Door Accessories
Egress Devices
Standard Egress Devices
Item
Order Codes
DRB001N-PTE
Surface mounted plastic egress switch
DRB001N-PTE-A
Surface mounted plastic egress switch - ADT branded
DRB002NF-PTE
Stainless Steel egress button - supplied with flush fitting back box.
Use DRB-SH for surface mounting. Screen printed with ‘PRESS TO
EXIT’
DRB002NF-PTE
Narrow Architrave style Stainless Steel egress button – supplied
with flush fitting back box. Screen printed with ‘PRESS TO EXIT’
DRB003F-PTE-A
Stainless Steel plate with raised green egress button – supplied
with flush fitting back box. Use DRB-SH for surface mounting.
Screen printed with ‘PRESS TO EXIT’ - ADT Branded
DRB004F-PTE
Stainless Steel plate with Green Dome egress button – supplied
with flush fitting back box. Use DRB-SH for surface mounting.
Screen printed with ‘PRESS TO EXIT’.
DRB004F-PTE-A
Stainless Steel plate with Green Dome egress button – supplied
with flush fitting back box. Use DRB-SH for surface mounting.
Screen printed with ‘PRESS TO EXIT’ - ADT Branded
DRB006F-PTE
Stainless Steel egress device with large stainless steel button
– supplied with flush fitting back box. Use DRBSH for surface
mounting. Screen printed with ‘PRESS TO EXIT’
06/16
6
Access Control Door Accessories
Egress Devices
General Access Products
Item
Order Codes
White Stainless Steel plate with Green Dome egress button
- supplied with flush fitting back box. Use DRB-SH for surface
mounting. Screen printed with ‘PRESS TO EXIT’ - ADT Branded
DRB007F-PTE-A
Green Stainless Steel plate with raised green egress button –
supplied with flush fitting back box. Use DRBSH- G for surface
mounting. Screen printed with ‘PRESS TO EXIT’
DRB008F-PTE
DRB008F-PTE-A
Green Stainless Steel plate with raised green egress button –
supplied with flush fitting back box. Use DRBSH- G for surface
mounting. Screen printed with ‘PRESS TO EXIT’ - ADT Branded
DDA900-1
Stainless Steel egress device with Disabled logo & ‘push to open’
text. 110 mm x 110 mm surface mounted unit.
PBA850-S
Micro switched push bar (double pole) – surface mount silver finish.
850 mm long.
DRB-SH
Narrow Architrave style Stainless Steel egress button – supplied
with flush fitting back box. Screen printed with ‘PRESS TO EXIT’
DRB-SH-W
White finish Stainless Steel surface housing for egress devices
DRB-SH-G
Green finish Stainless Steel surface housing for egress devices
06/16
7
Access Control Door Accessories
Egress Devices
T.Rex Smart Exit Detector
Features:
New concept in access control exit detection
Zone of detection easily adjustable with pinpoint
accuracy
Unlocks or shunts door automatically
Hands free, No buttons to push
Integrated 90dB local door alarm sounder
independently controlled by access panel
2-relay model available
The T.Rex provides a complete solution to exit
detection and door surveillance for access control
applications. Outstanding innovations such as X-Y
Targeting TM and DSP implementation make the
T.Rex the fastest and most reliable exit detector on
the market.
X-Y Targeting TM targets a specific area of detection.
While some exit detectors on the market offer
adjustments of the detection pattern with masking
or horizontal alignment, the T.Rex is the first detector
to offer vertical detection using two adjustable
louvres located in the detection chamber.
The installer “trims” the detection area by adjusting
these louvres from 90° down to a minute 5°.
Horizontal adjustment is provided by rotation of
the lens. Added security: These two adjustments
allow the installer to mount the detector so that
the detection area will not “hit” the floor along the
doorjamb.
Technical Specifications:
Detector type:
Passive infrared
Filter technology:
Digital Signal Processing (DSP)
Detector Lens:
Curtain type Fresnel lens
Detection Range:
One hand: 3m Whole body:6m
Power consumption: 12-28VDC, 50mA
Piezo buzzer:
90dB at 28V, 5-28VDC, 20mA
Main relay contacts: SPDT, A max, at 30 VDC max
Main relay timer:
Adjustable, 1/2 to 60 sec.
Main relay recycle time:
Fixed 3/4 sec. off
Tamper switch:
N.C. 100ma max at 30 VDC max
Dimensions (H-W-D)cm:
19.0 x 4.5 x 4.75
Dimensions (H-W-D)in: 7.13 x 1.75 x 1.88
Indicator light (LED): Red/Green
Certifications:
UL 294, CE, FCC
Order Codes:
T.REX-XL
T.Rex Exit detector with
tamper, piezo and timer
T.Rex Exit detector with
tamper, Europe only
This exclusive feature defeats attempts to
circumvent door supervision by sliding objects
underneath the door. Such objects would be
detected by sensors mounted in a traditional way.
T.REX-LT
DSP (Digital Signal Processing) prevents “Door
Forced Open” alarms. Kantech’s T.Rex utilises
infrared detection coupled with DSP sampling
specifically designed for access control applications.
There is a substantial operational difference
between a common infrared intrusion motion
detector and the T.Rex. An intrusion detector
operates at low sensitivity levels and is looking for
the positive presence of a human.
An exit detector must detect the extremely fast
movements of a hand (the target) about to push the
door or turn the door handle. Contrary to intrusion
applications, a failure to detect in an exit application
will actually cause a “Door Forced Open” alarm.
06/16
8
Access Control Door Accessories
Emergency Egress Devices
Key Override Switch
Features:
Single Pole devices
Key removable in both positions
Flush mount for security
Surface mount option available
Can be sourced with different key options for
increased security
Once an alternative control system is installed there
must always be a means of gaining entry in case the
access system needs to be overridden. This could
be due to vandalism or simply not having a valid
means of entry.
From the unsecure side of any access point – if
the code is lost or tags not available, if the locking
system does not have mechanical override (for
example with a magnetic lock) then a key switch
should be used.
It is important that this device is sited in a secure
location that ensure that it is not obvious what the
unit is for. Please note that the devices provided
from stock have a common key.
Item
Order Codes
KS001
Stainless steel override key switch – supplied with flush fitting back
box. Single pole change over operation – key removable in both
positions. All keyed alike. For non standard key contact supplier
direct for ‘special’. Use DRB-SH-G for surface mounting.
DRB-SH
Narrow Architrave style Stainless Steel egress button – supplied
with flush fitting back box. Screen printed with ‘PRESS TO EXIT’
06/16
9
Access Control Door Accessories
Emergency Egress Devices
Egress Units
Features:
Single or Double Pole devices
Branded or unbranded Emergency egress units
Test facility and resettable
Emergency Break Glass Box
Unique ‘Plug & Play’ installation concept
Total ‘Flex-Ability’ in the choice of operating
element
Installation efficiency, flexibility and full compliance
with the latest standards are at the heart of the
new MCP Indoor emergency release? Call Point
range. Installation time and ultimately cost, are of
paramount importance to any fir or security installer.
The MCP range directly reflects this need by
providing a unique ‘plug and play’ concept designed
specifically to reduce installation time. All new MCP
products utilise a special terminal block, where all
initial installation cabling is terminated.
This terminal block is simply connected to the
back of the MCP. Simple, but effective with no
re-termination required and no time wasted. Tyco
Fire & Security now stock the resettable range of
operating elements to provide you with the greatest
‘flex-ability’, No other additional parts or alternative
products need to be ordered.
Technical Specifications:
Electrical Specification
Cable Termination: 0.5-2.5 mm2
Maximum Voltage: 30VDC
Current Rating
(switch only):
2 Amps
Environmental Specification
Humidity:
0-95% non-condensing
Operating Temp:
-30°C to +55°C
Storage Temp:
-30°C to +55°C
Ingress Protection (IP)
Rating:
IP24D
Order Codes:
636.008.152. A
636.008.155.A
636.008.152.Y
636.008.155.Y
MCP3A-G000SF-13
MCP4A-G000SF-13
515.001.045
06/16
ADT branded green single
pole resettable emergency
egress device supplied with
surface mount bow, fixing
screws, reset/test key and
installation leaflet
ADT branded green double
pole resettable emergency
egress device supplied with
surface mount bow, fixing
screws, reset/test key and
installation leaflet
Tyco branded green single
pole resettable emergency
egress device supplied with
surface mount bow, fixing
screws, reset/test key and
installation leaflet
Tyco branded green double
pole resettable emergency
egress device supplied with
surface mount bow, fixing
screws, reset/test key and
installation leaflet
Green Call Points for Access
Control Systems, single
pole changeover contact
in resettable operation
mode. Indoor use, Ingress
protection IP24D
Green Call Points for Access
Control Systems, double
pole changeover contact
in resettable operation
mode. Indoor use, Ingress
protection IP24D
Test Keys for MSP and CP
style call points
10
Access Control Door Accessories
Emergency Egress Devices
Hinged Cover
Features:
Protection against accidental damage and extra
security
Fully compatible with all call points
Fitting a transparent hinged cover to a call point
provides additional protection from accidental
operation. They are particularly useful in high traffic
areas such as stairwells and corridors in schools
and public buildings, where the volume of traffic
can result in accidental operation of the call point
causing nuisance alarms. HNGE-1
06/16
Order Code:
515.001.128
Call point Hinged cover
for use on MCP call points
models
11
Access Control Door Accessories
Door Status Monitoring (UK Only)
Door Status Monitoring
Features:
Surface or Flush Options
Brown or White finishes
Choices for wooden or metal doors
Standard or heavy duty options
There is a wide selection of door contacts available
from Tyco Fire & Security product range – with many
options in the intruder catalogue. For Access Control
we have selected a range of surface and flush fitting
contacts which should meet the needs of most
access control systems.
Within this range we have also included a number of
junction boxes which may be required for wiring
inputs and outputs into the access control system
– for monitoring ancillary points such fire exit doors,
pedestrian gates, in addition to monitoring the
access controlled door etc.
Item
Order Codes
QST-GN
Medium surface contact designed to work on large wooden or
metal doors.
QST-BN-GN
Medium surface contact designed to work on large wooden or
metal doors. Available in brown only.
QF-5
A small white flush fitting contact designed to fit on wooden doors
5 x terminals.
QF-5-BN
A small brown flush fitting contact designed to fit on wooden doors
5 x terminals.
06/16
12
Access Control Door Accessories
Local Door Annunciators (UK Only)
Local Door Annunciators
Features:
Available with or without visual indicators
Choice of designs to suit the aesthetics of the
site
Range of Audible output levels to suit the
environment
With both standalone and PC based networked
solutions there is always a need to provide local
indication of unauthorised door status positioning.
This means that there should be a local sounder
to advise staff/users of door held and door forced
events.
This means that local users will close the door or
investigate what has happened and also stop wouldbe offenders leaving the door ajar.
Item
Order Codes
7067
Besson bandit 12 V Piezo siren. 108 db @ 1 metre
676.002.033
Piezo Strobe This unit is an internal unit giving audible and visual
indication when activated. The unit is particularly useful for use in
conjunction with an Exitguard unit.
676.002.034
Soundguard Similar to the Piezostrobe but without the visual
element. 102 dB output.
06/16
13
Cable and Power Supplies
This chapter contains information about Access Control Cable and
Power Supplies:
Cable
Junction Boxes
Power Supplies
Batteries
09/15
1
Access Control Cable & Power Supplies
Cable
Cable
A wide range of cables are required for the various
systems supplied and supported by ADT here in
Europe. Where cables are stocked these will be
Belden equivalent cables - meeting the Belden
specification for number of cores, core size and
twist/screen etc.
You should only use the cable specified by the
design authority for the access control system.
Using any other cable may cause installation issues
which could lead to replacement of the cabling at
a later date to achieve a stable installation for the
client.
Where possible we have worked with the design
authority for our stock coded access products to
have our stock coded cables approved to reduce
system overall cost and improve cable supply.
Please note:
There is a difference between a LSF (Low Smoke
and Fume) cable and a proper
low smoke zero halogen cable (LSZH, LSNH or
LS0H). LSF cables can give off a large amount of
smoke and dangerous fumes (including hydrogen
chloride gas) when burnt as they are made from a
modified version of PVC.
Low Smoke Zero Halogen cables will not emit
more that 0.5 percent of hydrogen chloride. When
required due to standards or regulations or specified
in requirement documentation, LSF should not be
supplied.
For further advise or NSL quotations please contact
our preferred partner:
Webro Cable and Connectors
Tel : +44 (0)115 9837207
Part Number
Description
Multi-core flexible alarm cable
355008-WHT-100
8 way flex cable WHITE
355012-WHT-100
12 way flex cable WHITE
355006-BRN-100
6 way flex cable BROWN
355008-BRN-100
8 way flex cable BROWN
355012-BRN-100
12 way flex cable BROWN
355020-WHT-100
20 way flex cable WHITE
355030-WHT-100
30 way flex cable WHITE
355106LSF-WHT100
6 core Security Screened white LSF sheath cable
355108LSF-WHT100
8 core Security Screened white LSF sheath cable
520003-WHT-100
CW1308 3 pair cable WHITE (solid core telephone cable)
355008LSF-WHT100
8 core flex security white LSF sheath cable
Cat5E data cable - Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP)
350401-GRY-100
Cat5e 4 pair UTP cable - grey sheath
610.001.042
Cat5e 4 pair UTP cable - Low Smoke Zero Halogen (LSOH)
sheath
610.001.043
Cat5e 4 pair UTP cable - grey sheath
110401-WHT-UV-100
cat5e 4 Pair UPT cable suitable for external use (UV resistant)
09/15
Reel size
100 m
100 m
100 m
100 m
100 m
100 m
100 m
100 m
100 m
100 m
100 m
100 m
305 m
305 m
100 m
2
Access Control Cable & Power Supplies
Cable
Cat5 patch leads
610.001.040
374002
374003
610.001.041
008-001-002-03
0.5 metre RJ45 Cat5 Patch cable
1 Metre Patch lead Cat5E, terminated with RJ45
2 Metre Patch lead. Cat5E terminated with RJ45
3 Metre RJ45 CAT5 Patch cable
Single gang RJ45 locking plate (white painted metal)
Belden style/equivalent cable
428723-WHT-100
22
Belden 8723 equivalent 2 pair screened cable with white LSF
sheath
428723-WHT-250
22
Belden 8723 equivalent 2 pair screened cable with white LSF
sheath
428723-WHT-500 22
Belden 8723 equivalent 2 pair screened cable with white LSF
sheath
479503-WHT-100
24
Belden 9503 equivalent 3 pair screened data cable with white
LSF sheath
429504-WHT-100
24
Belden 9504 equivalent 4 pair screened data cable with white
LSF sheath
429506-WHT-100
24
Belden 9506 equivalent 6 pair screened data cable with white
LSF sheath
429536-WHT-100
24
Belden 9536 equivalent 6 core screened data cable with white
LSF sheath
428442-WHT-250
22
Belden 8442 equivalent 1 pair screened data cable with white
LSF sheath
428760-WHT-250
18
Belden 8760 equivalent 2 core screened data cable with white
LSF sheath
429841-WHT-100
24
Belden 9841 equivalent 1 pair screened data cable with white
LSF sheath
429842-WHT-100
24
Belden 8761 equivalent 2 pair screened data cable with white
LSF sheath
428723UG-100
Twin
core 1mm lock cable Beldon 8723 equivalent 2 pair screened duct grade cable
350492-SLT-100
Low voltage mains cable
320018-WHT-100
09/15
0.5 m
1m
2m
3m
N/A
100 m
250 m
500 m
100 m
100 m
100 m
250 m
250 m
100 m
100 m
100 m
100 m
1 mm twin core cable with LSF sheath
100 m
Mains flex - 3 cores 1.0 mm WT 3183
100 m
3
Access Control Cable & Power Supplies
Brackets
Webro Security Bracket
Features:
Shallow design can be used with complact and
standard depths faceplates
Can be fitted retrospectively
For use with all standard and Euro style modules
Security Bracket which provides a tamperproof
solution to any standard data outlet. When used
with tamperproof screws and unbooted leads, the
bracket prevents the unauthorised and accidental
removal of RJ45 plugs fitted in a single gang
faceplate.
Order Code:
008-001-002-03
Single gang RJ45 locking
plate (metal – painted
white)
Technical Specifications:
Width:
Depth:
Height:
Material:
Finish:
09/15
72.50 mm
6.20 mm
30.00 mm
Mild Steel Sheet CR4 to BS EN
130-1999 DC01
White gloss paint
4
Access Control Cable & Power Supplies
Junction Boxes
Designed for use in security applications, these junction boxes are provided with a tamper connection
which will open circuit whenever the lid is removed.
Description
Order Codes
EN3-JB10
Elmdene 10 way Grade 3 White JB with Tamper - 8 way plus 2
terminals for Tamper
EN3-JB10-BN
Elmdene 10 way Grade 3 brown JB with tamper - 8 way plus 2
terminals for Tamper
Elmdene 9 way HD Grade 3 white JB with Tamper and Sealing Gasket
- 7 way plus 2 terminals for tamper with environmental class 3 sealing
gasket
Elmdene 9 way grade 3 brown JB with tamper with sealing gasket.
7way plus 2 terminals for tamper with environment class 3 sealing
gasket
EN3-JB9-HD
EN3-JB9-HDBN
EN3-JB26
Elmdene 24 way Grade 3 white JB with Tamper - 24 way plus 2
terminals for Tamper
09/15
5
Access Control Cable & Power Supplies
Power Supplies
G Range - N Series
Features:
Full Rated Current to Load + 0.5 A battery
charging
Universal Mains Voltage Input 90 V – 264 V ac
Electronic Overload Protection
Mains Transient Protection
Front Tamper Protection
Mains Status LED Indication
High efficiency, cost effective range of Switch Mode
power supplies for use in Access Control, CCTV and
General Purpose applications. Modular construction
provides for easy maintenance and upgrade
capability.
Featuring a regulated highly stable output supplying
a full rated current to load and a universal mains
voltage input (90 to 264 Volts a.c.).
Order Codes:
G13801N-A
G13802N-A
12 Vdc 1Amp Power Supply
in metal enclosure. Battery
Can accept 1x 12 Vdc. 7Ah
battery.
12 Vdc 2 Amp Power Supply
in metal enclosure. Can
accept 1 x12 Vdc. 7Ah
battery
Technical Specifications:
Output (mains on)
13.6 – 14.2 V dc nominal
Load Output
1,2,3,4 & 5 Amp
Max Battery Capacity ‘A’ Box: 1 x 7Ah. ‘B’ & ‘C’ Box
1 x 17 Ah - not supplied
Mains Supply
90 – 264 V a.c. @50-60Hz
Environment
-10C to 40C @ 95%RH
Enclosure:
A
200Hx230Wx80D hinge lid
B
330Hx355Wx80D clam lid
09/15
6
Access Control Cable & Power Supplies
Power Supplies
G Range - BM Series
Features:
High efficiency, cost effective range of Switch
Mode power supplies featuring Mains and Battery
Monitoring with two independent volt free fault
outputs, for use in Access Control, CCTV and
General Purpose applications. Modular construction
provides for easy maintenance and upgrade
capability.
Featuring a regulated highly stable output supplying
a full rated current to load and a universal mains
voltage input (90 to 264 Volts a.c.)
Switch Mode 12 Volt dc Power Supply Units
%‡‘™™‘‡]
Full Rated Current to Load + 0.5A battery charging
Universal Mains Voltage Input 90V – 264V ac
Mains and Battery Monitoring
Deep Discharge Protection
Electronic Overload Protection
Volt Free Fault Output - 1
Mains Fail
Volt Free Fault Output – 2
Battery Failure
Output / Battery Fuse Failure
Output Short Circuit or Low Voltage
Mains Status LED Indication
Mains Status
Output Fuse Fail
Output Short Circuit or Low Voltage
Battery Low or Missing
Mains Transient Protection
Front Tamper Protection
Order Code:
G13804BM-4-B
12V dc 4 A mp Power
Supply in metal enclosure
(380 x 330 x 80 mm)
supplied with 4 fused
outlets. Can except 1 x 17
Ah battery
Technical Specifications:
Output (mains on)
Load Output
Max Battery Capacity
Model:
Mains Supply
Environment
Enclosure:
B
09/15
13.6 - 14.2 V dc nominal
4, 5 & 10 Amp
1 x 17 Ah - not supplied (10A
2 x 7 Ah batteries)
90 - 264 V a.c. @50-60Hz
-10C to 40C @ 95%RH
330H x 355W x 80D clam lid
7
Access Control Cable & Power Supplies
Power Supplies
Switch Mode
Features:
High efficiency
Universal mains input 85 – 264 VAC
10amp continuous output at 12 VDC
Static cooled
The Stontronics 12 Volt dc 10 Amp switch mode
power supply included in the access control range
includes additional features requested for major
projects where this unit is installed. These include
10 x 1 Amp fused outputs, mains and low battery
voltage indications and a configurable fire output
relay.
Housed in a metal enclosure size, 331 x 375 x
112 mm, the power supply and modules are
mounted on a removable back plate for ease of
installation.
09/15
Order Code:
T5476ST
Stontronics PDX12/10-R
12 Vdc 10 Amp power
supply with 10 x 1Amp
fused outlets. Supplied with
Fire relay and relay outputs
for mains fail and battery
critical.
8
Access Control Cable & Power Supplies
Batteries
Batteries
We stock in our Distribution Centres a wide range
of batteries for all security applications. The details
below cover the main items used within our range
of intelligent access controllers and separate power
supplies
Order Codes:
PS-1270
12 Volt DC, 7 Ah Battery,
Power-Sonic Europe Ltd.
PS-1270 - 12VOLT 7.0
ampere hour recharge-able
sealed lead acid battery VDS approved (supplied in
box of 5)
12 Volt DC, 4,5 Ah Battery
for apC/L (Cable 0650-129801 not Included) , PowerSonic
Europe Ltd PS-1242 12VOLT 4.5 ampere hour
rechargable sealed lead acid
battery 12 Vdc 17 Ah battery
PS-1242
PS-12170
Model
PS-1242
PS-1270
PS-12170
09/15
Nominal
Voltage
12
12
12
Nominal
Capacity
C20 (Ah)
4.5
7.0
17
APPROX. DIMENSIONS (MM) Please refer to Terminal
individual data sheets for full information
Type
L
90
151
181
W
70
65
77
H
101
94
165
TH
107
100
165
Standard spade
Standard spade
M5 stud
9
Card Bureau Services
This chapter contains information about the Card Bureau Services:
Introduction
Card Bureau
10/15
1
Card Bureau
Card Bureau Introduction
Card Bureau
Databac now offers a complete bureau service on
behalf of Tyco Safety Products for those end users
who do not wish to purchase a complete photo
ID system. They offer personalisation services via
their in-house bureau. The bureau utilises the latest
in image capture, compression and card printing
technologies, in order to provide the best possible
service in terms of turnaround times, competitive
pricing and quality of product. Using their own
Dataimage photo ID software which combines
images and data. PLEASE NOTE that no data is
stored by either ADT, Tyco or Databac. Once the print
project is completed to the end users satisfaction
the details of encoded IDs/number ranges and
formats are recorded by the Letchworth bureau
but all user data and images are deleted from the
system. Only the end users approved card layout
template is retained for future orders.
Artwork should have a minimum resolution of 300dpi
and must be accompanied by a colour printout or
PDF.
Step 2 - photo and data capture
Photos, data and other information are sent to the
bureau service centre via email, secure courier, post
or other method. Data can also be sent using PKI
service (data is encrypted using a 128 bit key) or via
a secure Virtual Private Network.
Where data exists in multiple formats and in varying
levels of quality, the bureau can offer a database
management service. In this case creating an ID
database for the end user, bringing together photos
and data from varying sources. Our team cleans up
the photos, conducts rigorous quality control of the
data and creates accurate records for a clean, readyto-print database.
Step 3 - printing and encoding
Specific part codes have been created for legacy
Cards can be printed in single or full colour, on
SGA mag stripe card supply and for print services
one or both sides. We deploy the latest in highon either stock coded proximity cards or third party definition image re-transfer card printing equipment
cards supplied by the end user. Arrangements have for superb quality and speed. Cards are produced
been made with Databac for the stock coded HID
with photographic quality, providing vivid colours
iCLASS cards in preferred format H10302 and for the and sharp detail. The bureau team is skilled at colour
ioProx P20DYE to be held in their Kingston premises matching corporate logos and other graphics.
to reduce lead times. All other card formats must
allow lead times for card supply including completion For that distinctive look, your end user can request
of the suppliers How To Order Guide if required.
special services which Databac can provide NSL.
These include printing in metallic colours on the
How it works
card, providing cards with Signature or scratch-off
Step 1 - card design
panels included and information can be embossed.
Step 2 - photo and data capture
Applying a tough layer of polyester over the card
Step 3 - printing and encoding
will protect the graphics from being scratched. For
Step 1 - card design
additional security, we can include:
The first part of service is to design the card.
Holographic overlay
Databac follow the end users design specifications
Hot-stamp hologram
or they copuld choose from a library of preUV printing
configured templates. There is a once-only charge for
Other covert methods
each card design. A PDF proof will be provided for
Tyco Letcorth will be central to this process,
approval.
maintaining records of the cards supplied to the end
Artwork can be supplied in electronic format and
user and details of card design approvals etc. All
as full-size colour-separated artwork, bromides and
correspondence from ADT should still be direct with
film. It is possible to scan in logos and other graphics the card bureau on 01462 667715.
from letterheads and compliment slips, but the
better the quality the better the printed image.
Artwork can be accepted in PC and Mac format on
Artwork can be accepted in PC and Mac format on
CD or USB memory stick. We accept files created
CD or USB memory stick. We accept files created in in Quark XPress, Illustrator, Photoshop, InDesign
Quark XPress, Illustrator, Photoshop, InDesign and
and CorelDRAW, as well as PDF, BMP, TIF, PCX,
CorelDRAW, as well as PDF, BMP, TIF, PCX, JPG and JPG and others (please enquire). Artwork should
others (please enquire).
have a minimum resolution of 300dpi and must be
accompanied by a colour printout or PDF.
10/15
2
Card Bureau
New Card Bureau Service for ADT UK & Ireland
Order Codes:
Set up charges
DG-ADT-SETUP1
DG-ADT-SETUP2
Set up cost for single sided Photo ID card. PDF of design will be emailed to Tyco
Bureau and must be signed off by the customer before any print services will be
provided. Up to 5 sample cards to be included in this cost - allowing for end user
changes to design. These will only be supplied on request and not as standard
Set up cost for double sided print design - Photo ID front and text reverse. PDF
of design will be emailed to Tyco Bureau and must be signed off by the customer
before any print services will be provided. Up to 5 sample cards to be included in
this cost - allowing for end user changes to design. These will only be supplied on
request and not as standard
Printing ISO prox cards - supplied by others
DG-ADT-ISO30F
ISO 30 proximity card (by others) with printing by Card Bureau on the front of the
card - up to three colours NO PHOTO. Sales must allow for the supply of the prox
card in addition to this charge or the end user must free issue
DG-ADT-ISO30FP ISO 30 proximity card (by others) with printing by Card Bureau on the front of the
card - with Photo ID. Artwork and photos to be supplied by the customer. Sales
must allow for the supply of the prox card in addition to this charge or the end user
must free issue
DG-ADT-ISO30FR IS0 30 prox card (supplied by others) with printing by Card Bureau on the front of the
card - up to three colours NO PHOTO. A single colour print on the reverse of the card
(return address). Sales must allow for the supply of the prox card in addition to this
charge or the end user must free issue
DG-ADTIS0 30 prox card (supplied by others) with photo ID printing by Card Bureau on the
ISO30FRP
front of the card. Customer to provide artwork and photos. A single colour print on
the reverse of the card (return address). Sales must allow for the supply of the prox
card in addition to this charge or the end user must free issue
DG-ADT-ISO30R
IS0 30 prox card (supplied by others) with a single colour print on the reverse of the
card (return address). Sales must allow for the supply of the prox card in addition to
this charge or the end user must free issue
10/15
3
Card Bureau
New Card Bureau Service for ADT UK & Ireland
Order Codes:
Legacy unencoded mag Stripe Cards
DG-ADT-MAGF
Supply mag stripe card with printing by Card Bureau on the front of the card - up to
three colours NO PHOTO. The cards magnetic stripe is UNENCODED
DG-ADT-MAGFP
Supply mag stripe with printing by Card Bureau on the front of the card - with Photo
ID. Artwork and photos to be supplied by the customer. The cards magnetic stripe is
UNENCODED
Supply mag stripe card with a single colour print on the reverse of the card (return
DG-ADTMAGFR1C
address) above the UNENCODED mag stripe is also included
DG-ADTSupply unencoded mag stripe card with printing by Card Bureau on the front of the
MAGFR3C
card - up to three colours NO PHOTO. A single colour print on the reverse of the card
(return address) above the mag stripe is also included.
DG-ADT-MAGFRP Supply mag strip card with ID printing by Card Bureau on the front of the card.
Customer to provide artwork and ID photos. A single colour print on the reverse of
the card (return address) above the UNENCODED mag stripe is also included.
Legacy SGA encoded mag Stripe Cards
DG-ADT-SITE
“Siteguard encoded mag stripe card. <> Databac to supply and encode ISO Hi-Co
mag stripe card on track 2.”
DG-ADT-SITEF
Supply Siteguard format mag stripe card with printing by Card Bureau on the front of
the card - up to three colours NO PHOTO.
DG-ADT-SITEFP
Supply Siteguard format mag stripe card with printing by Card Bureau on the front of
the card - with Photo ID. Artwork and photos to be supplied by the customer
DG-ADT-SITEFR
Supply Siteguard format mag stripe card with printing by Card Bureau on the front of
the card - up to three colours NO PHOTO. A single colour print on the reverse of the
card (return address) above the mag stripe is also included.
DG-ADT-SITEFRP Supply Siteguard format mag stripe card with printing by Card Bureau on the front of
the card - with Photo ID. Artwork and photos to be supplied by the customer.
DG-ADT-SITER
Supply Siteguard format mag stripe card with a single colour print on the reverse of
the card (return address) above the mag stripe.
10/15
4
ID Printers
This chapter contains information about Access Control ID Printers:
Introduction
FARGO DTC1250e
FARGO DTC4500
Card Accessories
10/15
1
Access Control ID Printers
ID Badging Solutions
On Premises ID Badge Printing
Features:
Enhance access control by recognising
unauthorised people in secure areas
Produce cards on-site. New starters have their ID
on the same day
Store images on the access control database for
out of hours verification
Produce visitor & contractor passes
Store images on the access control database for
out of hours verification
Produce visitor & contractor passes which can be
made active and inactive on your access system
Personalise your access cards for company/club
logo or slogan
ID Card Production - Enhancement to your access
control system. Having supplied an access control
system to an end user, they may now wish to
consider taking advantage of the ID software
available for all of the Tyco range of access control
solutions. This will allow you to print cards via
software loaded onto their PC and enable them to
locally manage an ID system for a site or office.
Each ID production system would include badging
software & a card printer. They may already have
staff photographs on a web site or have a digital
camera to ‘grab’ the images.
The ID printer can be connected to the access
control PC and will allow them to produce cards
for staff, temporary staff & visiting contractors. As
well as cards which should be worn by authorised
visitors etc.
Access control allows a customer to manage who
goes where and when - ID badging allows staff to
identify anyone on site who is not authorised.
10/15
2
Access Control ID Printers
ID Badging Solutions
FARGO® DTC1250e
Features:
Designed for small-to-medium businesses, the
DTC1250e provides maximum efficiency in a
sleek, user-friendly design. This printer is virtually
maintenancefree and prints full-colour, plastic ID and
technology cards on a budget.
The DTC1250e adds a level of convenience to easily
print what you need, including:
`{\
and white.
=
_{
through colourchanging buttons.
=
_³`ƒ
_
card encoding with a single connection using USB
or optional Ethernet or Wi-Fi connectivity.
The FARGO® DTC1250e is built with Genuine
HID® technology and is fully interoperable with
other products in the HID ecosystem, enabling
organisations to leverage their existing technology
investments.
A dual-sided printing module that enables you to
add additional company or cardholder information
as needed.
A Wi-Fi accessory for Ethernetenabled printers,
allowing you to print anywhere, anytime.
An optional iCLASS SE® encoder that enables
your printer to be compatible with the HID secure
identity ecosystem. This includes the ability to
program the HID PACS data in the printer. The
encoder provides an additional layer of security to
your identity program by allowing for processing
of Secure Identity Object (SIO) data, and enabling
the printer to become a Trusted Identity Platform
(TIP) endpoint.
Optional internal server for secure printing over a
network, enabling
distributed card issuance in seconds.
Optional technology card encoders that allow
you to easily migrate to contact and contactless
smart card technologies (including but not limited
to iCLASS SE® or MIFARE®) or simple mag stripe
and prox cards as needed.
Eco-friendly erase and rewrite feature, ideal
for creating temporary ID cards, such as visitor
badges.
Ability to print on a variety of card thicknesses to
create simple loyalty cards as thin as 9 mm, or
access control badges as thick as 40 mm.
Order Codes:
ADT-SSID-1250
FAR050020
FAR050120
FAR45000
10/15
ADT kit in S&I & Evolve.
Includes DTC1250e single
sided ID printer with USB
and Ethernet connectivity
plus YMCKO cartridge with
cleaning roller for up to 250
images
DTC1250e Single Sided
ID Printer with USB and
Ethernet connectivity
DTC1250e Double sided
ID printer with USB and
Ethernet connectivity
YMCKO Cartridge with
Cleaning roller for up to 250
images
3
Access Control ID Printers
ID Badging Solutions
Technical Specifications:
Print Method
Dye-sublimation / resin thermal transfer
Resolution
300 dpi (11.8 dots/mm) continuous tone
Colours
Up to 16.7 million / 256 shades per pixel
Print Ribbon Options
Full-colour with resin black and overlay panel, YMCKO*, 250 prints
Resin black (standard), 1000 prints ECO only:
Full-colour half-panel with resin black and overlay panel, YMCKO*, 350 prints EZ only:
Full-colour with two resin black panels and overlay panel, YMCKOK*, 200 prints
Resin black and overlay panel, KO*, 500 prints
Resin black (premium), 1000 prints
Dye-sublimation black and overlay panel, BO*, 500 prints
Resin green, blue, red, white, silver, gold, 1000 prints
Silver and gold metallic, 500 prints
Rewrite technology - no ribbon is required
Print Speed**
6 seconds per card (K*); 8 seconds per card (KO*); 16 seconds per card (YMCKO*); 24 seconds per card
(YMCKOK*)
Accepted Standard
Card Sizes
CR-80 (85.6 mm L x 54 mm W); CR-79 adhesive back (84.1 mm L x 52.4 mm W)
Print Area
CR-80 edge-to-edge ( 85.3 mm L x 53.7 mm W); CR-79 ( 83.8 mm L x 51.8 mm W)
Accepted Card
Thickness
..009” - .040” / 9 mil - 40 mil / .229 mm - 1.016 mm
Accepted Card Types
PVC or polyester cards with polished PVC finish; monochrome resin required for100% polyester cards;
optical memory cards with PVC finish; rewrite
Input Hopper Card
Capacity
100 cards (.030” / .762 mm)
Output Hopper Card
Capacity
Up to 30 cards (.030” / .762 mm)
Card Cleaning
Card cleaning roller integrated into ribbon cartridge; cleaning roller is automatically replaced with each
ribbon change
Memory
32 MB RAM
Software Drivers
Windows® XP / Vista™ (32 bit & 64 bit) / Server 2003 & 2008 / Windows® 7 / Windows® 8 (32 bit & 64
bit)/MAC OS X 10.5/10.6/10.7/10.8 / Linux***
Interface
USB 2.0, optional Ethernet with internal print server
Operating
Temperature
18° to 27° C
Humidity
20–80% non-condensing
Dimensions
Single-sided printer: 224 mm H x 348 mm W x 201 mm D
Dual-sided printer: 249 mm H x 475 mm W x 234 mm D
Weight
Single-sided: 3.4 Kg; dual-sided: 4.54 Kg
Agency Listings
Safety: UL 60950-2, CSA C22.2 (60950-07), and CE; EMC: FCC Class A, CE (EN 55022 Class A, EN
55024), CCC, BSMI, KC
Supply Voltage
100-240Vac, 50-60Hz, 1.6 Amps max.
Encoding Options
Supported smart card and magnetic stripe technologies: 125 kHz (HID Prox) reader; 13.56 MHz
(iCLASS® Standard / SE / SR / Seos, MIFARE Classic®, MIFARE Plus®, MIFARE DESFire®, MIFARE
DESFire® EV1, ISO 14443 A/B, ISO 15693) read/write encoder; contact smart card encoder reads
from and writes to all ISO7816 1/2/3/4 memory and microprocessor smart cards (T=0, T=1) as well as
synchronous cards; ISO magnetic stripe encoding, dual high- and low-coercivity, tracks 1, 2 and 3
10/15
4
Access Control ID Printers
ID Badging Solutions
Supported Access
Control Credential
Programming
iCLASS® Standard/SE/SR/Seos, MIFARE Classic™, MIFARE DESFire® EV1, HID Prox
Options
Single wire Ethernet and USB 2.0 interface for inline printing and encoding (note: single wire Ethernet
encoding is only available for iCLASS® , MIFARE®, and contact smart card encoding) - Ethernet-enabled
printer supports wireless accessory; dual-sided printing module; smart card encoding modules (contact/
contactless); magnetic stripe encoding module; printer cleaning kit; ethernet with internal print server;
secure proprietary consumables system
Display
Colour changing status buttons
* Indicates the ribbon type and the number of ribbon panels printed where Y=yellow, M=magenta, C=cyan, K=resin black, O=overlay, B=dye
sublimation black.
** Print speed indicates an approximate print speed and is measured from the time a card drops into the output hopper to the time the next card
drops into the output hopper. Print speeds
do not include encoding time or the time needed for the PC to process the image. Process time is dependent on the size of the file, the CPU,
amount of RAM and the amount of available
resources at the time of the print.
***Linux versions: Ubuntu 12.04, Debian 7.0, Fedora 18, Mandriva 2011, Red Hat 6.4, Open Suse 12.3
10/15
5
Access Control ID Printers
ID Badging Solutions
FARGO® DTC4500
Features:
High-volume performance – Built for organizations
requiring robust, high-volume printing every day.
Standard features include high-capacity ribbon
supplies and dualinput card hoppers that allow for
maximum card input capacity and management
of multiple card types
Maximum security – Optional single- or dual-sided
simultaneous lamination offers enhanced card
security and durability
Highly versatile – The modular design allows
organizations to build upon their investment by
adding field-upgradeable modules, such as dualsided printing and technology card encoding
Earth friendly – ENERGY STAR® certified for
efficient energy consumption
The versatility of the DTC4500 is unsurpassed.
Empowered by an extremely robust and highlyreliable print engine, this high-volume printer
delivers speed, power and versatility rolled into one.
High-capacity ribbons enable the DTC4500 to print
twice as many full-colour cards as most printers
before the ribbon has to be changed, providing
continuous high-quality card printing and encoding.
The DTC4500 combines high security and
convenience to easily print what you need,
including:
Built-in security with passwordprotected printer
operation and fluorescent panel printing for a
costeffective and dynamic increase in card security.
SmartScreen™ graphical display provides easy-tofollow prompts so you’ll always know printer status.
Standard dual-input card hopper for increased
capacity or management of multiple card types.
Easy integration into existing IT infrastructures
through the builtin Ethernet and USB connection,
allowing for centralized or remote ID card issuance.
Included FARGO Workbench diagnostic utility
facilitates printer maintenance. Its Colour Assist tool
matches spot colours, ensuring accurate prints of
graphics such as company logos.
10/15
Industry’s first inline card printing and technology
card encoding with one connection using USB or
Ethernet mconnectivity.
Fully compatible with Asure ID® card personalization
software for badge design, database management
and technology card encoding.
The FARGO® DTC4500 is built with Genuine
HID™ technology and is fully interoperable with
other products in the HID ecosystem, enabling
organizations to leverage their existing HID
technology investments.
The DTC4500 offers field-upgradeable options
for migration to higher levels of security in the
future:
Optional card lamination for applying overlaminates
to produce high-secure cards that resist forgery
and increase card durability; and unique, dual-sided
simultaneous lamination to save time with increased
throughput.
Dual-sided printing module provides more space
for cardholder information and security features like
duplicate photo and digital-signature.
Technology encoding modules encode data for
magnetic stripe, proximity, contact (factory upgrade)
and/or contactless technology cards, such as
iCLASS®, for access control or other applications.
6
Access Control ID Printers
ID Badging Solutions
Technical Specifications:
Print Method
Dye-Sublimation / Resin Thermal Transfer
Resolution
300 dpi (11.8 dots/mm) continuous tone
Colours
Up to 16.7 million / 256 shades per pixel
Print Ribbon Options
Full-colour with resin black and overlay panel, YMCKO*, 500 prints
Full-colour half-panel with resin black and overlay panel, YMCKO*, 850 prints
Full-colour with two resin black panels and overlay panel, YMCKOK*, 500 prints
Full-colour with fluorescing, resin black and overlay panel, YMCFKO*, 500 prints
Full-colour with fluorescing, two resin black panels and overlay panel, YMCFKOK*, 400 prints
Full-colour with two resin black panels and overlay panel, YMCKK*, 500 prints
Resin black and overlay panel, KO*, 1250 prints
Dye-sublimation black and overlay panel, BO*, 1250 prints
Resin black (standard and premium), 3000 prints
Resin green, blue, red, white, silver and gold, 2000 prints
Rewrite technology - no ribbon required
Print Speed**
7 seconds per card (K*); 12 seconds per card (KO*); 24 seconds per card (YMCKO*); 31
seconds per card (YMCKOK*)
Accepted Standard Card Sizes
CR-80 (3.375” L x 2.125” W / 85.6 mm L x 54 mm W); CR-79 Adhesive Back (3.313” L x
2.063” W / 84.1 mm L x 52.4 mm W)
Print Area
CR-80 edge-to-edge (3.36” L x 2.11v W / 85.3 mm L x 53.7 mm W);
CR-79 (3.3” L x 2.04” W / 83.8 mm L x 51.8 mm W)
Accepted Card Thickness
Print Only: .009” - .040” / 9 mil - 40 mil / .229 mm - 1.016 mm; Print/Lamination: .030” - .040”
/ 30 mil - 40 mil / .762 mm - 1.02 mm
Accepted Card Types
PVC or polyester cards with polished PVC finish; monochrome resin required for 100%
polyester cards; optical memory cards with PVC finish; rewrite
Input Hopper Card Capacity
Dual-Input Card Hopper (200 cards)
Output Hopper Card Capacity
Up to 100 cards (.030” / .762 mm)
Reject Hopper Card Capacity
Up to 100 cards (.030” / .762 mm) - same-side input/output card hopper or lamination module
required
Card Cleaning
Card cleaning roller integrated into ribbon cartridge; cleaning roller is automatically replaced
with each ribbon change
Memory
32 MB RAM
Software Drivers
Windows® XP / Vista™ (32 bit & 64 bit) / Server 2003 & 2008 / Windows® 7 / MAC OS X
10.5/10.6 / Linux***
Interface
USB 2.0 and Ethernet with internal print server
Operating Temperature
65° to 80° F / 18° to 27° C
Humidity
20–80% non-condensing
Dimensions
Single-Sided Printer: 9.8” H x 18.1” W x 9.2” D / 249 mm H x 460 mm W x 234 mm D
Dual-Sided Printer: 9.8” H x 18.7” W x 9.2” D / 249 mm H x 475 mm W x 234 mm D
Printer + Lam: 18.9” H x 18.7” W x 9.2” D / 480 mm H x 475 mm W x 234 mm D
Weight
Single-Sided Printer: 9lbs / 4.1 Kg; Dual-Sided Printer: 11lbs / 5 Kg; Printer + Lam: 20 lbs /
9.1 Kg
Agency Listings
Safety: UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 (60950-1), and CE; EMC: FCC Class A, CE (EN 55022
Class A, EN 55024), CCC, BSMI, KC
10/15
7
Access Control ID Printers
ID Badging Solutions
Environmental Features
All configurations without a lamination module are ENERGY STAR® qualified printers
Supply Voltage
100-240Vac, 50-60Hz, 1.6 Amps max..
Supply Frequency
50 Hz / 60 Hz
Warranty
Printer – Two years; Printhead – Two years, unlimited pass with UltraCard™
Encoding Options
125 kHz (HID Prox) reader; 13.56 MHz (iCLASS®, MIFARE®, ISO 14443 A/B, ISO 15693) read/
write encoder; Contact Smart Card Encoder reads from and writes to all ISO7816 1/2/3/4
memory and microprocessor smart cards (T=0, T=1) as well as synchronous cards; ISO
Magnetic Stripe Encoding, dual high- and low-coercivity, Tracks 1, 2 and 3
Options
Single Wire Ethernet and USB 2.0 interface for inline printing and encoding (note: single wire
Ethernet encoding is only available for iCLASS® and contact smart card encoding); DualSided Printing Module - Upgradeable; Same-Side Input/Output Card Hopper - Upgradeable;
Contactless Smart Card Encoding - Upgradeable; Contact Smart Card Encoding - Factory
Upgrade; Magnetic Stripe Encoding - Upgradeable; Printer Cleaning Kit; Single- or dual-sided
simultaneous lamination - Upgradeable; Secure Proprietary Consumables System
Display
User friendly, SmartScreen™ graphical display
Printer Security
Printer access password protected
* Indicates the ribbon type and the number of ribbon panels printed where Y=Yellow, M=Magenta, C=Cyan, K=Resin Black, O=Overlay, B=Dye
Sublimation Black.
** Print speed indicates an approximate print speed and is measured from the time a card drops into the output hopper to the time the next card
drops into the output hopper. Print speeds do not include encoding time or the time needed for the PC to process the image. Process time is
dependent on the size of the file, the CPU, amount of RAM and the amount of available resources at the time of the print.
***Linux versions: Ubuntu 8.04/9.04, Red Hat 5, Fedora 7/8/9/10/11, Open Suse 10.3, Debian 5.03/5.04, Mandiva one 2009
Order Codes:
DTC4500
ADT-SS-USBIPKIT4500
FAR49000
FAR49100*
10/15
FAR45200
ADT kit in S&I & Evolve.
Includes DTC4500
FAR49000 ID printer (USB
& Ethernet), colour print
cartridge (up to 500 prints)
and a cleaning kit.
DTC4500 Single-Sided Base
Model printer, USB and
Ethernet Printer with Three
Year Printer Warranty, for
card Sizes CR-80, CR-79
Adhesive Back
DTC4500 Dual-Sided Base
Model printer, USB and
Ethernet Printer with Three
Year Printer Warranty, for
card Sizes CR-80, CR-79
Adhesive Back
FAR45210
FAR86177
YMCKOK: Full-colour ribbon
with clear overlay panel –
500 images
YMCKOK: Full-colour ribbon
with two resin black panels
and clear overlay panel –
500 images
Cleaning kit for DTC range.
Includes 4 cleaning swabs
and 4 cleaning cards.
* The double sided DTC45000
printer is not stocked and would
be subject to delivery lead time.
8
Access Control ID Printers
ID Badging Solutions
Card Accessories
Please remember that having increased security on site and providing a corporate image for their business
by adding Logo, ID cardholder details etc. The end user will wish to securely display their photo ID cards in
an effort to further increase the life expectancy of the card. We stock a wide range of card accessories for
this purpose and can provide customised solutions via our preferred partners if required.
Order Codes:
CRO180
CRO185
IDP-64-BK
IDP-64-DS-BK
IDS-68
LAN-BW-BK
LAN-CONT-BL
LAN-STAFF-GR
LAN-VISITOR-R
RSCA
RSCC
RW-CARD-CR0180
VPA
YOYO-5-BK-STP
LBC-500
10/15
Plain white CR80 cards.
Order in multiples of 100
Plain white CR80 cards c/w
mag. Order in multiples of
100
Open fronted single card
holder. Order in multiples
of 50
Open fronted double card
holder. Order in multiples of
100
Enclosed landscape card
holder. Order in multiples of
100
Lanyard with nylon clip-BLK.
Order in multiples of 50
Lanyard for Contractor Blue. Order in multiples of
100
lanyard for STAFF - GREY..
Order in multiples of 100
lanyard for Visitor - RED..
Order in multiples of 100
Card clip - nylon strap
metal.. Order in multiples
of 100
Croc Clip with nylon strap.
Order in multiples of 100
Re-write ID cards.. Order in
multiples of 100
Landscape vinyl pouch.
Order in multiples of 100
Mini yoyo card strap. Order
in multiples of 100
Lockable badge container
9
Pre Sales and Technical Support
This chapter contains information about Access Control
Pre Sales and Technical Support
• Introduction
• Pre Sales
• Technical Support
11/13
1
Pre Sales and Technical Support
Introduction
Pre Sales and Technical Support Introduction
Pre & Post Sales Support
When selecting a supplier for the Tyco EMEA vendor list, we have to consider not only the products
available from that supplier, their pricing and product availability, but also their pre sales and post sales
(technical) support.
Our range of solutions for access control range covers standalone to integrated solutions with the capability for full
system redundancy. Having taken the suppliers training, our engineers are not constantly working with these product
ranges and will from time to time require assistance from a second or third level team.
Our product selection therefore takes into account if the supplier is simply a distributor who can stock product and
sell it on, or if they are able to provide pre sales support such as system design, marketing and presentation materials
and maybe presentation support at road shows to end users for specific projects. We also require the necessary level
of technical support – for product training if required and for telephone support to our onsite engineers and visits if
required.
Tyco Security Products are the main supplier of our access control range. As a Tyco group company, they are the
preferred partner when their product meets our market needs. Where they are unable to provide the necessary
products for a specific market sector or to complete our product portfolio, we have selected items from preferred Global
or European partners who can meet our requirements.
01/14
2
Pre Sales and Technical Support
Tyco Security Products Pre Sales UK
Regional Manager AD T
Pre-Sale Support
Pete Hutchinson
phutchinson@tycoint.com
07703 338439
Branches: ADT Ireland, Leeds, East Midlands,
Birmingham, Hemel, Sunbury, City, Norwich,
Romford, Maidstone and UK National Accounts
Responsible for day to day support to the ADT
branch network as well as equipment
demonstrations and technical pre-sale enquiries.
EMEA Global Account
Manager
Mark Avison
mavison@tycoint.com
07894 844086
Mark is responsible for the relationship with all new
and existing global end users and works closely
with the ADT Global/Strategic Accounts Team.
National – ADT Business
Development Manager
Tom Rockliff
trockliff@tycoint.com
07715 762424
Responsible for developing the working
relationship between Tyco Security Products
and ADT in the UK & Ireland. Consulting with
ADT to identify areas support can be enhanced
and implementation of improvements. Coordinating support to Sales teams from the
Regional Managers and Applications Engineers.
Regional Manager ADT
Pre-Sale Support
Steve Harrison
stharrison@tycoint.com
07894 844287
Branches: ADT Scotland, Newcastle,
Manchester, Liverpool, Bristol, Cardiff,
Portsmouth, Plymouth Responsible for day to
day support to the ADT branch network as well
as equipment demonstrations and technical presale enquiries.
National – IP Security
Speciaist
Phil Hutton
phhutton@tycoint.com
07803 077087
Phil Hutton is responsible for new business
opportunities via End Users and Consultants
as well as having input into larger complex
Integrated and IP Systems.
01/14
3
Pre Sales and Technical Support
Tyco Security Products Pre Sales UK
Applications Engineer
Mick Coleman
mscoleman@tycoint.com
07703 338885
David is responsible for pre-sale technical support
to the ADT branch network.
Senior Applications
Engineer UK
Chris Cooper
chcooper@tycoint.com
07703 338959
Chris is responsible for pre-sale technical
support to the ADT branch network.
Applications Engineer
Development Manager
David Harrison-Brown
dharrison-brown@tycoint.com
07720 271040
David is responsible for pre-sale technical
support to the ADT branch network.
Training
Stuart Bettle
stbettle@tycoint.com
07715 546128
Stuart is responsible for all product sales and
system design training in the UK.
Technical Sales Trainer
Craig Cairley
ccairley@tycoint.com
07972 858705
Based at our Heathrow Offices, Craig provides
demonstrations of Security Products’ access
control and video ranges of equipment at our
Heathrow Showroom.
Post Sales Tech Support
Three Easy Steps......
1. Call Echt Technical Support on: 00800 22 55 89 26
2. Talk through issue with Technical Support team
3. Obtain case number
01/14
4
Pre Sales and Technical Support
Continental Europe Pre-Sales
European Pre Sales
For Pre Sales Support outside of the UK
Germany / Austria / Switzerland
Eli Williams
Sales Director
Kester Peter Brands
Regional Manager - ACVS
Andreas Kobow
Applications Engineer - ACVS
Belgium / Netherlands
Eli Williams
Sales Director
Domenico Caviglia
Regional Sales Manager - ACVS / Intrusion
Alano Franconeri
Applications Engineer - ACVS
eliwilliams@tycoint.com
kesterbrands@tycoint.com
akobow@tycoint.com
dcaviglia@tycoint.com
alfranconeri@tycoint.com
Spain / Portugal
Angel Vazquez
Jorge Sanz
Enrique Garcia
Sales Director
Regional Manager - ACVS / Intrusion
Applications Engineer - ACVS
angelvazquez@tycoint.com
jsanz@tycoint.com
enrgarcia@tycoint.com
Italy
Angel Vazquez
Valentino Gardini
Sales Director
Regional Sales Manager - ACVS
angelvazquez@tycoint.com
vgardini@tycoint.com
01/14
5
Pre Sales and Technical Support
Tyco Security Products EMEA Technical Support
EMEA Technical Services - Post Sales Support
Features:
• Local support in our time zone
• Post sales experience in 6+ languages
for the approved product ranges
• Software Registration for C.Cure
• SSA quotations for C.Cure
• Testing of third party devices for integration with
approved ranges
The Echt Post sales technical support group provide a
wide range of services for all products supplied through
the Tyco Distribution Services. They also carry out product
evaluations and pre release testing of both Tyco and third
party products and systems.
Post Sales Technical Support
The dedicated Technical Support group based in Echt
designed to support the EMEA region and covers the
products available from TSP Distribution Centres. The
team is backed up by the Tyco and third party vendors
- allowing them to handle the second line support once the
ADT engineer is on site needing further assistance.
Our engineers can then call in the manufacturer / design
authority if required and subject to any support
agreements that need to be in place.
If you have any problems or queries with the procedure,
please contact: Tyco International EMEA Technical
Services
Contact details
Operating Hours: 8am to 6pm CET (Mon-Fri except Public
Holidays)
Contact Numbers:
Toll Free: 00 800 CALLTYCO or (00 800-2255 8926)
Direct: +31 475 352 722
Fax: +31 475 352 725
Tyco Security Products EMEA Technical Services
American Dynamics-Software House-Kantech-DSCSurGard-Visonic
Hours: 8am to 6pm CET
Toll Free: +800 CALLTYCO or (+800-2255 8926) or
Direct: +31 475 352 722
Visonic UK Support only: +44 (0845 0755 830)
Technical Post-Sales Inquiries: emea.support@tycoint.com
Technical Training Inquiries: emea.training@tycoint.com
All license Inquiries: tspemealicense@tycoint.com
Local Direct Dial Numbers:
• UK
• UK Visonic Support only
• Israel
• Spain
• France
• Germany
• Italy
• Belgium
• Ireland
• Bahrain
• Greece
• Russia
• Turkey
• UAE
(08701 238 787)
(0845 0755 830)
(03-6456868)
(900 99 31 61)
(0800 90 79 72)
(0800 1806 757)
(0800 874 091)
(0800 76 452)
(021/4801122)
800-04127
00800-31229453
81080020521031
00800-31923007
800-03107123
Email addresses:
Technical Post-Sales Inquiries:
tfsemea.support@tycoint.com
Technical Pre-Sales Inquiries:
tfsemea.presales@tycoint.com
Technical Training Inquiries: tfsemea.training@tycoint.com
Website: www.tycosecurityproductsemea.com
www.calltyco.com
01/14
6
Pre Sales and Technical Support
Pre and Post Sales Support
Pre and Post Sales Support
Standalone Solutions:
Keypads:
ICS Security
Unit 1 JBJ Business Park,
Northampton Road,
Blisworth,
Northampton.
NN7 3DW
Tel: +44 (0) 1604 879300
Sentinel:
Morley Electronics Limited
Unit 34
Moorland Way
Nelson Park
Cramlington
Northumberland
NE23 1WE.
Tel: +44 (0)1670 732 444
ioPass:
See Tyco Security Products contacts
Non PC Networked Solutions:
Please contact your local Honeywell Security Group Area
Sales Manager,
For the UK:
Douglas Gray
Business Development Manager, United Kingdom &
Ireland
Office +44(0) 1698 738 200
Mobile +44(0) 7721 753 579
E-mail doug.gray@honeywell.com
The UK Sales Office or the Technical Support Department
on:
Tel: 0844 8000 235 or
E-mail securitysales@honeywell.com
HSUK07TechSupport@honeywell.com
Honeywell Security Group
Newhouse Industrial Estate
Motherwell Lanarkshire
ML1 5SB
United Kingdom
01/14
Software House C.Cure PC based Access Control
Solutions:
All C.Cure business between Tyco Security Products and
ADT UK is managed by Tyco Integrated Systems CoE
Cambridge for major projects and the Design Centre of
Excellence DCoE for extensions and standard systems.
Kantech PC based Access Control Solutions:
See Tyco Security Products contacts
Cards & Readers:
HID Readers
Tel: +44 (0)1440 711 850
eusupport@hidglobal.com
ioProx & SWH Multi Technology Readers
See Tyco Security Products contacts
Nedap AVI
Sales UK , Ireland and Africa :
Michiel Rijssemus,
michiel.rijssemus@nedap.com
Eastern Europe & Benelux:
Edwin Siemerink,
edwin.siemerink@nedap.com
DACH, Scandinavia, France, Spain, Portugal and Turkey;
Jan Hofman,
jan.hofman@nedap.com
Italy & Asia Pacific;
Evelien O’Sullivan,
evelien.osullivan@nedap.com
Middle East & Americas: Maarten Mijwaart,
maarten.mijwaart@nedap.com
Nedap AVI
Tel: +31 (0)544 471 704
L1 Bioscrypt/Morpho
See Tyco Security Products contacts
Locking:
Adams Rite Europe Ltd.
School Street
Willenhall
West Midlands
WV13 3PW
Customer Services: 0845 873 4838
Technical Enquires: 0845 873 4837
E-mail: info@adamsrite.co.uk
7
Pre Sales and Technical Support
Pre and Post Sales Support
Pre and Post Sales Support
Egress Devices:
Egress buttons
ICS Security
Unit 1 JBJ Business Park,
Northampton Road,
Blisworth,
Northampton.
NN7 3DW
Tel: +44 (0) 1604 879300
3:1 Egress device and Emergency Egress Devices
Pre Sales:
Henry Herouvin
Key Account Manager
Tel: +44 (0) 1527 406655
Fax: + 44 (0) 1527 406677
Mobile: +44 (0) 7581 392213
Email: henry.herouvin@kac.co.uk
Post sales:
Tel: +44 (0) 1527 406711
E-mail: technical@kac.co.uk
www.kac.co.uk
Power Supplies:
Standard PSUs
Elmdene International Ltd
3 Keel Close, Interchange Park
Portsmouth
Hampshire
PO3 5QD
Tel: +44 (0) 23 9269 6638
12Vdc 10Amp PSU
Stontronics Ltd,
Chancerygate Business Centre,
Cradock Road,
Reading,
Berkshire RG2 0AH,
United Kingdom
Tel: +44 (0)118 931 1199
Email: info@stontronics.co.uk
01/14
8
Head Offices:
United Kingdom & Ireland
(Sunbury-on-Thames)
Tel: +44 800 4587 999
Fax: +44 (0) 844 800 2999
www.tycoemea.com
Copyright © 2016 Tyco Integrated Fire & Security. All rights reserved.
Access Catalogue Issue 3.20 - 11/2016
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising